LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORP
10-K405, 1997-03-26
FIRE, MARINE & CASUALTY INSURANCE
Previous: SUPERIOR INDUSTRIES INTERNATIONAL INC, DEF 14A, 1997-03-26
Next: TAMPA ELECTRIC CO, 10-K, 1997-03-26



================================================================================
                     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                               
                            -------------------

                                 FORM 10-K

                               -------------


[x]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (Fee Required)  For the fiscal year ended
     December 31, 1996

                                     or

[_]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (No Fee Required)  For the transition period from
     ___________ to ___________

                      Commission file number:  1-5721


                       LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
           (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

               New York                             13-2615557
- -------------------------------------  -----------------------------------
   (State or Other Jurisdiction of        (I.R.S. Employer Identification
    Incorporation or Organization)                     No.)

                           315 Park Avenue South
                         New York, New York  10010
                               (212) 460-1900
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
                 Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                               Name of Each Exchange
         Title of Each Class                    on Which Registered
- -------------------------------------  -----------------------------------
Common Shares, par value $1 per share       New York Stock Exchange 
                                            Pacific Stock Exchange  

10-3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due       New York Stock Exchange 
  June 15, 2002

5-1/4% Convertible Subordinated             New York Stock Exchange 
  Debentures due February 1, 2003
                                    
7-3/4% Senior Notes due August 15, 2013     New York Stock Exchange   
                                     
8-1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due        New York Stock Exchange 
  June 15, 2005                                                     
                                                                    
7-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due        New York Stock Exchange
  October 15, 2006                                                  

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                                   None.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              (Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  [x]   No  [_]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained,
to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statement incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K [x]. 

Aggregate market value of the voting stock of the registrant held by non-
affiliates of the registrant at March 19, 1997 (computed by reference to
the last reported closing sale price of the Common Stock on the New York
Stock Exchange on such date):  $1,079,513,739.

On March 19, 1997, the registrant had outstanding 60,458,618 shares of
Common Stock.
                    DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Certain portions of the registrant's definitive proxy statement pursuant to
Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in connection with
the 1996 annual meeting of shareholders of the registrant are incorporated
by reference into Part III of this Report.

================================================================================
<PAGE>
     


                                     PART I

     Item 1.   Business.
     ------    --------
                                   THE COMPANY

     GENERAL

          The Company is a diversified financial services holding company
     principally engaged in personal and commercial lines of property and
     casualty insurance, life and health insurance, banking and lending and
     manufacturing.  The Company concentrates on return on investment and
     cash flow to build long-term shareholder value, rather than emphasiz-
     ing volume or market share.  Additionally, the Company continuously
     evaluates the retention and disposition of its existing operations and
     investigates possible acquisitions of new businesses in order to
     maximize shareholder value.

          Shareholders' equity has grown from a deficit of $7,657,000 at
     December 31, 1978 (prior to the acquisition of a controlling interest
     in the Company by the Company's Chairman and President), to a positive
     shareholders' equity of $1,118,107,000 at December 31, 1996, equal to
     a book value per common share of negative $.11 at December 31, 1978
     and $18.51 at December 31, 1996.

          The Company's principal operations are its insurance businesses,
     where it is a specialty markets provider of property and casualty and
     life and health insurance products to niche markets.  The Company's
     principal personal lines insurance products are automobile insurance,
     homeowners insurance, graded benefit life insurance marketed primarily
     to the age 50-and-over population and Medicare supplement and variable
     annuity products.  The Company's principal commercial lines are
     property and casualty products provided for workers' compensation,
     multi-family residential real estate, retail establishments and livery
     vehicles in the New York metropolitan area.  For the year ended
     December 31, 1996, the Company's insurance segments contributed 83% of
     total revenue and, at December 31, 1996, constituted 77% of
     consolidated assets.

          The Company's insurance subsidiaries have a diversified
     investment portfolio of securities, substantially all of which are
     issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. governmental
     agencies or are rated "investment grade" by Moody's Investors Service
     Inc. ("Moody's") and/or Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P"). 
     Investments in mortgage loans, real estate and non-investment grade
     securities represented 5.1% of the insurance subsidiaries' portfolio
     at December 31, 1996.  

          From time to time several companies have expressed interest in the
     acquisition of certain of the Company's insurance operations. Recently, the
     Company has responded to certain of these overtures, conveying a
     willingness to consider the sale of one or more of these operations in the
     appropriate context and under acceptable circumstances. Presently the
     Company is in discussions with certain interested parties. Although there
     can be no assurance that any transaction will be entered into or that, if
     entered into, any such transaction will be consummated, the price ranges
     being discussed for such insurance operations are substantially in excess
     of the book value of these operations. Unless and until a definitive
     agreement is executed concerning any such transaction, the Company does not
     intend to update the status of any discussions concerning any possible
     transaction.

          The Company's banking and lending operations principally consist
     of making instalment loans to niche markets primarily funded by
     customer banking deposits insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
     Corporation (the "FDIC").  One of the Company's principal lending
     activities is providing automobile loans to individuals with poor
     credit histories.  The Company's manufacturing operations primarily
     manufacture products for the "do-it-yourself" home improvement market
     and for industrial markets.

          Starting in 1994, the Company has made investments outside the
     United States in Russia and Argentina.  For more information
     concerning these investments see Item 7, "Management's Discussion and
     Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," of this
     Report.

          The Company and certain of its subsidiaries have substantial tax
     loss carryforwards.  The amount and availability of the tax loss
     carryforwards are subject to certain qualifications, limitations and
     uncertainties as more fully discussed in the Notes to the Consolidated
     Financial Statements.

          As used herein, the term "Company" refers to Leucadia National
     Corporation, a New York corporation organized in 1968, and its
     subsidiaries, except as the context otherwise may require.



<PAGE>
     

                  Financial Information About Industry Segments
                  ---------------------------------------------

          Certain information concerning the Company's operations is
     presented in the following table.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  Year Ended December 31,    
                                              -------------------------------
                                                 1996        1995       1994  
                                                 ----        ----       ----
                                                        (In millions)
      Revenues:
      --------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>      <C>     
        Property and Casualty Insurance        $1,015.1    $  984.3 $  872.1
        Life Insurance                            240.8       223.6    223.3
        Banking and Lending                        55.1        58.6     49.0
        Manufacturing                             148.4       166.3    180.1
        Corporate and Other (a)                    47.2       125.5     59.9
                                               --------    -------- --------
                                               $1,506.6    $1,558.3 $1,384.4
                                               ========    ======== ========

      Income (loss) before income taxes:
      ---------------------------------
        Property and Casualty Insurance        $   95.5    $   78.9 $   96.4
        Life Insurance                             53.8        53.7     49.1
        Banking and Lending                        14.5        16.7     16.3
        Manufacturing                                .4       (18.0)   (11.7)
        Corporate and Other (a)(b)                (85.7)         .9    (49.8)
                                               --------    -------- --------
                                               $   78.5    $  132.2 $  100.3
                                               ========    ======== ========

      Identifiable assets employed:
      ----------------------------
        Property and Casualty Insurance        $2,398.8    $2,374.2 $2,117.9
        Life Insurance                          1,631.3     1,538.4  1,515.1
        Banking and Lending                       291.3       336.8    316.4
        Manufacturing                              68.7        83.6     93.5
        Corporate and Other (c)                   803.8       774.9    631.1
                                               --------    -------- --------
                                               $5,193.9    $5,107.9 $4,674.0
                                               ========    ======== ========

</TABLE>

          At December 31, 1996, the Company and its consolidated
     subsidiaries had 3,919 full-time employees.
                    
     ----------------
     (a)  Includes equity in losses of associated companies ($33,631,000 in
          1996, $2,613,000 in 1995 and $5,176,000 in 1994), gains (losses)
          from certain investments and real estate and other operations. 
          In 1995, includes a $41,030,000 gain related to the return of two
          of the Company's legal subsidiaries, which were formerly under
          the control of the Wisconsin Insurance Commissioner (the "WMAC
          Companies").

     (b)  Includes corporate interest expense and overhead, including
          expenses related to certain acquisition and investing activities.

     (c)  Principally consists of cash, investments, real estate,
          receivables and the deferred income tax asset.

                                       2

<PAGE>
     

                              INSURANCE OPERATIONS

     GENERAL

          The Company engages in the personal property and casualty and
     life and health insurance businesses on a nationwide basis and
     specializes in commercial property and casualty insurance business in
     the New York metropolitan area.  The Company's principal property and
     casualty insurance operations are conducted through the Colonial Penn
     P&C Group and the Empire Group.  The Colonial Penn P&C Group consists
     of Colonial Penn Insurance Company ("CPI"), Colonial Penn Madison
     Insurance Company ("Madison"), Colonial Penn Franklin Insurance
     Company ("Franklin"), Bayside Casualty Insurance Company ("Bayside")
     and Bay Colony Insurance Company ("Bay Colony") and the Empire Group
     consists of Empire Insurance Company ("Empire") and Allcity Insurance
     Company ("Allcity").  The Company's principal life and health
     insurance subsidiaries are Charter National Life Insurance Company
     ("Charter"), Colonial Penn Life Insurance Company ("CPL"),
     Providential Life Insurance Company ("Providential") and Intramerica
     Life Insurance Company ("Intramerica").  In conducting its insurance
     operations, the Company focuses primarily on profitability and
     persistency rather than volume.

          A.M. Best Company ("Best"), an independent rating agency, has
     rated CPL and Charter "A" (excellent), CPI, Madison, Franklin, Bay
     Colony and Intramerica "A-" (excellent) and the Empire Group and
     Providential "B++" (very good).  Bayside has not been assigned a
     rating.  Ratings are subject to change at any time.


     PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE

          The Colonial Penn P&C Group, which maintains its headquarters in
     Valley Forge, Pennsylvania, is licensed in all 50 states, the District
     of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands and writes
     insurance throughout most of the United States.  The Colonial Penn P&C
     Group has regional offices in Valley Forge, Pennsylvania, Tampa,
     Florida and Phoenix, Arizona.  The Empire Group is licensed in six
     states and operates primarily in the New York metropolitan area. 

          During the year ended December 31, 1996, 82%, 11% and 7% of net
     earned premiums of the Company's property and casualty insurance
     operations were derived from personal and commercial automobile lines,
     other commercial lines and other personal lines, respectively.  Total
     property and casualty net earned premiums for the year ended December
     31, 1996 were $823,500,000.

          Set forth below is certain statistical information for the
     Company's property and casualty operations prepared in accordance with
     generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") and statutory
     accounting principles ("SAP").  The Loss Ratio is the ratio of
     incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses to net premiums earned. 
     The Expense Ratio is the ratio of underwriting expenses (policy
     acquisition costs, commissions, and a portion of administrative,
     general and other expenses attributable to underwriting operations) to
     net premiums written, if determined in accordance with SAP, or to net
     premiums earned, if determined in accordance with GAAP.  A Combined
     Ratio below 100% indicates an underwriting profit and a Combined Ratio
     above 100% indicates an underwriting loss.  The Combined Ratio does
     not include the effect of investment income.


                                       3
<PAGE>
     


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   1996          1995       1994
                                                   ----          ----       ----
<S>                                               <C>          <C>         <C>
      Loss Ratio:
            GAAP                                   87.7%        87.7%       81.2%
            SAP                                    85.8%        85.9%       81.6%
            Industry (SAP) (a)                       N/A        78.9%       81.1%

      Expense Ratio:
            GAAP                                   17.3%        15.8%       17.9%
            SAP                                    15.7%        15.3%       17.2%
            Industry (SAP) (a)                       N/A        27.5%       27.3%

      Combined Ratio (b):
            GAAP                                  105.0%       103.5%       99.1%
            SAP                                   101.5%       101.2%       98.8%
            Industry (SAP) (a)                       N/A       106.4%      108.4%
<FN>
      _______________

      (a)   Source:  Best's Aggregates & Averages, Property/Casualty, 1996 Edition. 
            Industry combined ratios may not be fully comparable as a result of,
            among other things, differences in geographical concentration and in the
            mix of property and casualty insurance products.

      (b)   For 1996 and 1995, a change in the statutory accounting treatment for
            retrospectively rated reinsurance agreements was the principal reason
            for the difference between the GAAP Combined Ratio and the SAP Combined
            Ratio.  Additionally in 1996, the difference relates to the accounting
            for certain expenses which are treated differently under SAP and GAAP.
</FN>
</TABLE>

          The Colonial Penn P&C Group

          The Colonial Penn P&C Group's primary business is providing
     private passenger automobile and homeowners insurance coverage to the
     mature adult population.  Substantially all of the Group's policies
     are written for a one-year period.  However, in many states CPI and
     Franklin offer a "guaranteed lifetime protection" provision to certain
     qualifying policyholders that ensures their policies will be renewed
     at rates then in effect for their classification.  As of December 31,
     1996, the Group had approximately 379,000 voluntary automobile policies in
     force, representing a 6.6% increase over the prior year end.  The
     Company believes the Colonial Penn P&C Group will continue to grow its
     voluntary automobile business during 1997, although the Company is
     unable to estimate the rate of growth or state with certainty that
     such growth will actually occur.

          The Colonial Penn P&C Group primarily markets its insurance
     products to the standard and preferred risk market segments through
     direct response marketing methods.  Direct response marketing includes
     any form of marketing in which a company and a customer deal directly
     with each other, rather than through an insurance agent.  The Colonial
     Penn P&C Group has become a low cost provider of its products to its
     niche markets, enabling it to charge competitive rates.  

          Based on published reports, the Colonial Penn P&C Group's SAP
     Expense Ratio for 1995, the last year for which annual industry data
     is available, is among the lowest in the industry.


                                       4
<PAGE>
     

          For the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, net earned
     premiums for the Colonial Penn P&C Group were $497,100,000,
     $490,500,000 and $447,200,000, respectively.  Net earned premiums for
     the Colonial Penn P&C Group for the year ended December 31, 1996 were
     concentrated in the states listed below: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   Percentage of Net
                                                    Earned Premiums 
                                                   -----------------

                 State                       Automobile(1)      Homeowners
                 -----                       -------------      ----------

<S>                                          <C>             <C>
                 California                          20%             14%
                 Florida                             18              25
                 New York                            13              13
                 Arizona                              7               7
                 Connecticut                          6               5
                 New Jersey                           6               4
                 Pennsylvania                         4               6
                 All others                          26              26
                                                    ---             ---
                     Total                          100%            100%
                                                    ===             ===
<FN>
      ______________

      (1)   Excludes net earned premiums related to acquired blocks of assigned risk
            business described below and mandatory assumed risk business, which generally
            relates to the amount of writings in the applicable state.
</FN>
</TABLE>

           In recent years, the Colonial Penn P&C Group has acquired blocks
     of assigned risk business from other insurance companies (the "service
     business") relating to private passenger automobile insurance.  In
     addition to the premiums paid by policyholders, the Group also
     receives fee income from the insurance company from which the business
     was acquired.  The Group's low expense ratio enables it to bid
     competitively.  The Colonial Penn P&C Group currently has contracts in
     force covering approximately $80,000,000 of annualized written
     premium.

          Prior to its acquisition by the Company, CPI wrote as primary
     insurer or as a reinsurer a variety of diverse commercial property and
     casualty insurance business known as "Special Risks."  The nature of
     most of this insurance, which was not written after 1988, involves
     exposures which can be expected to develop over a relatively long
     period of time before a definitive determination of ultimate losses
     and loss adjustment expenses can be established and the relevant
     reinsurance collected.  Although losses with respect to this block of
     business are particularly difficult to predict accurately, the Company
     believes, based in part upon a recently completed independent
     actuarial review, that it has recorded adequate reserves as of
     December 31, 1996 ($49,700,000, before reinsurance).

          The Empire Group

          The Empire Group provides personal insurance coverage to
     automobile owners and homeowners and commercial insurance for workers'
     compensation, residential real estate, restaurants, retail
     establishments, livery vehicles (both medallion and radio-controlled)
     and several types of service contractors.

          For the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, net earned
     premiums and commissions for the Empire Group were $326,400,000,
     $326,100,000 and $299,200,000, respectively.  Substantially all of the
     Empire Group's policies are written in New York for a one-year period. 
     The Empire Group is licensed in New York to write all lines of
     insurance that may be written by a property and casualty insurer,
     except residual value, credit, unemployment, animal and marine
     protection and indemnity insurance and ocean marine insurance.


                                       5

<PAGE>
     

          The voluntary business of the Empire Group is produced through
     general agents, local agents and insurance brokers, who are
     compensated for their services by payment of commissions on the
     premiums they generate.  There are five general agents, one of which
     is owned by Empire, and approximately 390 local agents and insurance
     brokers presently acting under agreements with the Empire Group. 
     These agents and brokers also represent other competing insurance
     companies.

          Like the Colonial Penn P&C Group, the Empire Group also has
     service business relating to private passenger and commercial
     automobile insurance.  The Empire Group currently has contracts in
     force covering approximately $83,000,000 of annualized written
     premiums.  In addition, the Empire Group receives a fee for providing
     administrative services, including claims processing, underwriting and
     collection activities, for the New York Public Automobile Pool and the
     Massachusetts Taxi and Limousine Pool.  These latter arrangements do
     not involve the assumption of any material underwriting risk by the
     Empire Group.

          Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

          Liabilities for unpaid losses, which are not discounted (except
     for certain workers' compensation liabilities), and loss adjustment
     expenses ("LAE") are determined using case-basis evaluations,
     statistical analyses and estimates for salvage and subrogation
     recoverable and represent estimates of the ultimate claim costs of all
     unpaid losses and LAE.  Liabilities include a provision for losses
     that have occurred but have not yet been reported.  These estimates
     are subject to the effect of trends in future claim severity and
     frequency experience.  Adjustments to such estimates are made from
     time to time due to changes in such trends as well as changes in
     actual loss experience.  These adjustments are reflected in current
     earnings.

          The Company's property and casualty insurance subsidiaries rely
     upon standard actuarial ultimate loss projection techniques to obtain
     estimates of liabilities for losses and LAE.  These projections
     include the extrapolation of both losses paid and incurred by business
     line and accident year and implicitly consider the impact of inflation
     and claims settlement patterns upon ultimate claim costs based upon
     historical patterns.  In addition, methods based upon average loss
     costs, reported claim counts and pure premiums are reviewed in order
     to obtain a range of estimates for setting the reserve levels.  For
     further input, changes in operations in pertinent areas including
     underwriting standards, product mix, claims management and legal
     climate are periodically reviewed.

          In the following table, the liability for losses and LAE of the
     Company's property and casualty insurance subsidiaries are reconciled
     for each of the three years ended December 31, 1996.  Included therein
     are current year data and prior year development.

                                       6

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      

                        RECONCILIATION OF LIABILITY FOR LOSSES AND
                                 LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES

                                          1996           1995            1994
                                          ----           ----            ----
                                                    (In thousands)
<S>                                  <C>             <C>            <C>
      Net liability for losses
        and LAE at
        beginning of year             $  999,641      $  923,905     $  889,082
                                      ----------      ----------     ----------

      Provision for losses and
        LAE for claims occurring
        in the current year              733,263         735,071        679,377
      Decrease in estimated
        losses and LAE for
        claims occurring in
        prior years                       (8,631)        (16,378)       (71,484)
                                      ----------      ----------     ----------
      Total incurred losses
        and LAE                          724,632         718,693        607,893
                                      ----------      ----------     ----------
      Reclassification of 
        uncollectible 
        reinsurance reserves
        due to commutations-                    
        prior years                        2,947          -              15,528
                                      ----------      ----------     ----------
      Losses and LAE payments for 
        claims occurring during:
        Current year                     304,533         276,212        259,295
        Prior years                      439,511         366,745        329,303
                                      ----------      ----------     ----------
                                         744,044         642,957        588,598
                                      ----------      ----------     ----------
                                         983,176         999,641        923,905

      Reserve deducted above for
        reinsurance not considered
        collectible                       14,511          22,432         26,547
                                      ----------      ----------     ----------
                                         997,687       1,022,073        950,452

      Reinsurance 
        recoverable                      112,780         106,879        117,566
                                      ----------      ----------     ----------
      Liability for losses and 
        LAE at end of year as 
        reported in financial 
        statements                    $1,110,467      $1,128,952     $1,068,018
                                      ==========      ==========     ==========

</TABLE>

          The Company's property and casualty insurance subsidiaries'
     liability for losses and LAE as of December 31, 1996 was $999,981,000
     determined in accordance with SAP and $1,110,467,000 determined in
     accordance with GAAP.  The difference principally relates to
     liabilities assumed by reinsurers, which are not deducted from GAAP
     liabilities.

          The following tables present the development of balance sheet
     liabilities from 1986 through 1996 and include periods prior to
     acquisition for the Empire Group and the Colonial Penn P&C Group. 
     Because of substantial differences in the development of reserves of
     the Empire Group and the Colonial Penn P&C Group, loss and LAE
     development data is presented separately for each group.  The
     liability line at the top of each table indicates the estimated
     liability for unpaid losses and LAE recorded as of the dates
     indicated.  The middle



                                       7

<PAGE>
     

     section of the table shows the re-estimated amount of the previously
     recorded liability based on experience as of the end of each
     succeeding year.  As more information becomes available and claims are
     settled, the estimated liabilities are adjusted upward or downward
     with the effect of decreasing or increasing net income at the time of
     adjustment.  The lower section of the table shows the cumulative
     amount paid with respect to the previously recorded liability as of
     the end of each succeeding year.

          The "cumulative redundancy (deficiency)" represents the aggregate
     change in the estimates over all prior years.  For example, the
     initial 1986 liability estimate indicated on the Empire Group table of
     $182,133,000 has been re-estimated during the course of the succeeding
     ten years, resulting in a re-estimated liability at December 31, 1996
     of $169,021,000, or a redundancy of $13,112,000.  If the re-estimated
     liability exceeded the liability initially established, a cumulative
     deficiency would be indicated.  The cumulative deficiencies reflected
     in the Colonial Penn P&C Group table are for periods prior to the
     Company's acquisition of that Group.  The Company believes that the
     Colonial Penn P&C Group's loss reserving policies and improved claims
     management procedures since acquisition in 1991 have contributed
     significantly to the creation of the redundancies included in its
     table below.

          In evaluating this information, it should be noted that each
     amount shown for "cumulative redundancy (deficiency)" includes the
     effects of all changes in amounts for prior periods.  For example, the
     amount of the redundancy (deficiency) related to losses settled in
     1990, but incurred in 1986, will be included in the cumulative
     redundancy (deficiency) amount for 1986, 1987, 1988 and 1989.  This
     table is not intended to and does not present accident or policy year
     loss and LAE development data.  Conditions and trends that have
     affected development of the liability in the past may not necessarily
     occur in the future.  Accordingly, it would not be appropriate to
     extrapolate future redundancies or deficiencies based on these tables.

          For further discussion of the Company's loss development
     experience, see Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
     Financial Condition and Results of Operations," of this Report.



                                       8
<PAGE>
        


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ANALYSIS OF LOSS AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSE DEVELOPMENT (THE EMPIRE GROUP)

                                                                  Year Ended December 31
                        1986      1987      1988       1989     1990      1991       1992     1993       1994       1995     1996
                        ----      ----      ----       ----     ----      ----       ----     ----       ----       ----     ----

<S>                   <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>
Liability for
 Unpaid Losses
 and Loss
 Adjustment  
 Expenses             $182,133  $206,709  $222,814   $235,223 $251,401  $280,679   $322,516  $353,917  $406,695   $476,692  $481,138

Liability                                                                                                             
 Re-estimated 
 as of:
One Year Later        $180,975  $198,384  $213,671   $227,832 $249,492  $280,020   $321,954  $344,156  $441,165   $504,875  $   -   
Two Years Later        175,305   194,530   206,088    217,432  245,141   277,866    324,262   374,158   467,659
Three Years Later      170,152   188,843   198,500    212,649  243,849   284,052    345,576   394,418
Four Years Later       168,574   184,564   194,324    211,859  247,314   296,484    361,903
Five Years Later       165,717   181,990   196,070    211,952  255,045   306,094
Six Years Later        164,487   183,015   196,646    216,545  260,031
Seven Years Later      166,266   183,082   199,502    219,786
Eight Years Later      165,953   185,609   201,600
Nine Years Later       167,719   187,252
Ten Years Later        169,021

Cumulative
  Redundancy
  (Deficiency)        $ 13,112  $ 19,457  $ 21,214   $ 15,437 $ (8,630) $(25,415)  $(39,387) $(40,501) $(60,964)  $(28,183) $   -   
                      ========  ========  ========   ======== ========  ========   ========  ========  ========   ========  ========


Cumulative Amount
 of Liability
 Paid Through:
One Year Later        $ 54,359  $ 60,446  $ 64,140   $ 65,822 $ 78,954  $ 89,559   $113,226  $116,986  $152,904   $202,334  $   -   
Two Years Later         88,770    97,627   101,206    109,479  126,908   150,043    182,250   199,214   270,020
Three Years Later      114,322   123,092   131,705    140,916  167,330   197,848    239,092   272,513
Four Years Later       130,433   142,910   152,330    166,023  196,099   233,244    285,880
Five Years Later       141,346   155,786   168,117    182,001  216,749   259,946
Six Years Later        149,079   164,213   178,095    193,943  231,892
Seven Years Later      153,681   170,215   185,310    203,169
Eight Years Later      157,332   175,117   191,292
Nine Years Later       160,497   179,368
Ten Years Later        164,019

Gross Liability -
  End of Year                                                                                $391,829  $451,442   $517,422  $532,319
Reinsurance                                                                                    37,912    44,747     40,730    51,181
                                                                                             --------  --------   --------  --------
Net Liability - 
  End of Year as 
  Shown Above                                                                                $353,917  $406,695   $476,692  $481,138
                                                                                             ========  ========   ========  ========
Gross Re-estimated
  Liability - Latest                                                                         $452,063  $522,833   $557,475 

Re-estimated
  Reinsurance - Latest                                                                         57,645    55,174     52,600 
                                                                                             --------  --------   --------
Net Re-estimated
  Liability - Latest                                                                         $394,418  $467,659   $504,875 
                                                                                             ========  ========   ========
Gross Cumulative
  (Deficiency)                                                                               $(60,234) $(71,391)  $(40,053)
                                                                                             ========  ========   ========
</TABLE>

                                       9
<PAGE>
        
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ANALYSIS OF LOSS AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSE DEVELOPMENT (THE COLONIAL PENN P&C GROUP)

                                                                  Year Ended December 31
                          1986      1987      1988       1989     1990     1991      1992      1993     1994      1995    1996
                          ----      ----      ----       ----     ----     ----      ----     ----      ----      ----    ----
<S>                     <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>
Liability for
 Unpaid Losses
 and Loss
 Adjustment  
 Expenses               $324,700  $386,200 $ 410,500  $ 448,800 $626,300  $657,700 $581,810  $535,165 $517,210  $522,949 $502,038

Liability                                                                                                           
 Re-estimated 
 as of:
One Year Later          $352,600  $389,900 $ 445,600  $ 555,900 $659,800  $616,400 $497,994  $473,442 $466,362  $486,135 $   -   
Two Years Later          340,600   409,000   506,800    588,600  619,600   574,000  463,885   444,554  451,115
Three Years Later        338,700   443,700   535,600    563,800  614,000   555,800  450,542   440,476
Four Years Later         359,400   467,300   522,800    565,800  605,900   547,800  450,742
Five Years Later         384,000   459,400   526,700    562,900  599,700   546,400
Six Years Later          375,700   464,700   526,200    559,200  600,300
Seven Years Later        381,300   465,300   524,400    559,000
Eight Years Later        384,900   464,800   524,500
Nine Years Later         386,000   465,000
Ten Years Later          385,900

Cumulative
  Redundancy
  (Deficiency)          $(61,200) $(78,800)$(114,000) $(110,200)$ 26,000 $111,300  $131,068  $ 94,689 $ 66,095  $ 36,814 $   -   
                        ========  ======== =========  ========= ======== ========  ========  ======== ========  ======== ========


Cumulative Amount
 of Liability
 Paid Through:
One Year Later          $177,100  $207,700 $ 243,300  $ 258,500 $279,300 $283,200  $205,200  $212,317 $213,841  $237,177 $   -   
Two Years Later          249,800   304,000   353,300    387,500  432,500  390,100   317,492   319,253  326,809          
Three Years Later        288,700   356,800   419,900    467,500  492,900  461,000   379,521   386,347
Four Years Later         313,700   393,100   462,200    496,400  536,500  496,400   419,428
Five Years Later         332,700   416,800   476,400    523,400  559,100  525,500
Six Years Later          343,600   425,500   496,900    536,500  583,900
Seven Years Later        349,200   441,800   505,800    553,700
Eight Years Later        366,000   448,900   520,200
Nine Years Later         371,600   461,200
Ten Years Later          382,000

Gross Liability -
  End of Year                                                                                $660,039 $616,576  $611,530 $578,148
Reinsurance                                                                                   124,874   99,366    88,581   76,110
                                                                                             -------- --------  -------- --------
Net Liability - 
  End of Year as
  Shown Above                                                                                $535,165 $517,210  $522,949 $502,038
                                                                                             ======== ========  ======== ========
Gross Re-estimated
  Liability - Latest                                                                         $543,402 $535,515  $561,191 

Re-estimated
  Reinsurance -      
  Latest                                                                                      102,926   84,400    75,056
                                                                                             -------- --------  --------
Net Re-estimated
  Liability - Latest                                                                         $440,476 $451,115  $486,135
                                                                                             ======== ========  ========
Gross Cumulative
  Redundancy                                                                                 $116,637 $ 81,061  $ 50,339 
                                                                                             ======== ========  ========


</TABLE>
                                       10
<PAGE>
     

     LIFE INSURANCE

          The principal life insurance products offered during the three
     year period ended December 31, 1996 were "Graded Benefit Life" and a
     variable annuity product.  Through its various subsidiaries, the
     Company is licensed in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto
     Rico, Guam and the U.S. Virgin Islands and generally sells its
     products throughout most of the United States.  Total direct life
     insurance in force as of December 31, 1996 was $2.1 billion.

          The following table reflects premium receipts on variable annuity
     and other investment oriented products and premiums earned on other
     life and health insurance products.  Variable annuity and other
     investment oriented product premium receipts are not recorded as
     revenue under GAAP but are recorded in a manner similar to a deposit,
     and are included below.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Year Ended December 31,       
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                         1996           1995           1994
                                         ----           ----           ----
                                                   (In thousands)
<S>                                    <C>           <C>             <C>     
      Graded Benefit Life              $120,951      $117,691        $113,678
      Variable Annuity                   47,228        43,708          98,557
      Other Investment
        Oriented Products                 5,044         6,494           9,523
      Agent-sold Medicare
        Supplement Products(1)           39,501        27,982          35,967
      Other Health Products              11,941        13,919          16,225
      Other                                 892           566           2,629
                                       --------      --------        --------
         Total                         $225,557      $210,360        $276,579
                                       ========      ========        ========
<FN>
      __________________

      (1)   Includes Providential's agent-sold Medicare supplement products from
            April 1996, the date of acquisition.
</FN>
</TABLE>


          Life and Health Insurance Products

          Graded Benefit Life.  "Graded Benefit Life" is a guaranteed-issue
     product.  These modified-benefit, whole life policies are offered on
     an individual basis primarily to persons age 50 to 80, principally in
     face amounts of $350 to $10,000, without medical examination or
     evidence of insurability.  Premiums are paid as frequently as monthly. 
     Benefits paid are less than the face amount of the policy during the
     first two years, except in cases of accidental death.  Graded Benefit
     Life is marketed using direct response marketing techniques.  New
     policyholder leads are generated primarily from television
     advertisements.  The Company intends to continue to concentrate its
     marketing efforts towards soliciting new policyholders where the cost
     is justified, upgrading existing policyholders' policy packages and
     obtaining referrals from existing policyholders.

          Investment Oriented Products.  The principal investment oriented
     product ("IOP" product) offered is a no-load variable annuity ("VA")
     product.  The VA product is marketed as an investment vehicle to
     individuals seeking to defer, for federal income tax purposes, the
     annual increase in their account balance.  Premiums from this VA
     product are invested at the policyholders' election in either
     unaffiliated mutual funds, where the policyholder bears the entire
     investment risk, or in a fixed account, where the funds earn interest
     at rates determined by the Company.  The Company's VA product is
     currently marketed in conjunction with Scudder, Stevens and Clark, a
     mutual fund manager.  

                                       11

<PAGE>
     

          Medicare Supplement Products.  In 1992, CPL discontinued
     marketing its Medicare supplement products due to increased
     competition in this market and expectations that such competition
     would result in inadequate profitability.  However, CPL has continued
     to offer, on a profitable basis, renewals of its Medicare supplement
     products.  In April 1996, the Company acquired Providential, which
     markets agent-sold standardized Medicare supplement products in
     communities where health maintenance organizations are less prevalent. 
     The absence of health maintenance organizations allows Providential to
     charge premium rates that provide for an adequate return on
     investments.  The Company will continue to explore the acquisition of
     additional companies or blocks of this business in certain markets.

     INSURANCE OPERATIONS - GENERAL

          Investments

          Investment activities represent a significant part of the
     Company's insurance related revenues and profitability.  Investments
     are managed by the Company's investment advisors under the direction
     of, and upon consultation with, the Company's several investment
     committees.

          The Company's insurance subsidiaries have a diversified
     investment portfolio of securities, substantially all of which are
     rated "investment grade" by Moody's and/or S&P or issued or guaranteed
     by the U.S. Treasury or by governmental agencies.  The Company's
     insurance subsidiaries do not generally invest in less than
     "investment grade" or "non-rated" securities, real estate or
     mortgages, although from time to time they may make such investments
     in amounts not expected to be material.

          The composition of the Company's insurance subsidiaries'
     investment portfolio as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                PROPERTY AND CASUALTY             LIFE AND HEALTH   
                                                                ---------------------          ---------------------
                                                                1996             1995           1996         1995
                                                                ----             ----           ----         ----
                                                                               (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                       <C>              <C>          <C>            <C>
        Bonds and notes:
          U.S. Government and agencies                           85%              83%           72%            72%
          Rated investment grade                                  9               13            16             18
          Non rated - other                                       1                -             1              4
          Rated less than investment grade                        3                1             6              1
        Policyholder loans                                        -                -             2              2
        Equity securities                                         1                1             2              1
        Other, principally accrued interest                       1                2             1              2
                                                                ---              ---           ---            ---
                 Total                                          100%             100%          100%           100%
                                                                ===              ===           ===            ===
        Estimated average yield to maturity
          of bonds and notes (a)                                6.3%             6.6%          6.5%           6.8%
        Estimated average remaining life of bonds
          and notes (a)                                       3.9 yrs.         3.6 yrs.      7.2 yrs.       6.9 yrs.
        Carrying value of investment portfolio              $1,801,122        $1,861,301    $755,028        $780,633
        Market value of investment portfolio                $1,801,262        $1,862,094    $754,988        $780,710

<FN>
        _________________

        (a)      Excludes trading securities, which are not significant.
</FN>
</TABLE>

          Reinsurance

          Reinsurance is obtained for investment oriented products for face
     amounts in excess of $500,000 per life.  The life insurance
     subsidiaries generally do not obtain reinsurance for the Graded
     Benefit Life products because these policies generally have a low face
     amount.  The Colonial Penn P&C Group obtained reinsurance for casualty
     risks in excess of $2,000,000 in 1996, 1995 and 1994, although most
     Colonial Penn P&C Group


                                       12
<PAGE>
     

     automobile policies do not have policy limits in excess of $100,000
     per risk and $300,000 per accident.  The Empire Group's maximum
     retained limit was $500,000 for workers' compensation for 1996, 1995
     and 1994; for other property and casualty lines, the Empire Group's
     maximum retained limit was $300,000 for 1996 and $225,000 for 1995 and
     1994.

          Additionally, the Company's property and casualty insurance
     subsidiaries have entered into certain excess of loss and catastrophe
     treaties to protect against certain losses.  The Colonial Penn P&C
     Group's retention of lower level losses in such treaties was
     $15,000,000 in 1996 and 1995 and $11,000,000 in 1994.  In 1997, the
     Colonial Penn P&C Group entered into "second event" reinsurance that
     will provide up to $10,000,000 of recovery if multiple catastrophe
     losses not covered under the Group's basic agreement exceed
     $20,000,000.  The Empire Group's retention of lower level losses in
     such treaties is $5,000,000 for 1997 and was $3,000,000 for 1996, 1995
     and 1994.

          Although reinsurance does not legally discharge an insurer from
     its primary liability for the full amount of the policy liability, it
     does make the assuming reinsurer liable to the insurer to the extent
     of the reinsurance ceded.   The Company's reinsurance generally has
     been placed with certain of the largest reinsurance companies,
     including (with their respective Best ratings) General Reinsurance
     Corporation (A++), Partner Re Co. Ltd. (A+), LaSalle Re Ltd. (A-), AXA
     Reinsurance Company (A), Zurich Reinsurance Centre, Inc. (A), Munich
     American Reinsurance Company (A+) and United Teachers Associates
     Insurance (B++).  In addition, the Company has reinsured a block of
     business with a subsidiary of John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance
     Company ("Hancock") as part of the sale of such business to Hancock. 
     The Company believes its reinsurers to be financially capable of
     meeting their respective obligations.  However, to the extent that any
     reinsuring company is unable to meet its obligations, the Company's
     insurance subsidiaries would be liable for the reinsured risks.  The
     Company has established reserves, which the Company believes are
     adequate, for any nonrecoverable reinsurance.

          Competition

          The insurance industry is a highly competitive industry, in which
     many of the Company's competitors have substantially greater financial
     resources, larger sales forces, more widespread agency and broker
     relationships, and more diversified lines of insurance coverage. 
     Additionally, certain competitors market their products with
     endorsements from affinity groups, while the Company's products are
     for the most part unendorsed, which may give such other companies a
     competitive advantage.  Recent federal administrative, legislative and
     judicial activity may result in changes to federal banking laws that
     will enable national banks to act as agents in order to offer certain
     insurance products in direct competition with the Company.  The
     Company is unable to determine what effect, if any, such changes may
     have on the Company's operations.

          The Company believes that property and casualty insurers
     generally compete on the basis of price, customer service, consumer
     recognition and financial stability.  The industry has historically
     been cyclical in nature, with periods of less intense price competi-
     tion generating significant profits, followed by periods of increased
     price competition resulting in reduced profitability or loss.  The
     current cycle of intense price competition has continued for a longer
     period than in the past, suggesting that the significant infusion of
     capital into the industry in recent years, coupled with larger
     investment returns has been, and may continue to be, a depressing
     influence on policy rates.  The profitability of the property and
     casualty insurance industry is affected by many factors, including
     rate competition, severity and frequency of claims (including
     catastrophe losses), interest rates, state regulation, court decisions
     and judicial climate, all of which are outside the Company's control.

                                       13
<PAGE>
     

          Government Regulation

          Insurance companies are subject to detailed regulation and
     supervision in the states in which they transact business.  Such
     regulation pertains to matters such as approving policy forms and
     various premium rates, minimum reserves and loss ratio requirements,
     the type and amount of investments, minimum capital and surplus
     requirements, granting and revoking licenses to transact business,
     levels of operations and regulating trade practices.  The majority of
     the Company's property and casualty insurance operations are in states
     requiring prior approval by regulators before proposed rates may be
     implemented.  Certain states have indicated that they may change the
     bases (e.g., age, sex and geographic location) on which rates
     traditionally have been established.  Rates proposed for life
     insurance generally become effective immediately upon filing. 
     Insurance companies are required to file detailed annual reports with
     the supervisory agencies in each of the states in which they do
     business, and are subject to examination by such agencies at any time. 
     Increased regulation of insurance companies at the state level and new
     regulation at the federal level is possible, although the Company
     cannot predict the nature or extent of any such regulation or what
     impact it would have on the Company's operations.

          The National Association of Insurance Commissioners ("NAIC") has
     adopted model laws incorporating the concept of a "risk based capital"
     ("RBC") requirement for insurance companies.  Generally, the RBC
     formula is designed to measure the adequacy of an insurer's statutory
     capital in relation to the risks inherent in its business.  The RBC
     formula is used by the states as an early warning tool to identify
     weakly capitalized companies for the purpose of initiating regulatory
     action.  Each of the Company's insurance subsidiaries' RBC ratio as of
     December 31, 1996 substantially exceeded minimum requirements.

          The NAIC also has adopted various ratios for insurance companies
     which, in addition to the RBC ratio, are designed to serve as a tool
     to assist state regulators in discovering potential weakly capitalized
     companies or companies with unusual trends.  The insurance companies
     had certain "other than normal" NAIC ratios for the year ended
     December 31, 1996.  The Company believes that there are no material
     underlying problems or weaknesses in its insurance operations and that
     it is unlikely that material adverse regulatory action will be taken.

          The Company's insurance subsidiaries are members of state
     insurance funds which provide certain protection to policyholders of
     insolvent insurers doing business in those states.  Due to
     insolvencies of certain insurers in recent years, the Company's
     insurance subsidiaries have been assessed certain amounts which have
     not been material and are likely to be assessed additional amounts by
     state insurance funds.  The Company believes that it has provided for
     all anticipated assessments and that any additional assessments will
     not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
     condition or results of operations.

                               BANKING AND LENDING

          During 1996 the Company's banking and lending operations
     principally were conducted through American Investment Bank, N.A.
     ("AIB"), its national bank subsidiary and American Investment
     Financial ("AIF"), an industrial loan corporation.  AIB and AIF take
     money market and other non-demand deposits that are eligible for
     insurance provided by the FDIC.  AIB and AIF had deposits of
     $209,261,000 and $203,061,000 at December 31, 1996 and 1995,
     respectively.  AIB and AIF currently have several deposit-taking and
     lending facilities in the Salt Lake City area.

          The Company's consolidated banking and lending operations had
     outstanding loans (net of unearned finance charges) of $233,351,000
     and $278,391,000 at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.  At
     December 31, 1996, 41% were loans to individuals generally
     collateralized by automobiles; 14% were

                                       14
<PAGE>
     

     unsecured loans to individuals acquired from others in connection with
     investments in limited partnerships; 42% were unsecured loans to
     executives and professionals; and 3% were instalment loans to
     consumers, substantially all of which were collateralized by real or
     personal property.

          It is the Company's policy to charge to income an allowance for
     losses which, based upon management's analysis of numerous factors,
     including current economic trends, aging of the loan portfolio and
     historical loss experience, is deemed adequate to cover reasonably
     expected losses on outstanding loans.  At December 31, 1996, the
     allowance for loan losses for the Company's entire loan portfolio was
     $12,177,000 or 5.2% of the net outstanding loans, compared to
     $13,893,000 or 5% of net outstanding loans at December 31, 1995.

          The funds generated by the deposits are primarily used to make
     instalment loans, including collateralized personal automobile loans
     to individuals who have difficulty in obtaining credit.  These
     automobile loans are made at interest rates above those charged to
     individuals with good credit histories.  In determining which
     individuals qualify for these loans, the Company takes into account a
     number of highly selective criteria with respect to the individual as
     well as the collateral to attempt to minimize the number of defaults. 
     Additionally, the Company closely monitors these loans and takes
     prompt possession of the collateral in the event of a default.  For
     the three year period ended December 31, 1996, the Company generated
     $219,416,000 of these loans ($38,683,000 during 1996).  Beginning in
     1995, primarily as a result of increased competition, together with
     the Company's tightening of its underwriting standards, the portfolio
     has declined.  Loan losses have increased and, at December 31, 1996,
     the allowance for loan losses for this portfolio was $7,622,000 or
     7.9% of net outstanding loans.  The Company expects that the increased
     level of competition will continue and, together with the Company's
     tightened underwriting standards and the generally lower rates being
     offered by competitors, is likely to result in a further contraction
     in the size of this portfolio.

          The Company's banking and lending operations compete with banks,
     savings and loan associations, credit unions, credit card issuers and
     consumer finance companies, many of which are able to offer financial
     services on very competitive terms.  Additionally, substantial
     national financial services networks have been formed by major
     brokerage firms, insurance companies, retailers and bank holding
     companies.  Some competitors have substantial local market positions;
     others are part of large, diversified organizations.  

          The Company's principal banking and lending operations are
     subject to detailed supervision by state authorities, as well as
     federal regulation pursuant to the Federal Consumer Credit Protection
     Act and regulations promulgated by the Federal Trade Commission.  The
     Company's banking operations are subject to federal and state
     regulation and supervision by, among others, the Office of the
     Comptroller of the Currency (the "OCC"), the FDIC and the State of
     Utah.  AIB's primary federal regulator is the OCC, while the primary
     federal regulator for AIF is the FDIC.

          The Competitive Equality Banking Act of 1987 ("CEBA") places
     certain restrictions on the operations of AIB and restricts further
     acquisitions of banks and savings institutions by the Company.  CEBA
     does not restrict AIF as currently operated.

                                  MANUFACTURING

          The Company's manufacturing operations consist primarily of the
     manufacture of bathroom vanities and related products for the "do-it-
     yourself" market, proprietary plastic netting for various industrial
     markets and electrical products.  During 1996, the Company sold one
     division and discontinued certain non-performing product lines.  For
     the year ended December 31, 1996 this segment was profitable for the
     first time since 1990.


                                       15
<PAGE>
     

          Bathroom vanities and related products are sold through
     manufacturers' representatives, primarily to home improvement centers. 
     The plastics division manufactures and markets plastic netting used
     for a variety of purposes including, among other things, construction,
     packaging, carpet backing and filtration.  The electrical division
     primarily produces wire cable and power cords for industrial
     customers.

          The manufacturing operations are subject to a high degree of
     competition, generally on the basis of price, service and quality. 
     Additionally, certain of these manufacturing operations are dependent
     on cyclical industries, including the construction industry.  Through
     its various manufacturing divisions, the Company holds patents on
     certain improvements to the basic manufacturing processes and on
     applications thereof.  The Company believes that the expiration of
     these patents, individually or in the aggregate, is unlikely to have a
     material effect on manufacturing operations.

                        OTHER OPERATIONS AND INVESTMENTS

          The Company owns equity interests representing more than 5% of
     the outstanding capital stock of each of the following domestic public
     companies at December 31, 1996:  Carmike Cinemas, Inc. ("Carmike")
     (approximately 6% of Class A shares), HomeFed Corporation ("HFC")
     (approximately 41%), Jordan Industries, Inc. ("JII") (approximately
     11%) and MK Gold Company ("MK Gold") (approximately 46%).

          In April 1996, the Company formed a joint venture, Pepsi
     International Bottlers ("PIB"), with PepsiCo, Inc to be the exclusive
     bottler and distributor of PepsiCo beverages in a large portion of
     central and eastern Russia, Kyrgyzstan and Kazakstan.  The Company and
     PepsiCo have committed to make capital contributions to PIB of
     $79,500,000 and $26,500,000, respectively.  As of December 31, 1996,
     the Company contributed $51,000,000; the balance was funded in January
     1997.  The Company has a 75% economic interest in PIB.  At December
     31, 1996, the carrying amount of the Company's investment in PIB was
     $33,896,000, reflecting the Company's share of the start-up losses of
     this venture.  The Company anticipates that PIB will continue to
     experience operating losses during the period that PIB is building
     production and distribution capacity and market share.

          The Company owns a 30% interest in Caja de Ahorro y Seguro S.A.
     ("Caja"),  a holding company whose subsidiaries are engaged in
     property and casualty insurance, life insurance and banking in
     Argentina.  Caja distributes its insurance products primarily on a
     direct basis, and therefore does not pay commissions to agents.  Caja
     is the largest insurance company in Argentina, with total annual
     premium revenues of approximately $516,700,000 and total assets
     (including banking operations) of approximately $646,000,000. 
     At December 31, 1996, the carrying amount of the Company's investment
     in Caja was $44,333,000.  The Company's equity in Caja's results of
     operations since acquisition has not been material.

          A subsidiary of the Company is a partner in The Jordan Company
     and Jordan/Zalaznick Capital Company.  These partnerships each
     specialize in structuring leveraged buyouts in which the partners are
     given the opportunity to become equity participants.  Since 1982, the
     Company has invested an aggregate of $36,919,000 in these partnerships
     and related companies and, through December 31, 1996, has received
     $84,632,000 (including cash, interest bearing notes and other
     receivables) relating to the disposition of investments and management
     and other fees.  At December 31, 1996, through these partnerships, the
     Company had interests in JII, Carmike and a total of 19 other
     companies (the "Jordan Associated Companies"), which in total are
     carried at cost in the Company's consolidated financial statements at
     $11,657,000.

          The Company's real estate investments include a 615,000 square
     foot office building located near Grand Central Terminal in New York
     City (carried at $58,608,000 at December 31, 1996), and two luxury
     residential condominium towers in downtown San Diego, California
     (carried at $31,572,000 at December 31,


                                       16
<PAGE>
     

     1996).  The New York City office building, which has 355,000 square
     feet of contiguous space available for occupancy, is being marketed
     for sale.  The San Diego towers consist of 201 residential units, 125
     of which were available for sale at December 31, 1996, and 42,000
     square feet of retail space, of which 7,500 square feet have been leased 
     to a national restaurant chain.  

          For further information about the Company's business, reference
     is made to Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
     Condition and Results of Operations," of this Report and Notes to
     Consolidated Financial Statements.


     Item 2.   Properties.
     ------    ----------

          Through its various subsidiaries, the Company owns and utilizes
     in its operations the following significant properties: two office
     buildings located in Valley Forge, Pennsylvania used by the Colonial
     Penn P&C Group (totaling approximately 198,700 sq. ft.), one of which
     is located on land leased from a third party; two offices in Salt Lake
     City, Utah used for corporate and banking and lending activities
     (totaling approximately 77,000 sq. ft.); and an office building in
     Philadelphia, Pennsylvania used by the life insurance companies
     (approximately 127,000 sq. ft.).  In addition, subsidiaries of the
     Company own six facilities (totaling approximately 970,000 sq. ft.)
     primarily used for manufacturing and storage located in Georgia, New
     Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Pennsylvania and Canada.

          The Company and its subsidiaries lease numerous manufacturing,
     warehousing, office and headquarters facilities.  The facilities vary
     in size and have leases expiring at various times, subject, in certain
     instances, to renewal options.  See Notes to Consolidated Financial
     Statements. 

     Item 3.   Legal Proceedings.  
     ------    -----------------

     PINNACLE LITIGATION

          On May 11, 1994, a shareholder of the Company filed a purported
     derivative action entitled Pinnacle Consultants, Ltd. v. Leucadia
                                --------------------------    --------
     National Corporation, et al. (C.A. No. 94 Civ. 3496) against the
     ----------------------------
     Company's current Board of Directors and two former directors, John W.
     Jordan II and Melvin Hirsch.  The action, which was filed in the
     United States District Court for the Southern District of New York,
     alleged certain Racketeer Influence and Corrupt Organizations Act,
     securities law, conversion and fraud claims.  On December 10, 1996,
     the Second Circuit Court of Appeals affirmed the judgment of the
     District Court dismissing these claims.

     OTHER PROCEEDINGS

          In addition to the foregoing, the Company and its subsidiaries
     are parties to legal proceedings that are considered to be either
     ordinary, routine litigation incidental to their business or not
     material to the Company's consolidated financial position.

          The Company does not believe that any of the foregoing actions
     will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial
     position or consolidated results of operations.


     Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
     ------    ---------------------------------------------------

          Not applicable.



                                       17
<PAGE>
     

     Item 10.  Executive Officers of the Registrant.
     -------   ------------------------------------

          All executive officers of the Company are elected at the
     organizational meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company held
     annually and serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  As of
     March 19, 1997, the executive officers of the Company, their ages, the
     positions held by them and the periods during which they have served
     in such positions were as follows:

     NAME                 AGE   POSITION WITH LEUCADIA     OFFICE HELD SINCE
     ----                 ---   ----------------------     -----------------
     Ian M. Cumming       56    Chairman of the Board          June 1978
     Joseph S. Steinberg  53    President                      January 1979
     Thomas E. Mara       51    Executive Vice President       May 1980;
                                  and Treasurer                  January 1993
     Joseph A. Orlando    41    Vice President and             January 1994;
                                  Chief Financial Officer        April 1996
     Barbara L. Lowenthal 42    Vice President and             April 1996
                                  Comptroller
     Paul J. Borden       48    Vice President                 August 1988
     Mark Hornstein       49    Vice President                 July 1983
     Ruth Klindtworth     62    Secretary and Vice President-  February 1976;
                                  Corporate Administrator        January 1990

          Mr. Cumming has served as a director and Chairman of the Board of
     the Company since June 1978.  In addition, he has served as a director
     of Allcity since February 1988 and MK Gold since June 1995.  Mr.
     Cumming has also been a director of Skywest, Inc., a Utah-based
     regional air carrier, since June 1986.

          Mr. Steinberg has served as a director of the Company since
     December 1978 and as President of the Company since January 1979.  In
     addition, he has served as a director of Allcity since February 1988,
     as a director of MK Gold since June 1995 and as a director of JII
     since June 1988.

          Mr. Mara joined the Company in April 1977 and was elected Vice
     President of the Company in May 1977.  He has served as Executive Vice
     President of the Company since May 1980 and as Treasurer of the
     Company since January 1993.  In addition, he has served as a director
     of Allcity since October 1994.

          Mr. Orlando, a certified public accountant, has served as Chief
     Financial Officer of the Company since April 1996 and as Vice
     President of the Company since January 1994.  Mr. Orlando previously
     served in a variety of capacities with the Company and its
     subsidiaries since 1987, including Comptroller of the Company from
     March 1994 to April 1996.

          Ms. Lowenthal, a certified public accountant, has served as Vice
     President and Comptroller of the Company since April 1996.  For the
     prior four years, Ms. Lowenthal served as Director of Policies,
     Systems and Procedures and Assistant Controller of W.R. Grace & Co., a
     specialty chemicals company.

          Mr. Borden joined the Company as Vice President in August 1988
     and has served in a variety of other capacities with the Company and
     its subsidiaries.

                                       18
<PAGE>
     

          Mr. Hornstein joined the Company as Vice President in July 1983
     and has served in a variety of other capacities with the Company and
     its subsidiaries.

          Ms. Klindtworth has been employed by the Company since July 1960
     and has served as Secretary of the Company since February 1976 and as
     Vice President-Corporate Administrator of the Company since January
     1990.

                                       19

<PAGE>
     

                                     PART II

     Item 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related
     ------    -------------------------------------------------
               Stockholder Matters.
               -------------------

          (a)  Market Information.
               ------------------
          The Common Shares of the Company (the "Common Shares") are traded
     on the New York Stock Exchange and Pacific Stock Exchange under the
     symbol LUK.  The following table sets forth, for the calendar periods
     indicated, the high and low sales price per Common Share on the
     consolidated transaction reporting system, as reported by the Dow
     Jones Historical Stock Quote Reporter Service.  On November 15, 1995,
     the Company effected a two-for-one stock split of the Common Shares in
     the form of a 100% stock dividend (the "Stock Split").  The dividend
     was paid to shareholders of record at the close of business on
     November 1, 1995.  Per share amounts set forth in this Report have
     been adjusted to reflect the Stock Split.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                COMMON SHARE
                                                                ------------
                                                              HIGH        LOW
                                                              ----        ---
<S>                                                         <C>         <C> 
                  1995
                  ----
                  First Quarter                              $24.31      $21.44
                  Second Quarter                              26.00       21.81
                  Third Quarter                               29.63       24.56
                  Fourth Quarter                              29.44       24.50

                  1996
                  ----
                  First Quarter                              $29.00      $23.75
                  Second Quarter                              26.50       23.88
                  Third Quarter                               25.00       21.63
                  Fourth Quarter                              28.50       23.13

                  1997
                  ----
                  First Quarter (through March 19, 1997)     $29.00      $25.75

</TABLE>

          (b)  Holders.
               -------

          As of March 19, 1997, there were approximately 4,089 record
     holders of the Common Shares.

          (c)  Dividends.
               ---------

          The Company paid dividends of $.25 per Common Share on December
     31, 1996 and $.25 per Common Share on December 29, 1995.  The payment
     of dividends in the future is subject to the discretion of the Board
     of Directors and will depend upon general business conditions, legal
     and contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and other
     factors that the Board of Directors may deem to be relevant.

          In connection with the declaration of dividends or the making of
     distributions on, or the purchase, redemption or other acquisition of
     Common Shares, the Company is required to comply with certain
     restrictions contained in certain of its debt instruments.


                                       20
<PAGE>
     

     Item 6.   Selected Financial Data.
     ------    -----------------------

          The following selected financial data have been summarized from
     the Company's consolidated financial statements and are qualified in
     their entirety by reference to, and should be read in conjunction
     with, such consolidated financial statements and "Management's
     Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
     Operations," below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                        
                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    1996         1995          1994         1993          1992
                                                                    ----         ----          ----         ----          ----
                                                                         (In thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
SELECTED INCOME STATEMENT DATA: (a)
 Revenues                                                      $1,506,557   $1,558,314    $1,384,385   $1,408,058    $1,573,015
 Net securities gains (losses)                                     39,429       20,027       (12,004)      51,923        51,778
 Interest expense (b)                                              53,996       52,871        44,003       39,465        38,507
 Insurance losses, policy benefits and
  amortization of deferred acquisition costs                      962,001      942,803       819,010      789,752       896,673
 Income before income taxes,
  cumulative effects of changes
  in accounting principles and 
  extraordinary loss                                               78,512      132,182       100,318      176,868       143,553
 Income before cumulative effects of
  changes in accounting principles
  and extraordinary loss                                           55,515      107,503        70,836      116,259       130,607
 Cumulative effects of changes in
  accounting principles                                               -           -              -        129,195           -  
 Extraordinary loss from early 
  extinguishment of debt, net of 
  income tax benefit                                               (6,838)        -              -            -             -  
 Net income                                                        48,677      107,503        70,836      245,454       130,607

Per share:
 Primary earnings (loss) per common and dilutive
  common equivalent share:
   Income before cumulative effects
    of changes in accounting principles
    and extraordinary loss                                          $ .91        $1.81         $1.22        $1.98         $2.67
   Cumulative effects of changes in
    accounting principles                                             -            -             -           2.21           -  
   Extraordinary loss                                                (.11)         -             -            -             -  
                                                                    -----        -----         -----        -----         -----
        Net income                                                  $ .80        $1.81         $1.22        $4.19         $2.67
                                                                    =====        =====         =====        =====         =====
 Fully diluted earnings (loss) per common share:
   Income before cumulative effects
    of changes in accounting principles
    and extraordinary loss                                          $ .91        $1.77         $1.21        $1.94         $2.66
   Cumulative effects of changes in
    accounting principles                                             -            -             -           2.10           -  
   Extraordinary loss                                                (.11)         -             -            -             -  
                                                                    -----        -----         -----        -----         -----
        Net income                                                  $ .80        $1.77         $1.21        $4.04         $2.66
                                                                    =====        =====         =====        =====         =====

<CAPTION>

                                                                                    AT DECEMBER 31,                            
                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    1996         1995          1994         1993          1992
                                                                    ----         ----          ----         ----          ----
                                                                         (In thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA: (a)
 Cash and investments                                          $3,176,927   $3,146,639    $2,764,890   $2,989,384    $3,371,624
 Total assets                                                   5,193,936    5,107,874     4,674,046    4,689,272     4,330,580
 Debt, including current maturities                               525,719      520,862       425,848      401,335       225,588
 Customer banking deposits                                        209,261      203,061       179,888      173,365       186,339
 Common shareholders' equity                                    1,118,107    1,111,491       881,815      907,856       618,161
 Book value per common share                                       $18.51       $18.47        $15.72       $16.27        $11.06

<CAPTION>
                                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                        
                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    1996         1995          1994         1993          1992
                                                                    ----         ----          ----         ----          ----
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
SELECTED INFORMATION ON PROPERTY AND CASUALTY
 INSURANCE OPERATIONS (Unaudited): (a)(c)
   GAAP Combined Ratio                                             105.0%       103.5%         99.1%        96.9%        101.7%
   SAP Combined Ratio                                              101.5%       101.2%         98.8%        93.7%        102.8%
   Industry SAP Combined Ratio (d)                                    N/A       106.4%        108.4%       106.9%        115.7%
   Premium to Surplus Ratio (e)                                      1.6x         1.8x          1.9x         1.6x          2.0x
<FN>
- --------------------------------
Footnotes on following page.


                                       21
<PAGE>
        

(a)     Data includes acquired companies from date of acquisition.

(b)     Includes interest on customer banking deposits.

(c)     Certain accident and health insurance business, which is included in the statutory results of operations of the 
        property and casualty insurance segment and is reflected in the SAP Combined Ratio, is reported in the life insurance
        segment for financial reporting purposes and therefore is not included in the GAAP Combined Ratios reflected herein. 
        The Combined Ratio does not reflect the effect of investment income.  For 1996 and 1995, a change in the statutory
        accounting treatment for retrospectively rated reinsurance agreements was the principal reason for the difference
        between the GAAP Combined Ratios and the SAP Combined Ratios.  Additionally in 1996, the difference relates to the
        accounting for certain expenses which are treated differently under SAP and GAAP.  For 1993, the difference reflects
        the different treatment of certain costs for GAAP and SAP purposes.  For 1992, the results of certain accident and
        health insurance business had a non-recurring income item which reduced the SAP Combined Ratio.  In addition, in 1992
        certain income credits were recognized only for GAAP purposes.

(d)     Source:  Best's Aggregates & Averages, Property/Casualty, 1996 Edition.  Industry Combined Ratios may not be fully
        comparable as a result of, among other things, differences in geographical concentration and in the mix of property
        and casualty insurance products.

(e)     Premium to Surplus Ratio was calculated by dividing statutory property and casualty insurance premiums written by
        statutory capital at the end of the year.
</FN>
</TABLE>



                                       22


<PAGE>
     

     Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
     ------   -----------------------------------------------------------
              and Results of Operations.
              -------------------------

     The purpose of this section is to discuss and analyze the Company's
     consolidated financial condition, liquidity and capital resources and
     results of operations.  This analysis should be read in conjunction
     with the consolidated financial statements and related notes which
     appear elsewhere in this Report.


     LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES


     Parent Company Liquidity

     Leucadia National Corporation (the "Parent") is a holding company
     whose assets principally consist of the stock of its several direct
     subsidiaries.  The Parent continuously evaluates the retention and
     disposition of its existing operations and investigates possible
     acquisitions of new businesses in order to maximize shareholder value. 
     Accordingly, while the Parent does not have any material arrangement,
     commitment or understanding with respect thereto (except as disclosed
     in this Report), further acquisitions, divestitures, investments and
     changes in capital structure are possible.  Its principal sources of
     funds are its available cash resources, bank borrowings, public
     financings, repayment of subsidiary advances, funds distributed from
     its subsidiaries as tax sharing payments, management and other fees,
     and borrowings and dividends from its regulated and non-regulated
     subsidiaries.  It has no substantial recurring cash requirements other
     than payment of interest and principal on its debt, tax payments and
     corporate overhead expenses.

     The Parent maintains the principal borrowings for the Company and its
     non-banking subsidiaries and has provided working capital to certain
     of its subsidiaries.  These borrowings have primarily been made on an
     unsecured basis from banks through various credit agreement facilities
     and term loans, and through public financings.  During the year ended
     December 31, 1996, the Company did not use its $150,000,000 bank
     credit agreement facilities, except for minor amounts borrowed to meet
     daily cash requirements.  At December 31, 1996, there were no amounts
     outstanding under such bank credit agreement facilities.  The
     Company's bank borrowings bear interest based on the prime rate or
     LIBOR.

     In February 1997, the Company replaced these credit facilities and its
     $50,000,000 of outstanding bank term loans with a new contractual bank
     credit facility of $200,000,000.  The new facility bears interest
     based on the prime rate or LIBOR and matures in February 2002.

     In October 1996, the Company sold $135,000,000 principal amount of its
     newly authorized 7-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 in an
     underwritten public offering at 99.487% of the principal amount.  As
     of December 31, 1996, $114,000,000 of the net proceeds were used to
     purchase $102,656,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's 10-3/8%
     Senior Subordinated Notes due 2002 (the "10-3/8% Notes"), plus
     accrued interest, through a tender offer and in open market purchases. 
     In the fourth quarter of 1996, the Company reported an extraordinary
     loss on early extinguishment of these 10-3/8% Notes of $6,838,000, net
     of income tax benefit of $3,682,000.  The Company intends to retire
     the 10-3/8% Notes that remain outstanding either through open market
     purchases or through early redemption of the 10-3/8% Notes in June
     1997.  The refinancing of the 10-3/8% Notes will result in annual
     expense savings of approximately $2,600,000.

     At December 31, 1996, a maximum of approximately $33,962,000 was
     available to the Parent as dividends from its regulated subsidiaries
     without regulatory approval.  Additional amounts may be available to
     the Parent


                                       23
<PAGE>
     

     in the form of loans or cash advances from regulated subsidiaries,
     although no amounts were outstanding at December 31, 1996 or borrowed
     to date in 1997.  There are no restrictions on distributions from the
     non-regulated subsidiaries; the Parent and its non-regulated
     subsidiaries had aggregate cash and temporary investments of
     approximately $194,500,000 at December 31, 1996.  The Parent also
     receives tax sharing payments from subsidiaries included in its
     consolidated income tax return, including certain regulated
     subsidiaries.  Because of the tax loss carryforwards available to the
     Parent and certain subsidiaries, together with current interest
     deductions and corporate expenses, the amount paid by the Parent for
     income taxes is substantially less than tax sharing payments received
     from its subsidiaries.  In addition, the Parent receives payments from
     the regulated and non-regulated entities for services provided by the
     Parent.  Payments from regulated subsidiaries for dividends, tax
     sharing payments and other services totaled approximately $104,400,000
     for the year ended December 31, 1996.

     On March 12, 1997, the Company called for redemption on April 11, 1997
     all of its outstanding $100,000,000 5-1/4% Convertible Subordinated
     Debentures due 2003, at a redemption price of 102.625% of the
     principal amount of the Debentures, plus accrued interest.  The funds
     to be used for this redemption are expected to be provided from
     general corporate funds available to the Parent.

     Based on discussions with commercial and investment bankers, the
     Company believes that it has the ability to raise additional funds
     under acceptable conditions for use in its existing businesses or for
     appropriate investment opportunities.  Since 1993, the Company's
     senior debt obligations have been rated as investment grade by
     Moody's, S&P and Duff & Phelps Inc.  Ratings issued by bond rating
     agencies are subject to change at any time.

     Consolidated Liquidity

     During each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996,
     the Company operated profitably and net cash was provided from
     operations.

     The Company has entered into interest rate agreements to manage the
     impact of changes in interest rates on its variable rate debt and
     customer banking deposits.  Counterparties to these agreements are
     major financial institutions, which the Company believes are able to
     fulfill their obligations; however, if they are not, the Company
     believes that any losses are unlikely to be material.

     In April 1996, the Company formed PIB with PepsiCo, Inc to be the
     exclusive bottler and distributor of PepsiCo beverages in a large
     portion of central and eastern Russia, Kyrgyzstan and Kazakstan.  The
     Company and PepsiCo have committed to make capital contributions to
     PIB of $79,500,000 and $26,500,000, respectively.  As of December 31,
     1996, the Company contributed $51,000,000; the balance was funded in
     January 1997.  In February 1997, the Company, PepsiCo and PIB signed a
     term sheet with third party lenders to provide $90,000,000 of
     additional financing to PIB.  Actual funding will require satisfactory
     negotiation and execution of definitive loan agreements, as well as,
     among other things, a license from the Russian Central Bank.  Pending
     satisfaction of such requirements, bridge financing to PIB to cover
     operating costs and capital expenditures will be necessary.  The
     Company estimates that its share of the bridge financing should not
     exceed $30,000,000.

     The Company has a 75% economic interest in PIB and PepsiCo owns the
     remaining 25%.  Under the terms of the joint venture agreement, the
     Company and PepsiCo have equal voting rights over all significant
     aspects of PIB's operations.  Accordingly, since the Company does not
     control PIB despite its larger economic interest, the Company accounts
     for its share of PIB's operating results under the equity method of
     accounting.  The Company's equity in losses of PIB was $17,104,000 for
     the year ended December 31, 1996, resulting from


                                       24
<PAGE>
     

     significant start-up costs of this operation.  The Company anticipates
     that PIB will continue to experience operating losses during the
     period that PIB is building production and distribution capacity and
     market share.

     In July 1996, the Company committed to invest up to $25,000,000 for a
     57.5% equity interest in an 809,000 square foot office building and
     garage and a minority interest in a Marriott hotel.  This real estate
     project in Brooklyn, New York is currently under construction.  The
     Company's equity investment is expected to be contributed toward the
     end of the anticipated two year construction period.  The Empire Group
     will be a major tenant in the project, and as such will receive
     certain benefits, primarily from the City of New York, with a present
     value of approximately $36,000,000.

     The Company's investments in Russia and Argentina are subject to
     foreign exchange and other risks.  Investing in the emerging markets
     of Russia is subject to political risk and uncertainty concerning the
     government's ability to succeed in its program to convert to a market
     economy, both of which are beyond the Company's control.  The
     Company's investments in Argentina and Russia are subject to foreign
     currency exchange risks, the volatility of the banking systems and
     securities markets in these countries, the overall health of their
     respective economies and the usual competitive factors experienced by
     companies.

     The funds for the investments described above were or are expected to
     be provided from general corporate funds available to the Parent
     company.

     In January 1997, the Company sold $150,000,000 aggregate liquidation
     amount of 8.65% trust issued preferred securities of its subsidiary,
     Leucadia Capital Trust I, (the "Trust").  These Company-obligated
     mandatorily redeemable preferred securities have an effective maturity
     date of January 15, 2027 and represent undivided beneficial interests
     in the Trust's assets, which consist solely of 8.65% Junior
     Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2027 of the Company. 
     The obligations of the Trust related to its preferred securities are
     fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company.

     The investment portfolios of the Company's insurance subsidiaries are
     principally fixed maturity investments rated "investment grade" or
     U.S. governmental agency issued or guaranteed obligations, although
     limited investments in "non-rated" or rated less than investment grade
     securities have been made from time to time.  The investment strategy
     of the insurance subsidiaries has been to maintain a high quality
     portfolio of publicly traded, fixed income securities with a
     relatively short duration. Principally as a result of increases in
     market interest rates during 1996, the unrealized gain on investments
     at the end of 1995 of approximately $30,086,000 (net of taxes)
     decreased to approximately $1,759,000 (net of taxes) as of December
     31, 1996.  While this has resulted in a decrease in shareholders'
     equity, it had no effect on results of operations or cash flows.

     The Company provides collateralized automobile loans to individuals
     with poor credit histories.  In 1996, the Company continued to
     experience increased competition resulting in reduced volume and
     increased loan losses.  During 1996, the Company tightened its
     underwriting standards in an effort to improve its loan loss
     experience and increased the reserve maintained on this portfolio. 
     The Company's investment in these loans was $96,338,000, $134,668,000
     and $129,512,000 at December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

     The Company and certain of its subsidiaries have substantial loss
     carryforwards and other tax attributes.  The amount and availability
     of tax loss carryforwards are subject to certain qualifications,
     limitations and uncertainties.  In order to reduce the possibility
     that certain changes in ownership could impose limitations on the use
     of these carryforwards, the Company's certificate of incorporation
     contains provisions which generally restrict the ability of a person
     or entity from accumulating at least five percent of the Common Shares
     and the ability of persons or entities now owning at least five
     percent of the Common Shares from acquiring additional Common Shares. 
     The Company has recognized as an asset (net of reserves) certain of
     the benefits of such loss


                                       25

<PAGE>
     

     carryforwards and other tax attributes.  As described in the Notes to
     the Consolidated Financial Statements, significant additional amounts
     may be available under certain circumstances.


     RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


     The Company's most significant operations are its insurance
     businesses, where it is a specialty markets provider of property and
     casualty and life and health insurance to its niche markets.  For the
     year ended December 31, 1996, the Company's insurance segments
     contributed 83% of total revenues and, at December 31, 1996,
     constituted 77% of total assets.

     Earned premium revenues of the Colonial Penn P&C Group were
     approximately $497,100,000, $490,500,000 and $447,200,000, for the
     years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.  Earned
     premiums from voluntary automobile policies were 10.2% higher in 1996
     and voluntary automobile policies in force increased 6.6% from
     December 31, 1995.  Since the first quarter of 1995, the Colonial Penn
     P&C Group has been successful in growing its voluntary automobile
     business, principally through direct mail and referral marketing
     techniques.  The increase in earned premium revenues was partially
     offset by reduced service business and the depopulation of state
     assigned risk automobile pools.  The growth in earned premiums in
     1995, as compared to 1994, principally resulted from service business
     and a modest increase in earned premiums related to voluntary
     automobile polices.

     Earned premium revenues and commissions of the property and casualty
     insurance operations of the Empire Group were $326,400,000,
     $326,100,000 and $299,200,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996,
     1995 and 1994, respectively.  Beginning in the fourth quarter of
     1995, higher premium rates were charged on certain lines of business,
     including in 1996 amounts related to increased minimum automobile
     liability coverage required by New York State.  Such rate increases
     were largely offset by a decrease in the number of policies in force. 
     This decrease primarily resulted from the depopulation of the assigned
     risk pools and reduced volume in other lines of business that have not
     been profitable, primarily certain specialty programs within voluntary
     commercial automobile lines.  In addition, the Empire Group has
     experienced increased competition, primarily in workers' compensation
     and commercial package policies, which has reduced volume.  The
     increase in 1995 as compared to 1994 principally was attributable to
     growth in policies in force and increased premium rates.  The majority
     of the growth in 1995 resulted from service business.

                                       26



<PAGE>
     

     The Company's property and casualty insurance operations combined
     ratios as determined under GAAP and SAP were as follows:

                                           Year Ended December 31,
                                           ----------------------

                                             1996    1995    1994
                                             ----    ----    ----
                  Colonial Penn P&C
                  Group:
                        GAAP                 98.6%   97.0%   96.1%
                        SAP                  97.4%   97.3%   97.1%

                  Empire Group:
                        GAAP                114.7%  113.0%  103.5%
                        SAP                 107.9%  107.4%  101.3%

                  Property and Casualty
                  Insurance Group: 
                        GAAP                105.0%  103.5%   99.1%
                        SAP                 101.5%  101.2%   98.8%

     The provision for insurance losses and policy benefits includes 
     catastrophe losses, net of reinsurance recoveries, estimated at
     approximately $5,000,000, $4,600,000 and $18,300,000, for the years
     ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.  The 1994 losses
     include approximately $11,700,000 related to the Northridge,
     California earthquake.

     In 1996, the combined ratios of the Colonial Penn P&C Group increased
     due to increased levels of new voluntary automobile business for which
     higher loss reserves are provided than on renewal business and a
     retroactive adjustment to its New Jersey automobile pool involuntary
     assignment, offset in part by a favorable settlement of a special risk
     claim.  The costs incurred to acquire new business combined with the
     related loss reserving policies depress operating results while the
     business grows.  The Colonial Penn P&C Group believes that its strong
     underwriting procedures, emphasis on mature adult insureds and claims
     handling and settlement practices have enabled it to record combined
     ratios that compare favorably with the industry.  The combined ratios
     for the Colonial Penn P&C Group increased slightly in 1995 as compared
     to 1994.  The 1995 combined ratios reflected higher losses related to
     service business that were partially offset by increased service fee
     income.  In addition, the combined ratios in 1995 were favorably
     affected by reduced catastrophe losses as compared to 1994.

     The combined ratios of the Empire Group increased in 1996 due to
     unusually high assessments from the New York State workers'
     compensation fund, severance benefits for certain employees, a
     reduction in the estimate of fees earned as a servicing carrier for
     the New York Public Automobile Pool and reduced assigned risk
     business, offset in part by an improved 1996 accident year loss ratio. 
     The Empire Group believes that the improvement in the 1996 accident
     year loss ratio results from its efforts to increase the profitability
     of its product lines, primarily through rate increases and improved
     underwriting procedures.  Included in the Empire Group's results for
     1996 and 1995 were approximately $28,000,000 and $34,500,000,
     respectively, for reserve strengthening related to losses from prior
     accident years.  In 1996, the reserve strengthening primarily related
     to voluntary commercial automobile and commercial package lines of
     business, while in 1995 the reserve strengthening primarily related to
     automobile and workers' compensation lines of business.  In 1995, the
     Empire Group's combined ratios increased as compared to 1994 primarily
     due to the reserve strengthening.  The Empire Group will continue to
     analyze the adequacy of its loss reserves on a quarterly basis.


                                       27
<PAGE>
     

     Premium revenue receipts on IOP products of the life insurance
     subsidiaries (which are not reflected as revenues) were $52,272,000 in
     1996, $50,202,000 in 1995 and $108,080,000 in 1994.  The principal IOP
     product sold during the three years ended December 31, 1996 was a VA
     product marketed directly to consumers.  The Company believes the
     decline in premium revenue receipts of the VA product in 1995 was due
     to a combination of factors, including the public's perception of
     potential tax law changes, increased competition and the performance
     of the fund manager.

     Earned premium revenues of the life and health insurance operations
     were $178,900,000 for 1996, $165,800,000 for 1995 and $172,400,000 for
     1994.  Included in these amounts were earned premium revenues for the
     Company's Graded Benefit Life product of $121,000,000, $117,700,000
     and $113,700,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994,
     respectively.  The growth related to the Graded Benefit Life product
     reflects the Company's increased marketing efforts with respect to
     this product, which have been conducted at acquisition cost levels
     that result in adequate profitability.

     In addition to the growth in the Graded Benefit Life product, the
     increase in this segment's earned premium revenues in 1996 was
     primarily due to the acquisition of Providential in April 1996 which
     generated $16,500,000 of earned premium revenues for agent-sold
     Medicare supplement products.  The Company had stopped marketing its
     own agent-sold Medicare supplement products in 1992 due to inadequate
     profitability.  Providential markets its agent-sold Medicare
     supplement products primarily in communities where health maintenance
     organizations are less prevalent, which the Company believes results
     in adequate profitability.  The decline in earned premium revenues in
     the prior years reflected the run-off of this product line prior to
     the acquisition of Providential.

     Insurance losses, policy benefits and amortization of deferred
     acquisition costs of the life and health insurance operations were
     $150,500,000, $133,200,000 and $138,300,000 for the years ended
     December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.  The increase in 1996
     was primarily due to increased earned premium revenues and a
     $3,500,000 gain in 1995 from the termination of a reinsurance
     agreement.  The decrease in 1995 reflected the run-off of the agent-
     sold Medicare supplement business, which had less favorable loss
     experience in 1995, reduced IOP insurance in force and the $3,500,000
     reinsurance gain.  The decrease in 1995 was partially offset by the
     growth of the Graded Benefit Life product.

     Manufacturing revenues declined during each of the last two years due
     to the sale of certain divisions and the discontinuance of certain
     non-performing product lines.  The Company recorded charges of
     $3,700,000 in 1996 and $7,300,000 in 1995 for losses on sales and
     shutdown expenses, which are primarily reflected in the caption
     "Selling, general and other expenses."  The pre-tax results for this
     segment improved in 1996, primarily due to manufacturing and operating
     efficiencies at the bathroom vanities and plastics divisions and the
     disposal of non-performing businesses.

     Finance revenues and operating profits reflect the reduced level of
     consumer instalment loans and the increase in automobile loan losses,
     as discussed above.  In addition, in 1996, the decline in operating
     profit was also caused by increased interest expense on customer
     banking deposits.  In 1995, the increase in finance revenues from
     consumer instalment loans as compared to 1994 was offset in part by
     increased interest expense on customer banking deposits and greater
     losses on automobile loans.

     Investment and other income decreased in 1996 and increased in 1995
     primarily due to the gain on the return of the WMAC Companies.  In
     1995, control of the WMAC Companies was returned to the Company and
     such subsidiaries were consolidated, resulting in a gain of
     $41,030,000, representing the difference between the carrying amount
     of the Company's investment prior to consolidation and the net assets
     of such subsidiaries.  Interest and dividend income increased in 1995,
     reflecting higher investment yields and increased funds available


                                       28

<PAGE>
     

     for investment.  Investment and other income also reflected increased
     fee income in 1995 related to service business.  Investment and other
     income in 1994 included $8,458,000 related to the disposition of El
     Salvador government bonds and $14,490,000 related to the sale of the
     Company's remaining shares in Bolivian Power Company.

     Equity in losses of associated companies increased in 1996 primarily
     due to start-up losses from the Company's equity investment in PIB of
     $17,104,000, losses from its interest in MK Gold of $6,478,000
     and a $7,041,000 write-off of the Company's investment in an
     unsuccessful well drilled by its Siberian oil exploration joint
     venture.

     Higher interest expense in each of 1996 and 1995 compared to the prior
     year principally reflected the increased level of outstanding debt. 
     Interest expense also reflected the increased level of deposits at AIB
     and AIF and an increase in rates related to those deposits. 
     Generally, interest rates on deposits are lower than on other
     available funds.  Interest expense on deposits was $12,575,000 in
     1996, $12,034,000 in 1995 and $8,304,000 in 1994.

     The increase in 1995 as compared to 1994 in selling, general and other
     expenses principally reflected the losses recorded by the
     manufacturing segment as described above, operating expenses of real
     estate properties acquired during 1994, expenses relating to certain
     investing activities, including expenses related to exploring
     opportunities in Russia, and increased provisions for bad debts at the
     banking and lending segment.  In 1995 and 1994, statistical studies
     and estimates of service costs indicated that the recorded liability
     for unredeemed trading stamps was in excess of the amount that
     ultimately would be required to redeem trading stamps outstanding.  As
     a result, selling, general and other expenses applicable to the
     trading stamp operations included credits of $9,400,000 and
     $11,700,000 for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994,
     respectively, reflecting adjustments made to the liability for
     unredeemed trading stamps.  The Company's most recent analysis of the
     liability for unredeemed trading stamps had not identified any
     remaining excess as of December 31, 1996.

     The 1996 provision for income taxes was below the expected normal
     corporate tax rate primarily due to the favorable resolution of
     certain contingencies.  The provision for income taxes for 1995 was
     below the expected normal corporate income tax rate principally due to
     the gain related to the return of the WMAC Companies, which was not
     taxable, and the favorable resolution of certain contingencies.  The
     provision for income taxes for 1994 was below the expected normal
     corporate income tax rate principally because of a reduction in the
     valuation allowance applicable to the deferred tax asset due to the
     resolution of certain contingencies. 

     The number of shares used to calculate primary earnings per share was
     60,560,000, 59,271,000 and 58,202,000 for 1996, 1995 and 1994,
     respectively. The number of shares used to calculate fully diluted
     earnings per share was 60,560,000, 62,807,000 and 61,715,000 for 1996,
     1995 and 1994, respectively.  The increase in the number of shares
     utilized in calculating per share amounts principally related to the
     sale of common shares in an underwritten public offering in September
     1995.  In addition, for fully diluted per share amounts, the 5-1/4%
     Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2003 were not assumed to have
     been converted in 1996 since the effect of such assumed conversion
     would have been to increase earnings per share.

     Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
     -------  --------------------------------------------

           Financial Statements and supplementary data required by this
     Item 8 are set forth at the pages indicated in Item 14(a) below.

     Item 9.  Disagreements on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
     -------  -----------------------------------------------------
     
           Not applicable.


                                       29
<PAGE>
     

                                    PART III

     Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.
     --------  --------------------------------------------------

           The information to be included under the caption "Nominees for
     Election as Directors" in the Company's definitive proxy statement to
     be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A of the 1934
     Act in connection with the 1997 annual meeting of shareholders of the
     Company (the "Proxy Statement") is incorporated herein by reference. 
     In addition, reference is made to Item 10 in Part I of this Report.

     Item 11.  Executive Compensation.
     -------   ----------------------
           The information to be included under the caption "Executive
     Compensation" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by
     reference.

     Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
     -------   ---------------------------------------------------
               Management.
               ----------

           The information to be included under the caption "Present
     Beneficial Ownership of Common Shares" in the Proxy Statement is
     incorporated herein by reference.

     Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.
     -------   ----------------------------------------------

           The information to be included under the caption "Executive
     Compensation - Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" in the
     Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

                                       30
<PAGE>
     

                                     PART IV

     Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K
     -------   ----------------------------------------------------------------

          (a)(1)(2) Financial Statements and Schedules.
                    ----------------------------------
                    Report of Independent Accountants  . . . . .   F-1
                    Financial Statements:
                    Consolidated Balance Sheets at
                      December 31, 1996 and 1995 . . . . . . . .   F-2
                    Consolidated Statements of Income
                      for the years ended December 31,
                      1996, 1995 and 1994  . . . . . . . . . . .   F-3
                    Consolidated Statements of Cash
                      Flows for the years ended
                      December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 . . . . .   F-4
                    Consolidated Statements of Changes
                      in Shareholders' Equity for the
                      years ended December 31, 1996, 1995
                      and 1994 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   F-6
                    Notes to Consolidated Financial
                      Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   F-7

                    Financial Statement Schedules:
                    Schedule II - Condensed Financial
                      Information of Registrant  . . . . . . . .   F-34
                    Schedule III - Supplementary
                      Insurance Information  . . . . . . . . . .   F-38
                    Schedule IV - Schedule of
                      Reinsurance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   F-39
                    Schedule V - Valuation and
                      Qualifying Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . .   F-40
                    Schedule VI - Schedule of Supplemental
                      Information for Property and
                      Casualty Insurance Underwriters  . . . . .   F-41



                                       31
<PAGE>
     

               (3)  Executive Compensation Plans and Arrangements.
                    ---------------------------------------------

                      1982 Stock Option Plan, as amended August 28, 1991
                      (filed as Annex B to the Company's Proxy Statement
                      dated July 21, 1992).

                      1992 Stock Option Plan (filed as Annex C to the
                      Company's Proxy Statement dated July 21, 1992).

                      Agreement made as of March 12, 1984 by and between
                      Leucadia, Inc. and Ian M. Cumming (filed as Exhibit
                      10.14 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                      the fiscal year ended December 31, 1983 (the "1983
                      10-K")).

                      Agreement made as of March 12, 1984 by and between
                      Leucadia, Inc. and Joseph S. Steinberg (filed as
                      Exhibit 10.15 to the 1983 10-K).

                      Agreement dated as of August 1, 1988 among the
                      Company, Ian M. Cumming and Joseph S. Steinberg
                      (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's Annual Report
                      on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
                      1991 (the "1991 10-K")).

                      Agreement dated as of January 10, 1992 between Ian M.
                      Cumming, certain other persons listed on Schedule A
                      thereto and the Company (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the
                      1991 10-K).

                      Agreement dated as of January 10, 1992 between Joseph
                      S. Steinberg, certain other persons listed on
                      Schedule A thereto and the Company (filed as Exhibit
                      10.8 to the 1991 10-K).

                      Agreement between Leucadia, Inc. and Ian M. Cumming,
                      dated as of December 28, 1992 (filed as Exhibit
                      10.12(a) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
                      for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992 (the
                      "1992 10-K")).

                      Escrow and Security Agreement by and among Leucadia,
                      Inc., Ian M. Cumming and Weil, Gotshal & Manges, as
                      escrow agent, dated as of December 28, 1992 (filed as
                      Exhibit 10.12(b) to the 1992 10-K).

                      Agreement between Leucadia, Inc. and Joseph S.
                      Steinberg, dated as of December 28, 1992 (filed as
                      Exhibit 10.13(a) to the 1992 10-K).

                      Escrow and Security Agreement by and among Leucadia,
                      Inc., Joseph S. Steinberg and Weil, Gotshal & Manges,
                      as escrow agent, dated as of December 28, 1992 (filed
                      as Exhibit 10.13(b) to the 1992 10-K).

                      Agreement made as of December 28, 1993 by and between
                      the Company and Ian M. Cumming (filed as Exhibit
                      10.17 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                      the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993 (the "1993
                      10-K")).

                      Agreement made as of December 28, 1993 by and between
                      the Company and Joseph S. Steinberg (filed as Exhibit
                      10.18 to the 1993 10-K).


                                       32

<PAGE>
     

                      Agreement between the Company and Ian M. Cumming
                      dated as of December 28, 1993 (filed as Exhibit
                      10.19(a) to the 1993 10-K).

                      Escrow and Security Agreement by and among the
                      Company, Ian M. Cumming and Weil, Gotshal & Manges,
                      as escrow agent, dated as of December 28, 1993 (filed
                      as Exhibit 10.19(b) to the 1993 10-K).

                      Agreement between the Company and Joseph S.
                      Steinberg, dated as of December 28, 1993 (filed as
                      Exhibit 10.20(a) to the 1993 10-K).

                      Escrow and Security Agreement by and among the
                      Company, Joseph S. Steinberg and Weil, Gotshal &
                      Manges, as escrow agent, dated as of December 28,
                      1993 (filed as Exhibit 10.20(b) to the 1993 10-K).

                      Deferred Compensation Agreement between the Company
                      and Lawrence S. Hershfield, dated March 29, 1995
                      (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly
                      Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarterly Period ended
                      March 31, 1995).

                      Agreement between the Company and Lawrence S.
                      Hershfield, dated as of May 4, 1995 (filed as Exhibit
                      10.22(a) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
                      for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 (the
                      "1995 10-K")).

                      Escrow and Security Agreement by and among the
                      Company, Lawrence S. Hershfield and Weil, Gotshal &
                      Manges, as escrow agent, dated as of May 4, 1995
                      (filed as Exhibit 10.22(b) to the 1995 10-K).


          (b)           Reports on Form 8-K.
                        -------------------
                        Not applicable.

          (c)           Exhibits.
                        --------

               3.1      Restated Certificate of Incorporation (filed as
                        Exhibit 5.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form
                        8-K dated July 14, 1993).*

               3.2      Amended and Restated By-laws as amended through
                        December 4, 1996.

               4.1      The Company undertakes to furnish the Securities
                        and Exchange Commission, upon request, a copy of
                        all instruments with respect to long-term debt not
                        filed herewith.

               10.1     1982 Stock Option Plan, as amended August 28, 1991
                        (filed as Annex B to the Company's Proxy Statement
                        dated July 21, 1992).*

     ___________________

     * Incorporated by reference.

                                       33

<PAGE>
     

               10.2     1992 Stock Option Plan (filed as Annex C to the
                        Company's Proxy Statement dated July 21, 1992).*

               10.3(a)  Restated Articles and Agreement of General
                        Partnership, effective as of February 1, 1982, of
                        The Jordan Company (filed as Exhibit 10.3(d) to the
                        Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
                        year ended December 31, 1986).*

               10.3(b)  Amendments dated as of December 31, 1989 and
                        December 1, 1990 to the Partnership Agreement
                        referred to in 10.3(a) above (filed as Exhibit
                        10.2(b) to the 1991 10-K).*

               10.3(c)  Amendment dated as of December 17, 1992 to the
                        Partnership Agreement referred to in 10.3(a) above
                        (filed as Exhibit 10.3(c) to the 1992 10-K).*

               10.3(d)  Fourth Restatement, dated as of December 31, 1996,
                        of the Articles and Agreement of General
                        Partnership of The Jordan Company.

               10.3(e)  Articles and Agreement of General Partnership,
                        effective as of April 15, 1985, of Jordan/Zalaznick
                        Capital Company (filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the
                        Company's Registration Statement No. 33-00606).*

               10.4     Agreement made as of March 12, 1984 by and between
                        Leucadia, Inc. and Ian M. Cumming (filed as Exhibit
                        10.14 to the 1983 10-K).*

               10.5     Agreement made as of March 12, 1984 by and between
                        Leucadia, Inc. and Joseph S. Steinberg (filed as
                        Exhibit 10.15 to the 1983 10-K).*

               10.6     Stock Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of April
                        5, 1991, by and between FPL Group Capital Inc and
                        the Company (filed as Exhibit B to the Company's
                        Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 23, 1991).*

               10.7     Agreement dated as of August 1, 1988 among the
                        Company, Ian M. Cumming and Joseph S. Steinberg
                        (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the 1991 10-K).*

               10.8     Agreement dated as of January 10, 1992 between Ian
                        M. Cumming, certain other persons listed on
                        Schedule A thereto and the Company (filed as
                        Exhibit 10.7 to the 1991 10-K).*

               10.9     Agreement dated as of January 10, 1992 between
                        Joseph S. Steinberg, certain other persons listed
                        on Schedule A thereto and the Company (filed as
                        Exhibit 10.8 to the 1991 10-K).*

     ___________________

     * Incorporated by reference.


                                       34
<PAGE>
     

               10.10(a) Agreement dated April 23, 1992 between AIC
                        Financial Services, Inc. (an Alabama corporation),
                        AIC Financial Services (a Mississippi corporation)
                        and AIC Financial Services (a South Carolina
                        corporation) (collectively, "Seller") and Norwest
                        Financial Resources, Inc. (filed as Exhibit
                        10.10(a) to the 1992 10-K).*

               10.10(b) Purchase Agreement between A.I.C. Financial
                        Services, Inc., American Investment Bank, N.A.,
                        American Investment Financial and Terracor II d/b/a
                        AIC Financial Fund, Seller, and Associates
                        Financial Services Company, Inc., Buyer, dated
                        November 5, 1992 (filed as Exhibit 10.10(b) to the
                        Company's Registration Statement No. 33-55120).*

               10.11(a) Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October
                        22, 1992, by and among the Company, Phlcorp
                        Acquisition Company and PHLCORP, Inc. (filed as
                        Exhibit 5.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form
                        8-K dated October 22, 1992).*

               10.11(b) Amendment dated December 10, 1992, to the Merger
                        Agreement referred to in 10.11(a) above (filed as
                        Exhibit 5.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form
                        8-K dated December 14, 1992).*

               10.12(a) Agreement between Leucadia, Inc. and Ian M.
                        Cumming, dated as of December 28, 1992 (filed as
                        Exhibit 10.12(a) to the 1992 10-K).*

               10.12(b) Escrow and Security Agreement by and among
                        Leucadia, Inc., Ian M. Cumming and Weil, Gotshal &
                        Manges, as escrow agent, dated as of December 28,
                        1992 (filed as Exhibit 10.12(b) to the 1992 10-K).*

               10.13(a) Agreement between Leucadia, Inc. and Joseph S.
                        Steinberg, dated as of December 28, 1992 (filed as
                        Exhibit 10.13(a) to the 1992 10-K).*

               10.13(b) Escrow and Security Agreement by and among
                        Leucadia, Inc., Joseph S. Steinberg and Weil,
                        Gotshal & Manges, as escrow agent, dated as of
                        December 28, 1992 (filed as Exhibit 10.13(b) to the
                        1992 10-K).*

               10.14    Settlement Agreement between Baldwin-United
                        Corporation and the United States dated August 27,
                        1985 concerning tax issues (filed as Exhibit 10.14
                        to the 1992 10-K).*

               10.15    Acquisition Agreement, dated as of December 18,
                        1992, by and between Provident Mutual Life and
                        Annuity Company of America and Colonial Penn
                        Annuity and Life Insurance Company (filed as
                        Exhibit 10.15 to the 1992 10-K).*

     ___________________

     * Incorporated by reference.


                                       35
<PAGE>
     

               10.16    Reinsurance Agreement, dated as of December 31,
                        1991, by and between Colonial Penn Insurance
                        Company and American International Insurance
                        Company (filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the 1992 10-K).*

               10.17    Agreement made as of December 28, 1993 by and
                        between the Company and Ian M. Cumming (filed as
                        Exhibit 10.17 to the 1993 10-K).*

               10.18    Agreement made as of December 28, 1993 by and
                        between the Company and Joseph S. Steinberg (filed
                        as Exhibit 10.18 to the 1993 10-K).*

               10.19(a) Agreement between the Company and Ian M. Cumming,
                        dated as of December 28, 1993 (filed as Exhibit
                        10.19(a) to the 1993 10-K).*

               10.19(b) Escrow and Security Agreement by and among the
                        Company, Ian M. Cumming and Weil, Gotshal & Manges,
                        as escrow agent, dated as of December 28, 1993
                        (filed as Exhibit 10.19(b) to the 1993 10-K).*

               10.20(a) Agreement between the Company and Joseph S.
                        Steinberg, dated as of December 28, 1993 (filed as
                        Exhibit 10.20(a) to the 1993 10-K).*

               10.20(b) Escrow and Security Agreement by and among the
                        Company, Joseph S. Steinberg and Weil, Gotshal &
                        Manges, as escrow agent, dated as of December 28,
                        1993 (filed as Exhibit 10.20(b) to the 1993 10-K).*

               10.21    Deferred Compensation Agreement between the Company
                        and Lawrence S. Hershfield, dated March 29, 1995
                        (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly
                        Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarterly Period ended
                        March 31, 1995).*

               10.22(a) Agreement between the Company and Lawrence S.
                        Hershfield, dated as of May 4, 1995 (filed as
                        Exhibit 10.22(a) to the 1995 10-K).*

               10.22(b) Escrow and Security Agreement by and among the
                        Company, Lawrence S. Hershfield and Weil, Gotshal &
                        Manges, as escrow agent, dated as of May 4, 1995
                        (filed as Exhibit 10.22(b) to the 1995 10-K).*

               10.23    Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of February 28,
                        1997 between the Company, The First National Bank
                        of Boston, as Administrative Agent, The Chase
                        Manhattan Bank, as Syndication Agent, Bank of
                        America National Trust and Savings Association, as
                        Documentation Agent and the Banks signatory
                        thereto.

               21       Subsidiaries of the registrant.




     ___________________

     * Incorporated by reference.


                                       36
<PAGE>
     

               23       Consent of independent accountants with respect to
                        the incorporation by reference into the Company's
                        Registration Statements on Form S-8 (File No. 2-84303),
                        Form S-8 and S-3 (File No. 33-6054), Form
                        S-8 and S-3 (File No. 33-26434), Form S-8 and S-3
                        (File No. 33-30277), Form S-8 (File No. 33-61682)
                        and Form S-8 (File No. 33-61718).

               27       Financial Data Schedule.



                                       37
<PAGE>
     

                                   SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this
     report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
     authorized.

                                   LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION


     March 26, 1997                By:  /s/ Barbara L. Lowenthal           
                                      -------------------------------------
                                        Barbara L. Lowenthal
                                        Vice President and Comptroller

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
     1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on
     behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated, on the date
     set forth above.

          Signature                          Title
          ---------                          -----

     /s/ Ian M. Cumming                 Chairman of the Board
     ------------------------------      (Principal Executive Officer)  
     Ian M. Cumming                


     /s/ Joseph S. Steinberg            President and Director
     ------------------------------      (Principal Executive Officer)   
     Joseph S. Steinberg           


     /s/ Joseph A. Orlando              Vice President and Chief Financial
     ------------------------------      Officer
     Joseph A. Orlando                   (Principal Financial Officer)


     /s/ Barbara L. Lowenthal           Vice President and Comptroller
     ------------------------------      (Principal Accounting Officer) 
     Barbara L. Lowenthal          


     /s/ Paul M. Dougan                 Director
     ------------------------------
     Paul M. Dougan


     /s/ Lawrence D. Glaubinger         Director
     ------------------------------
     Lawrence D. Glaubinger


     /s/ James E. Jordan                Director
     ------------------------------
     James E. Jordan


     /s/ Jesse Clyde Nichols, III       Director
     ------------------------------
     Jesse Clyde Nichols, III




                                       38

<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



To the Board of Directors of Leucadia National Corporation:

We have audited the consolidated financial statements and the financial
statement schedules of LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION and SUBSIDIARIES listed in
Item 14(a) of this Form 10-K. These financial statements and financial statement
schedules are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement
schedules based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of LEUCADIA NATIONAL
CORPORATION and SUBSIDIARIES as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles. In addition, in our opinion, the financial
statement schedules referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic
financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects,
the information required to be included therein.




                                               COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.



New York, New York
March 21, 1997


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 1996 and 1995
(Dollars in thousands, except par value)

                                                                 1996            1995
                                                                 ----            ----
<S>                                                          <C>             <C>
ASSETS
- ------
Investments:
 Available for sale (aggregate cost of $2,561,221
  and $2,618,363)                                            $2,562,408      $2,664,471
 Trading securities (aggregate cost of $58,732
  and $52,153)                                                   58,644          55,702
 Held to maturity (aggregate fair value of $72,715
  and $65,416)                                                   72,745          64,546
 Policyholder loans                                              18,329          17,768
 Other investments, including accrued interest income            77,994          77,994
                                                             ----------      ----------
    Total investments                                         2,790,120       2,880,481

Cash and cash equivalents                                       386,807         266,158
Reinsurance receivables, net                                    267,540         261,267
Trade, notes and other receivables, net                         459,949         497,753
Prepaids and other assets                                       223,573         238,306
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net              99,919         111,374
Deferred policy acquisition costs                               105,667          92,144
Deferred income taxes                                           107,903         103,466
Separate and variable accounts                                  546,074         472,837
Investments in associated companies                             206,384         184,088
                                                             ----------      ----------
      Total                                                  $5,193,936      $5,107,874
                                                             ==========      ==========

LIABILITIES
- -----------
Customer banking deposits                                    $  209,261      $  203,061
Trade payables and expense accruals                             230,663         209,362
Other liabilities                                               129,909         134,772
Income taxes payable                                             44,302          39,596
Policy reserves                                               1,940,645       1,971,080
Unearned premiums                                               440,943         434,773
Separate and variable accounts                                  545,019         472,837
Debt, including current maturities                              525,719         520,862
                                                             ----------      ----------
      Total liabilities                                       4,066,461       3,986,343
                                                             ----------      ----------
Minority interest                                                 9,368          10,040
                                                             ----------      ----------

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
- --------------------
Common shares, par value $1 per share, 
 authorized 150,000,000 shares; 60,417,579
 and 60,163,824 shares issued and outstanding,
 after deducting 54,353,691 and
 54,319,654 shares held in treasury                              60,418          60,164
Additional paid-in capital                                      161,026         159,914
Net unrealized gain on investments                                1,759          30,086
Retained earnings                                               894,904         861,327
                                                             ----------      ----------
      Total shareholders' equity                              1,118,107       1,111,491
                                                             ----------      ----------
      Total                                                  $5,193,936      $5,107,874
                                                             ==========      ==========


</TABLE>

               The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-2

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
For the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

                                                     1996         1995          1994
                                                     ----         ----          ----
                                                 (In thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                                              <C>          <C>           <C>
Revenues:
  Insurance revenues and commissions             $1,002,442   $  982,388    $  918,886
  Manufacturing                                     148,284      166,237       180,050
  Finance                                            49,150       53,958        45,835
  Investment and other income                       300,883      338,317       256,794
  Equity in losses of associated companies          (33,631)      (2,613)       (5,176)
  Net securities gains (losses)                      39,429       20,027       (12,004)
                                                 ----------   ----------    ----------
                                                  1,506,557    1,558,314     1,384,385
                                                 ----------   ----------    ----------
Expenses:
  Provision for insurance losses and policy
   benefits                                         862,620      842,126       737,630
  Amortization of deferred policy acquisition
   costs                                             99,381      100,677        81,380
  Manufacturing cost of goods sold                  107,667      129,279       137,507
  Interest                                           53,996       52,871        44,003
  Salaries                                           89,430       90,334        87,650
  Selling, general and other expenses               214,951      210,845       195,897
                                                 ----------   ----------    ----------
                                                  1,428,045    1,426,132     1,284,067
                                                 ----------   ----------    ----------
  Income before income taxes and extraordinary
   loss                                              78,512      132,182       100,318
                                                 ----------   ----------    ----------
Income taxes:
  Current                                             8,870        2,366         9,085
  Deferred                                           14,127       22,313        20,397
                                                 ----------   ----------    ----------
                                                     22,997       24,679        29,482
                                                 ----------   ----------    ----------

  Income before extraordinary loss                   55,515      107,503        70,836
Extraordinary loss from early extinguishment
  of debt, net of income tax benefit of $3,682       (6,838)       -              -
                                                 ----------   ----------    ----------
      Net income                                 $   48,677   $  107,503    $   70,836
                                                 ==========   ==========    ==========

Earnings (loss) per common and dilutive common
 equivalent share:
  Income before extraordinary loss                    $ .91        $1.81         $1.22
  Extraordinary loss                                   (.11)         -             -
                                                      -----        -----         -----
      Net income                                      $ .80        $1.81         $1.22
                                                      =====        =====         =====

Fully diluted earnings (loss) per common share:
  Income before extraordinary loss                    $ .91        $1.77         $1.21
  Extraordinary loss                                   (.11)         -             -
                                                      -----        -----         -----
      Net income                                      $ .80        $1.77         $1.21
                                                      =====        =====         =====


</TABLE>



               The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-3

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
For the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

                                                             1996       1995        1994
                                                             ----       ----        ----
                                                                (Thousands of dollars)
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>         <C>       
Net cash flows from operating activities:
- -----------------------------------------
Net income                                               $  48,677  $  107,503  $   70,836
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
 cash provided by operations:
 Extraordinary loss, net of income tax benefit               6,838        -           -
 Provision for deferred income taxes                        14,127      22,313      20,397
 Depreciation and amortization of property,
  equipment and leasehold improvements                      17,978      17,927      17,075
 Other amortization                                        108,502     102,194      88,485
 Provision for doubtful accounts                            17,424      17,849      10,579
 Net securities (gains) losses                             (39,429)    (20,027)     12,004
 Equity in losses of associated companies                   33,631       2,613       5,176
 (Gain) loss on disposal of real estate, property
   and equipment                                            (7,500)      3,418        (459)
 (Gains) related to foreign power companies                   -           -        (22,948)
 (Gain) related to the return of the WMAC Companies           -        (41,030)       -
 Purchases of investments classified as trading           (304,939)   (177,281)   (132,752)
 Proceeds from sales of investments classified
  as trading                                               307,327     182,894     119,042
 Deferred policy acquisition costs incurred and deferred  (104,891)   (118,285)   (100,506)
 Net change in:
   Reinsurance receivables                                  (5,285)     48,446     154,788
   Trade, notes and other receivables                      (10,690)    (26,548)    (23,661)
   Prepaids and other assets                               (63,873)    (18,101)    (23,488)
   Trade payables and expense accruals                      26,991       4,682      35,973
   Other liabilities                                        (5,057)    (18,206)    (22,285)
   Income taxes payable                                      4,800         105      (1,844)
   Policy reserves                                         (34,691)     21,152    (123,376)
   Unearned premiums                                         3,431      21,227      33,286
 Other                                                       1,044       4,452       3,214
                                                         ---------  ----------  ----------
   Net cash provided by operating activities                14,415     137,297     119,536
                                                         ---------  ----------  ----------

Net cash flows from investing activities:
- -----------------------------------------
Acquisition of real estate, property, equipment
 and leasehold improvements                                (25,468)    (54,696)   (122,122)
Proceeds from disposals of real estate, property
 and equipment                                              46,064      22,533       7,741
Investment in Providential Life in 1996,
 MK Gold in 1995 and Caja in 1994                          (11,196)    (22,593)    (45,711)
Advances on loan receivables                              (113,787)   (154,329)   (182,289)
Principal collections on loan receivables                  128,756     123,266     118,484
Purchases of investments (other than short-term)        (2,252,680) (1,893,387) (1,251,643)
Proceeds from maturities of investments                    610,095     636,076     425,582
Proceeds from sales of investments                       1,742,547   1,091,573     888,474
                                                        ----------  ----------  ----------
   Net cash provided by (used for)
    investing activities                                   124,331    (251,557)   (161,484)
                                                        ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                              (continued)

</TABLE>


              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-4

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS, continued 
For the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

                                                            1996        1995        1994
                                                            ----        ----        ----
                                                                (Thousands of dollars)
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>         <C>   

Net cash flows from financing activities:
- -----------------------------------------
Net change in short-term borrowings                    $      207   $      (80) $     (582)
Net change in customer banking deposits                     6,199       22,785       6,346
Net change in policyholder account balances                (7,193)     (14,802)    (17,302)
Issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance
 costs                                                    141,581      101,390      50,000
Reduction of long-term debt                              (142,954)      (9,475)    (27,940)
Sale of common shares and exercise of warrants,
 net of expenses                                             -          43,857        -
Purchase of common shares for treasury                       (837)        (727)       (472)
Dividends paid                                            (15,100)     (15,025)     (7,021)
                                                       ----------   ----------  ----------
   Net cash provided by (used for)
    financing activities                                  (18,097)     127,923       3,029
                                                       ----------   ----------  ----------
   Net increase (decrease) in cash and
    cash equivalents                                      120,649       13,663     (38,919)
Cash and cash equivalents at January 1,                   266,158      252,495     291,414
                                                       ----------   ----------  ----------
Cash and cash equivalents at December 31,              $  386,807   $  266,158  $  252,495
                                                       ==========   ==========  ==========


Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: 
- -------------------------------------------------- 
Cash paid during the year for:
 Interest                                                 $54,251      $52,919     $43,137
 Income tax payments, net of refunds                      $ 4,077      $ 2,267     $10,731

</TABLE>


              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.


                                       F-5

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
For the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994



                                                             Net
                                       Common             Unrealized
                                       Shares  Additional Gain (Loss)
                                       $1 Par   Paid-in       On       Retained
                                        Value   Capital   Investments  Earnings   Total
                                        -----   -------   -----------  --------   -----
                                                    (Thousands of dollars)
<S>                                   <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>      <C>  
Balance, January 1, 1994              $55,794   $ 97,116  $ 49,912    $705,034 $  907,856

 Exercise of options to
  purchase common shares                  330      1,507                            1,837
 Purchase of stock for treasury           (24)      (448)                            (472)
 Net change in unrealized gain
  (loss) on investments                                    (91,221)               (91,221)
 Dividend ($.125 per common share)                                      (7,021)    (7,021)
 Net income                                                             70,836     70,836
                                      -------   --------  --------    -------- ----------
Balance, December 31, 1994             56,100     98,175   (41,309)    768,849    881,815

 Exercise of options to
  purchase common shares                  415      2,201                            2,616
 Purchase of stock for treasury           (29)      (698)                            (727)
 Exercise of warrants to purchase
  common shares (net of expenses)
  and related income tax benefit        3,200     47,845                           51,045
 Issuance of common shares, net
  of underwriting discounts               478     12,391                           12,869
 Net change in unrealized gain
  (loss) on investments                                     71,395                 71,395
 Dividend ($.25 per common share)                                      (15,025)   (15,025)
 Net income                                                            107,503    107,503
                                      -------   --------  --------    -------- ----------
Balance, December 31, 1995             60,164    159,914    30,086     861,327  1,111,491

 Exercise of options to
  purchase common shares                  288      1,915                            2,203
 Purchase of stock for treasury           (34)      (803)                            (837)
 Net change in unrealized gain
  (loss) on investments                                    (28,327)               (28,327)
 Dividend ($.25 per common share)                                      (15,100)   (15,100)
 Net income                                                             48,677     48,677
                                      -------   --------  --------    -------- ----------
Balance, December 31, 1996            $60,418   $161,026  $  1,759    $894,904 $1,118,107
                                      =======   ========  ========    ======== ==========

</TABLE>

               The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-6

<PAGE>


LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  Nature of Operations:
    --------------------

The Company is a diversified financial services holding company engaged in
personal and commercial lines of property and casualty insurance, life and
health insurance, banking and lending and manufacturing, principally in markets
throughout the United States. The Company's principal operations are its
insurance businesses, where it is a specialty markets provider of property and
casualty and life and health insurance products to niche markets. The Company's
principal personal lines insurance products are automobile insurance, homeowners
insurance, graded benefit life insurance marketed primarily to the age 50-and-
over population, variable annuity and Medicare supplement products. The
Company's principal commercial lines are property and casualty products provided
for workers' compensation, multi-family residential real estate, retail
establishments and livery vehicles in the New York metropolitan area.

The Company's banking and lending operations principally consist of making
instalment loans to niche markets primarily funded by deposits insured by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Company's manufacturing operations
primarily manufacture products for the "do-it-yourself" home improvement market
and for industrial markets.

2.  Significant Accounting Policies:
    -------------------------------

(a) Use of Estimates in Preparing Financial Statements: The preparation of
    --------------------------------------------------
financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts in the financial statements and disclosures of contingent assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Actual results could differ
from those estimates.

(b) Consolidation Policy: The consolidated financial statements include the
    --------------------
accounts of the Company and all majority-owned and controlled entities. All
significant intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in
consolidation. Prior to December 31, 1995, two of the Company's legal
subsidiaries (the "WMAC Companies") were not consolidated while under the
control of the Wisconsin Insurance Commissioner. Effective as of December 31,
1995, control of the WMAC Companies was returned to the Company and such
subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements since such
date.

Investments in entities which the Company does not control but has the ability
to exercise significant influence are accounted for on the equity method of
accounting.

Certain amounts for prior periods have been reclassified to be consistent with
the 1996 presentation.

(c) Statements of Cash Flows:  The Company considers short-term investments,
    ------------------------
which have maturities of less than three months at the time of acquisition, to
be cash equivalents.  Cash and cash equivalents include short-term investments

                                       F-7

<PAGE>



2.  Significant Accounting Policies, continued:
    -------------------------------

 of $351,954,000 and $199,725,000 at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

(d) Investments: At acquisition, marketable debt and equity securities are
    -----------
designated as either i) held to maturity, which are carried at amortized cost,
ii) trading, which are carried at estimated fair value with unrealized gains and
losses reflected in results of operations, or iii) available for sale, which are
carried at estimated fair value with unrealized gains and losses reflected as a
separate component of shareholders' equity, net of taxes. Held to maturity
investments are made with the intention of holding such securities to maturity,
which the Company has the ability to do. Estimated fair values are principally
based on quoted market prices.

Investments with an impairment in value considered to be other than temporary
are written down to estimated net realizable values. The writedowns are included
in "Net securities gains (losses)" in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The
cost of securities sold is based on average cost.

The Company's investments in Russian equity securities ($43,800,000 and
$39,700,000 as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively), none of which is
held by the insurance or banking subsidiaries, do not have readily determinable
fair values. Given the uncertainties inherent in investing in the emerging
markets of Russia, the Company is accounting for these investments under the
cost recovery method, whereby all receipts are applied to reduce the investment.
These investments are included in "Other investments" in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets.

(e) Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements: Property, equipment and
    ----------------------------------------------
leasehold improvements are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and
amortization ($99,214,000 and $101,568,000 at December 31, 1996 and 1995,
respectively). Depreciation and amortization are provided principally on the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or, if less,
the term of the underlying lease.

(f) Income Recognition from Insurance Operations:  Premiums on property and
    --------------------------------------------
casualty and health insurance products are recognized as revenues over the term
of the policy using the monthly pro rata basis.

Premiums for investment oriented insurance products ("IOP products") are
reflected in a manner similar to a deposit; revenues reflect only mortality
charges and other amounts assessed against the holder of the insurance policies
and annuity contracts. The principal IOP product offered during the three year
period ended December 31, 1996 was a variable annuity ("VA") product. Other life
premiums are recognized as revenues over the premium paying period.

Premiums for the VA product are directed by the policyholder to be invested in a
unit trust solely for the benefit and risk of the policyholder. Policyholders'
accounts are charged for the cost of insurance provided, administrative and
certain other charges. The amount included in the balance sheet liability
caption "Separate and variable accounts" represents the current value of the
policyholders' funds.


                                       F-8

<PAGE>



2.  Significant Accounting Policies, continued:
    -------------------------------

(g) Policy Acquisition Costs: Policy acquisition costs principally consist of
    ------------------------
direct response marketing costs, commissions, premium taxes and other
underwriting expenses (net of reinsurance allowances). If recoverability of such
costs from future premiums and related investment income is not anticipated, the
amounts not considered recoverable are charged to operations.

Policy acquisition costs applicable to the property and casualty insurance
operations are deferred and amortized ratably over the terms of the related
policies. Policy acquisition costs applicable to life insurance products are
amortized over the expected premium paying period of the policies.

(h) Reinsurance: In the normal course of business, the Company seeks to reduce
    -----------
the loss that may arise from catastrophes and to limit losses from large
exposures by reinsuring certain levels of risk with other insurance enterprises.
Catastrophe reinsurance treaties serve to reduce property and casualty insurance
risk in geographic areas where the Company is exposed to natural disasters,
principally Florida, California and the East Coast. The Company has also entered
into reinsurance transactions in connection with dispositions of blocks of
businesses. Reinsurance contracts do not necessarily legally relieve the Company
from its obligations to policyholders.

Reinsurance recoverables are reported as assets net of provisions for
uncollectible amounts. Premiums earned and other underwriting expenses are
stated net of reinsurance.

(i) Policy Reserves and Unearned Premiums: Policy reserves and unearned premiums
    -------------------------------------
for life, health and traditional annuity policies are computed on a net level
premium method based upon standard and Company developed tables with provision
for adverse deviation and estimated withdrawals. Liabilities for unpaid losses
and loss adjustment expenses applicable to the property and casualty insurance
operations are determined using case basis evaluations, statistical analyses for
losses incurred but not reported and estimates for salvage and subrogation
recoverable and represent estimates of ultimate claim costs and loss adjustment
expenses. As more information becomes available and claims are settled, the
estimated liabilities are adjusted upward or downward with the effect of
decreasing or increasing net income at the time of adjustment.

(j) Liability for Unredeemed Trading Stamps: The Company's liability for
    ---------------------------------------
unredeemed trading stamps is estimated based upon recent experience, statistical
evaluation and estimated costs to service redemptions of unredeemed trading
stamps in the future. In prior years, statistical studies and estimates of
service costs indicated that the recorded liability for unredeemed trading
stamps was in excess of the amount that ultimately will be required to redeem
trading stamps outstanding. As a result, selling, general and other expenses
applicable to the trading stamp operations include credits of $9,400,000 and
$11,700,000 for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively,
reflecting the adjustments made to the liability for unredeemed trading stamps.
The Company's most recent analysis of the liability for unredeemed trading
stamps has not identified any remaining excess as of December 31, 1996.

                                       F-9

<PAGE>



2.  Significant Accounting Policies, continued:
    -------------------------------

(k) Income Taxes: The Company provides for income taxes using the liability
    ------------
method. The future benefit of certain tax loss carryforwards and future
deductions is recorded as an asset and the provisions for income taxes are not
reduced for the benefit from utilization of tax loss carryforwards. A valuation
allowance is provided if deferred tax assets are not considered more likely than
not to be realized.

(l) Derivative Financial Instruments: The Company enters into interest rate
    --------------------------------
agreements to manage the impact of changes in interest rates on its variable
rate debt and customer banking deposits. The difference between the amounts paid
and received is accrued and recognized as an adjustment to interest expense.
Gains and losses related to interest rate agreements are amortized as yield
adjustments over the remaining life of the underlying hedged security. Cash
flows related to the agreements are classified as operating activities in the
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, consistent with the interest payments on
the underlying debt. The Company does not have material derivative financial
instruments.

(m) Translation of Foreign Currency:  Foreign currency denominated investments
    -------------------------------
which are not subject to hedging agreements and currency rate swap agreements
not meeting the accounting requirements for hedges are converted into U.S.
dollars at exchange rates in effect at the end of the period.  Resulting net
exchange gains or losses were not material.

3.  Acquisitions:
    ------------

During 1994, the Company acquired a 30% interest in Caja de Ahorro y Seguro S.A.
("Caja") from the government of Argentina for a purchase price of $46,000,000,
including costs. Caja is a holding company whose subsidiaries are engaged in
property and casualty insurance, life insurance and banking in Argentina. The
difference between the Company's investment in Caja and its share of Caja's
underlying net tangible assets is being amortized over 20 years. At December 31,
1996, the carrying amount of the Company's investment in Caja was $44,333,000.

In June 1995, the Company purchased a 46.4% common stock interest in MK Gold
Company ("MK Gold") for an aggregate cash purchase price of $22,500,000. MK Gold
is an international gold mining company whose shares are quoted on the Nasdaq
National Market System. At December 31, 1996, the carrying amount of the
Company's investment in MK Gold was $15,716,000.

In July 1995, pursuant to the chapter 11 reorganization of HomeFed Corporation
("HFC"), the Company acquired 41.2% of HFC's common stock for net cash of
approximately $4,200,000. As part of the reorganization plan, the Company
provided HFC with a $20,000,000 eight year collateralized loan, which is
convertible into additional shares of HFC common stock after three years
(subject to certain conditions) and which bears interest at the rate of 12% per
annum. HFC is a public company whose subsidiaries develop real property. The
Company's investment in HFC was $21,385,000 at December 31, 1996.



                                      F-10

<PAGE>



3.  Acquisitions, continued:
    ------------

During 1996, the Company formed a joint venture, Pepsi International Bottlers
("PIB"), with PepsiCo, Inc to be the exclusive bottler and distributor of
PepsiCo beverages in a large portion of central and eastern Russia, Kyrgyzstan
and Kazakstan. The Company and PepsiCo have committed to make capital
contributions to PIB of $79,500,000 and $26,500,000, respectively. As of
December 31, 1996, the Company contributed $51,000,000; the balance was funded
in January 1997. The Company has a 75% economic interest in PIB and PepsiCo owns
the remainder. Under the terms of the joint venture agreement, the Company and
PepsiCo have equal voting rights over all significant aspects of PIB's
operations. Accordingly, since the Company does not control PIB despite its
larger economic interest, the Company accounts for its share of PIB's operating
results under the equity method of accounting. At December 31, 1996, the
carrying amount of the Company's investment in PIB was $33,896,000.

The Company's investments described above are included in the caption
"Investments in associated companies."

4.  Investments in Associated Companies:
    -----------------------------------

The Company has investments in several Associated Companies that have adopted
various fiscal year-ends. The Company records its portion of the earnings of
such companies based on fiscal periods ended up to three months prior to the end
of the Company's reporting period.

The following table provides certain summarized data with respect to the
Associated Companies accounted for on the equity method of accounting included
in 1996 results of operations. Such results were not material in 1995 and 1994.
(Amounts are in thousands.)

Assets                                            $1,004,675
                                                  ----------
Liabilities                                          915,703
                                                  ----------
Minority interest                                      2,929
                                                  ----------
   Net assets                                     $   86,043
                                                  ==========

The Company's portion of the
  reported net assets                             $   48,703
                                                  ==========

Total revenues                                    $  627,658
(Loss) from continuing operations
  before extraordinary items                      $  (90,607)
Net (loss)                                        $  (90,607)
The Company's equity in net (loss)                $  (33,631)

At December 31, 1996, investments in associated companies included common stock
equity interests of 5% or more in the following domestic publicly owned
non-consolidated companies: Carmike Cinemas, Inc. (6% of Class A shares), HFC
(41%) and MK Gold (46%).

                                      F-11

<PAGE>



5.  Insurance Operations:
    --------------------

Premiums received on IOP products were $52,272,000, $50,202,000 and $108,080,000
for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

The changes in deferred policy acquisition costs were as follows (in thousands):

                                            1996         1995        1994
                                            ----         ----        ----

Balance, January 1,                       $ 92,144    $  74,536    $ 55,410
 Acquisition of Providential Life
  Insurance Company                          8,013         -           -
 Policy acquisition costs incurred
  and deferred                             104,891      118,285     100,506
 Amortization of deferred
  acquisition costs                        (99,381)    (100,677)    (81,380)
                                          --------    ---------    --------
Balance, December 31,                     $105,667    $  92,144    $ 74,536
                                          ========    =========    ========

The effect of reinsurance on premiums written and earned for the years ended
December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 is as follows (in thousands):

                   1996                     1995                   1994
                   ----                     ----                   ----

         Premiums      Premiums    Premiums    Premiums    Premiums   Premiums
         Written        Earned     Written      Earned     Written     Earned
         -------        ------     -------      ------     -------     ------

Direct   $1,063,147   $1,058,262  $1,036,120  $1,004,496    $960,463   $923,131
Assumed       3,452        6,047       7,738      22,530      31,804     32,261
Ceded       (62,743)     (61,867)    (49,092)    (44,638)    (39,722)   (36,506)
         ----------   ----------  ----------  ----------    --------   --------

  Net    $1,003,856   $1,002,442  $  994,766  $  982,388    $952,545   $918,886
         ==========   ==========  ==========  ==========    ========   ========

Recoveries recognized on reinsurance contracts were $47,190,000 in 1996,
$28,900,000 in 1995 and $44,300,000 in 1994.

Net income and statutory surplus as determined in accordance with statutory
accounting principles as reported to the domiciliary state of the Company's
insurance subsidiaries are as follows (in thousands):

                                                 Year Ended December 31,
                                                 -----------------------
                                            1996         1995           1994
                                            ----         ----           ----
Net income:
 Property and casualty insurance          $78,275        $69,145       $59,048
 Life insurance                           $45,801        $13,465       $14,142

                                                    At December 31,
                                                    ---------------
                                           1996           1995          1994
                                           ----           ----          ----
Statutory surplus:
 Property and casualty insurance         $561,060       $520,700      $425,128
 Life insurance                          $406,503       $376,223      $335,903

                                      F-12

<PAGE>



5.  Insurance Operations, continued:
    --------------------

The statutory net income of the life insurance subsidiaries is net of certain
management and other fees paid to the Company or other subsidiaries of the
Company. Under generally accepted accounting principles, the reported income of
the life insurance segment is increased by these fees, since all intercompany
transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

Certain insurance subsidiaries are owned by other insurance subsidiaries. In the
data above, investments in such subsidiary-owned insurance companies are
reflected in statutory surplus of both the parent and subsidiary-owned insurance
company. As a result, at December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, statutory surplus of
$316,300,000, $292,800,000 and $252,800,000, respectively, related to property
and casualty operations is also included in the statutory surplus of the life
insurance parent, and statutory surplus of $24,500,000, $29,300,000 and
$35,900,000, respectively, related to life operations is also included in the
statutory surplus of the property and casualty insurance parent. The insurance
subsidiaries are subject to regulatory restrictions which limit the amount of
cash and other distributions available to the Company without regulatory
approval. At December 31, 1996, $27,082,000 could be distributed to the Company
without regulatory approval.

In December 1995, the Company entered into an agreement with the California
Department of Insurance to settle its Proposition 103 liability for $17,700,000.
The settlement did not exceed reserves established in prior years. The Company
paid the settlement amount during the first quarter of 1996.

The Company's insurance subsidiaries are contingently liable for possible
assessments under state regulatory requirements pertaining to potential
insolvencies of unaffiliated insurance companies. Liabilities, which are
established based upon regulatory guidance, have not been material.

For information with respect to the activity in property and casualty loss
reserves, see "Reconciliation of Liability for Losses and Loss Adjustment
Expenses" in Item 1 included elsewhere herein, which is incorporated by
reference into these consolidated financial statements.



                                      F-13

<PAGE>



6.  Investments:
    -----------

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair value
of investments classified as held to maturity and as available for sale at
December 31, 1996 and 1995 are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         Gross          Gross        Estimated
                                         Amortized    Unrealized      Unrealized       Fair
                                            Cost         Gains          Losses         Value
                                            ----         -----          ------         -----
<S>                                     <C>            <C>             <C>          <C>
Held to maturity:
1996
- ----
Bonds and notes:
 United States Government
  agencies and authorities                  $55,714      $  422           $439        $55,697
 States, municipalities
  and political subdivisions                  1,825        -                -           1,825
 Public utilities                               309        -                 3            306
 All other corporates                           639        -                10            629
Other fixed maturities                       14,258        -                -          14,258
                                            -------      ------           ----        -------
                                            $72,745      $  422           $452        $72,715
                                            =======      ======           ====        =======
1995
- ----
Bonds and notes:
 United States Government
  agencies and authorities                  $49,823      $1,011           $139        $50,695
 States, municipalities
  and political subdivisions                    920           8             -             928
 All other corporates                           310        -                10            300
Other fixed maturities                       13,493        -                -          13,493
                                            -------      ------           ----        -------
                                            $64,546      $1,019           $149        $65,416
                                            =======      ======           ====        =======
Available for sale:
1996
- ----
Bonds and notes:
 United States Government
  agencies and authorities               $2,164,824     $ 9,626        $21,822     $2,152,628
 States, municipalities
  and political subdivisions                 14,713          72             37         14,748
 Foreign governments                         12,571       6,060             17         18,614
 Public utilities                            49,919         534            515         49,938
 All other corporates                       313,448      10,840          3,713        320,575
                                         ----------     -------        -------     ----------
   Total fixed maturities                 2,555,475      27,132         26,104      2,556,503
                                         ----------     -------        -------     ----------

Equity securities:
 Preferred stocks                             2,293         331              1          2,623
 Common stocks - industrial,
  miscellaneous and all other                 3,453         145            316          3,282
                                         ----------     -------        -------     ----------
   Total equity securities                    5,746         476            317          5,905
                                         ----------     -------        -------     ----------
                                         $2,561,221     $27,608        $26,421     $2,562,408
                                         ==========     =======        =======     ==========


</TABLE>


                                      F-14

<PAGE>



6.  Investments, continued:
    -----------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Gross           Gross       Estimated
                                         Amortized    Unrealized      Unrealized      Fair
                                            Cost         Gains          Losses        Value
                                            ----         -----          ------        -----
<S>                                     <C>            <C>            <C>         <C>  
1995
- ----
Bonds and notes:
 United States Government
  agencies and authorities               $2,161,873     $24,503         $3,097     $2,183,279
 States, municipalities
  and political subdivisions                  3,367          50             32          3,385
 Foreign governments                         21,435       3,242          1,372         23,305
 Public utilities                            50,158       1,123            501         50,780
 All other corporates                       354,804      14,144          2,192        366,756
                                         ----------     -------         ------     ----------
   Total fixed maturities                 2,591,637      43,062          7,194      2,627,505
                                         ----------     -------         ------     ----------

Equity securities:
 Common stocks:
  Banks, trusts and
   insurance companies                       10,001       3,217              1         13,217
  Industrial, miscellaneous
   and all other                             16,725       7,919            895         23,749
                                         ----------     -------         ------     ----------
   Total equity securities                   26,726      11,136            896         36,966
                                         ----------     -------         ------     ----------
                                         $2,618,363     $54,198         $8,090     $2,664,471
                                         ==========     =======         ======     ==========
</TABLE>

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investments classified as held to
maturity and as available for sale at December 31, 1996, by contractual maturity
are shown below. Expected maturities are likely to differ from contractual
maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations
with or without call or prepayment penalties.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       Held to Maturity           Available for Sale
                                       ----------------           ------------------
                                                 Estimated                     Estimated
                                    Amortized      Fair          Amortized        Fair
                                      Cost         Value           Cost           Value
                                      ----         -----           ----           -----
                                                       (In thousands)
<S>                                  <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>       
Due in one year or less              $29,805       $29,923       $  307,309    $  312,306
Due after one year
 through five years                   35,191        35,016        1,339,715     1,332,251
Due after five years                                             
 through ten years                     2,146         2,153          258,598       259,499
Due after ten years                    1,643         1,751          135,731       135,943
                                     -------       -------       ----------    ----------
                                      68,785        68,843        2,041,353     2,039,999

Mortgage-backed securities             3,960         3,872          514,122       516,504
                                     -------       -------       ----------    ----------
                                     $72,745       $72,715       $2,555,475    $2,556,503
                                     =======       =======       ==========    ==========
</TABLE>

                                      F-15

<PAGE>



6.  Investments, continued:
    -----------

At December 31, 1996 and 1995 securities with book values aggregating
$42,397,000 and $45,069,000, respectively, were on deposit with various
regulatory authorities.

Certain information with respect to trading securities at December 31, 1996 and
1995 is as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    Amortized     Estimated      Carrying
                                                       Cost       Fair Value       Value
                                                       ----       ----------       -----
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>            <C> 
1996
- ----
Fixed maturities -
 Corporate bonds and notes                            $33,430       $33,897       $33,897
Equity securities:
 Preferred stocks                                      16,260        16,823        16,823
 Common stocks - industrial,
  miscellaneous and all other                           4,842         5,803         5,803
Options                                                 4,200         2,121         2,121
                                                      -------       -------       -------
  Total trading securities                            $58,732       $58,644       $58,644
                                                      =======       =======       =======

1995
- ----
Fixed maturities:
 Corporate bonds and notes                            $26,356       $27,194       $27,194
 Foreign governments                                    2,080         3,880         3,880
Equity securities:
 Preferred stocks                                      17,785        19,079        19,079
 Common stocks - industrial,
  miscellaneous and all other                             142           148           148
Options                                                 5,790         5,401         5,401
                                                      -------       -------       -------
  Total trading securities                            $52,153       $55,702       $55,702
                                                      =======       =======       =======

</TABLE>

                                      F-16

<PAGE>



7.  Trade, Notes and Other Receivables, Net:
    ---------------------------------------

A summary of trade, notes and other receivables, net at December 31, 1996 and
1995 is as follows (in thousands):
                                                           1996        1995
                                                           ----        ----

Instalment loan receivables net of unearned
 finance charges of $1,910 and $3,680 (a)                $233,351      $268,470
Loans to small business concerns, including
 accrued interest                                            -            9,921
Premiums receivable                                       193,179       187,425
Trade receivables                                          20,856        22,669
Service fee receivable                                      7,806         5,176
Amount due on sale of securities                            3,919         6,808
Other                                                      20,226        17,786
                                                         --------      --------
                                                          479,337       518,255
Allowance for doubtful accounts (including
 $12,177 and $13,893 applicable to loan
 receivables of banking and lending subsidiaries)         (19,388)      (20,502)
                                                         --------      --------
                                                         $459,949      $497,753
                                                         ========      ========

(a) Contractual maturities of instalment loan receivables at December 31, 1996
were as follows (in thousands): 1997 - $111,891; 1998 - $62,489; 1999 - $34,557;
2000 - $17,233 and 2001 and thereafter - $7,181. Experience shows that a
substantial portion of such notes will be repaid or renewed prior to contractual
maturity. Accordingly, the foregoing is not to be regarded as a forecast of
future cash collections.

8.  Prepaids and Other Assets:
    -------------------------

At December 31, 1996 and 1995, a summary of prepaids and other assets is as
follows (in thousands):
                                                          1996          1995
                                                          ----          ----

Real estate assets, net                                 $142,089      $147,508
Inventories, net                                          21,281        30,573
Excess of acquisition cost over net
 tangible assets acquired                                    -             173
Balances in risk sharing pools and associations            6,961         9,896
Prepaid reinsurance premium                                9,081         6,528
Unamortized debt expense                                   7,415         7,588
Other                                                     36,746        36,040
                                                        --------      --------
                                                        $223,573      $238,306
                                                        ========      ========


                                      F-17

<PAGE>



9.  Trade Payables, Expense Accruals and Other Liabilities:
    ------------------------------------------------------

A summary of trade payables, expense accruals and other liabilities at December
31, 1996 and 1995 is as follows (in thousands):

                                                            1996          1995
                                                            ----          ----
Trade Payables and Expense Accruals:
 Payables related to securities                          $ 43,048       $ 43,635
 Amount due on reinsurance                                 16,447         11,798
 Trade and drafts payable                                  45,677         40,003
 Accrued compensation, severance and other
  employee benefits                                        27,758         28,084
 Pension liability                                          5,712          5,735
 Accrued interest payable                                   8,375          8,965
 Taxes, other than income                                  21,608         23,505
 Amounts withheld on account of others                     17,238          2,914
 Provision for servicing carrier claims                    26,986         23,513
 Other                                                     17,814         21,210
                                                         --------       --------
                                                         $230,663       $209,362
                                                         ========       ========
Other Liabilities:
 Unearned service fees                                   $ 41,576       $ 32,333
 Lease obligations                                          1,588          3,815
 Liability for unredeemed trading stamps                   23,735         30,574
 Postretirement and postemployment benefits                26,532         25,560
 Premiums received in advance                               3,588          4,871
 Holdbacks on loans                                         3,806          6,035
 Unclaimed funds and dividends                              3,659          3,622
 Other                                                     25,425         27,962
                                                         --------       --------
                                                         $129,909       $134,772
                                                         ========       ========

10.  Long-term and Other Indebtedness:
     --------------------------------

The principal amount, stated interest rate and maturity of long-term debt
outstanding at December 31, 1996 and 1995 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

                                                            1996        1995
                                                            ----        ----
Senior Notes:
 Term loans with banks                                    $ 50,000    $ 50,000
 7 3/4% Senior Notes due 2013, less debt
  discount of $831 and $881                                 99,169      99,119
 Industrial Revenue Bonds (with variable interest)           4,900       5,600
 Other                                                      15,076      14,493
                                                          --------    --------
                                                           169,145     169,212
                                                          --------    --------
Subordinated Notes:
 10 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2002,
  less debt discount of $92 and $605                        22,252     124,395
 8 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005                 100,000     100,000
 7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006,
  less debt discount of $678                               134,322        -
 6% Swiss Franc Bonds due March 10, 1996                      -         27,255
 5 1/4% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2003       100,000     100,000
                                                          --------    --------
                                                           356,574     351,650
                                                          --------    --------
                                                          $525,719    $520,862
                                                          ========    ========

                                      F-18

<PAGE>



10.  Long-term and Other Indebtedness, continued:
     --------------------------------

At December 31, 1996, credit agreements provided for aggregate contractual
credit facilities of $150,000,000, bore interest based on the prime rate or
LIBOR, plus commitment and other fees, and were due to expire in June 1997. No
amounts were borrowed under these facilities as of December 31, 1996 and 1995.
The term loans with banks also bore interest based on the prime rate or LIBOR.
In February 1997, the Company replaced these credit facilities and the
$50,000,000 of outstanding bank term loans with a new contractual bank credit
facility of $200,000,000. The new facility bears interest based on the prime
rate or LIBOR and expires in February 2002.

The most restrictive of the Company's debt instruments require maintenance of
minimum Tangible Net Worth and limit Indebtedness, as defined in the agreements.
In addition, the debt instruments contain limitations on dividends, investments,
liens, contingent obligations and certain other matters. Had the new credit
facility been in effect as of December 31, 1996, cash dividends of $300,300,000
would be eligible to be paid under the most restrictive covenants.

In October 1996, the Company sold $135,000,000 principal amount of its newly
authorized 7 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 in an underwritten public
offering at 99.487% of the principal amount. As of December 31, 1996,
$114,000,000 of the net proceeds were used to purchase $102,656,000 aggregate
principal amount of the 10 3/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2002 (the "10 3/8%
Notes") plus accrued interest through a tender offer and in open market
purchases. The Company intends to retire the 10 3/8% Notes that remain
outstanding either through open market purchases or through early redemption in
June 1997. In the fourth quarter of 1996, the Company reported an extraordinary
loss on early extinguishment of these 10 3/8% Notes of $10,520,000 ($6,838,000
after taxes or $.11 per share).

The 5 1/4% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2003 (the "5 1/4%
Debentures") are convertible into Common Shares at $28.75 per Common Share, an
aggregate of 3,478,261 Common Shares, subject to anti-dilution provisions. On
March 12, 1997, the Company called for redemption on April 11, 1997 all of its
outstanding $100,000,000 5 1/4% Debentures, at a redemption price of 102.625% of
the principal amount of the Debentures, plus accrued interest.

Approximately $9,425,000 of the manufacturing division's net property, equipment
and leasehold improvements are pledged as collateral for the Industrial Revenue
Bonds; and approximately $26,259,000 of other assets (primarily property) are
pledged for other indebtedness aggregating approximately $14,691,000.

Interest rate agreements are used to manage the potential impact of changes in
interest rates on term loans with banks, customer banking deposits and credit
agreement borrowings. Under interest rate swap agreements, the Company has
agreed with other parties to pay fixed rate interest amounts and receive
variable rate interest amounts calculated by reference to an agreed notional
amount. The variable interest rate portion of the swaps is a specified LIBOR
interest rate. At December 31, 1995, the notional amount of the Company's
interest rate swaps were $75,000,000. Swaps that expired in 1996 required fixed
rate payments of 7.23% on a $50,000,000 notional amount. The remaining
$25,000,000, which comprises the notional amount of the Company's interest rate
swaps at December 31, 1996, expire in 1999 and require fixed rate payments of
7.33%. The Company would have been required to pay $782,000 at December 31, 1996
and $2,351,000 at December 31, 1995 to retire these agreements. The LIBOR rate
at December 31, 1996 was 5.6%. Changes in LIBOR interest rates in the future
will change the amounts to be received under the agreements as well as interest
to be paid under the related variable debt obligations.


                                      F-19

<PAGE>



10.  Long-term and Other Indebtedness, continued:
     --------------------------------

Counterparties to interest rate swap agreements are major financial
institutions, which management believes are able to fulfill their obligations.
However, any losses due to default by the counterparties are likely to be
immaterial.

The aggregate annual mandatory redemptions of debt during the five year period
ending December 31, 2001 are as follows (in thousands): 1997 - $2,817; 1998 -
$2,438; 1999 - $51,854; 2000 - $1,140; and, 2001 - $1,164.

The weighted average interest rate on short-term borrowings (primarily customer
banking deposits) was 5.8% and 6.1% at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

11.  Common Shares, Stock Options, Warrants and Preferred Shares:
     -----------------------------------------------------------

The Board of Directors from time to time has authorized acquisitions of the
Company's Common Shares. Pursuant to such authorization, during the three year
period ended December 31, 1996, the Company acquired 87,285 Common Shares
(34,037 shares in 1996, 29,276 shares in 1995 and 23,972 shares in 1994) at an
average price of $23.77 per Common Share.

The Company has a fixed stock option plan which provides for grants of options
or rights to non-employee directors and certain employees up to a maximum grant
of three hundred thousand shares to any individual in a given taxable year. The
plan provides for the issuance of stock options and stock appreciation rights at
not less than the fair market value of the underlying stock at the date of
grant. Options generally become exercisable in five equal annual instalments
starting one year from date of grant. No stock appreciation rights have been
granted.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation", ("SFAS 123"), establishes a fair value method for accounting for
stock-based compensation plans, either through recognition in the statements of
income or disclosure. The Company applies APB Opinion No. 25 and related
Interpretations in accounting for its plans. Accordingly, no compensation cost
has been recognized in the statements of income for its stock-based compensation
plans. Had compensation cost for the Company's stock option plans been recorded
in the statements of income consistent with the provisions of SFAS 123, the
Company's net income and earnings per share for 1996 and 1995 would not have
been materially different from those reported.




                                      F-20

<PAGE>


11.  Common Shares, Stock Options, Warrants and Preferred Shares, continued:
     -----------------------------------------------------------

A summary of activity with respect to the Company's stock options for the three
years ended December 31, 1996 is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                    Available
                                          Common        Weighted                       for
                                          Shares         Average        Options       Future
                                          Subject        Exercise      Exercisable    Option
                                         to Option       Prices        at Year-End    Grants
                                         ---------       ------        -----------    ------

<S>                                      <C>               <C>           <C>          <C>      
Balance at January 1, 1994               1,552,944         $ 9.31        443,992      1,587,000
                                                                         =======      =========
     Granted                                26,000         $18.28
     Exercised                            (330,000)        $ 5.57
     Cancelled                             (33,000)        $11.16
                                         ---------

Balance at December 31, 1994             1,215,944         $10.47        553,868      1,574,800
                                                                         =======      =========
     Granted                                10,000         $23.25
     Exercised                            (414,826)        $ 6.31
     Cancelled                             (38,500)        $12.16
                                         ---------

Balance at December 31, 1995               772,618         $12.79        443,018      1,583,100
                                                                         =======      =========
     Granted                               630,200         $26.54
     Exercised                            (287,792)        $ 7.66
     Cancelled                             (41,100)        $16.54
                                         ---------

Balance at December 31, 1996             1,073,926         $22.09        317,826        974,400
                                         =========                       =======      =========
</TABLE>

The weighted-average fair value of the options granted was $7.04 per share for
1996 and $6.47 per share for 1995 as estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions: (1) expected
volatility of 25.3% for 1996 and 27.4% for 1995; (2) risk-free interest rates of
6.0% for 1996 and 5.9% for 1995; (3) expected lives of 3.7 years for 1996 and
4.0 years for 1995; and (4) dividend yields of .9% for 1996 and 1.1% for 1995.

The following table summarizes information about fixed stock options outstanding
at December 31, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                               Options Outstanding                    Options Exercisable
                     ---------------------------------------       -------------------------
                                    Weighted
                      Common         Average        Weighted         Common           Weighted
                      Shares        Remaining       Average          Shares           Average
   Range of         Subject to     Contractual      Exercise       Subject to         Exercise
Exercise Prices       Option          Life           Price           Option            Price
- ---------------       ------          ----           -----           ------            -----
<S>                 <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>                <C>   
         $ 6.13       127,326       0.7 years        $ 6.13         127,326            $ 6.13
$11.25 - $14.25        14,800       1.0 years        $12.87          12,400            $13.19
$17.88 - $21.50       314,100       2.9 years        $20.33         176,100            $20.39
$23.25 - $26.63       617,700       5.1 years        $26.49           2,000            $23.25
                    ---------                                       -------

$ 6.13 - $26.63     1,073,926       3.9 years        $22.09         317,826            $14.41
                    =========                                       =======

</TABLE>


                                      F-21

<PAGE>



11.  Common Shares, Stock Options, Warrants and Preferred Shares, continued:
     -----------------------------------------------------------

On September 13, 1995, Ian M. Cumming and Joseph S. Steinberg, Chairman of the
Board and President of the Company, respectively, and certain members of Mr.
Cumming's family exercised previously granted warrants to purchase an aggregate
of 3,188,000 Common Shares and sold such shares in an underwritten public
offering. In connection with such public offering, the Company granted the
underwriters an over allotment option, which was exercised, for 478,200 Common
Shares. Under the terms of the warrant agreement, the Company was required to
pay expenses of the sale, other than underwriting discounts. As a result of the
exercise of the warrants and the exercise of the over allotment option, the
Company realized aggregate cash proceeds, net of expenses, of $43,736,000. For
income tax purposes, the exercise of the warrants resulted in a current income
tax deduction of $57,305,000. For financial reporting purposes, the benefit of
such deduction ($20,057,000) was credited directly to shareholders' equity.

At December 31, 1996 and 1995, the Company's Common Shares were reserved as
follows:

                                                  1996            1995
                                                  ----            ----

Stock Options                                   2,048,326        2,355,718
Convertible Debentures                          3,478,261        3,478,261
                                                ---------        ---------
                                                5,526,587        5,833,979
                                                =========        =========

At December 31, 1996 and 1995, 6,000,000 preferred shares (redeemable and
non-redeemable), par value $1 per share, were authorized.

12.  Net Securities Gains (Losses):
     -----------------------------

The following summarizes net securities gains (losses) for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 1996 (in thousands):

                                                    1996      1995     1994
                                                    ----      ----     ----

Net realized gains (losses) on fixed maturities   $20,491   $14,430  $(11,246)
Provision for write-down of fixed
 maturity investments                                -         -       (3,126)
Net unrealized gain (loss) on trading
 securities                                        (2,230)    3,639    (1,500)
Net realized gains on equity and other
 securities                                        21,168     1,958     3,868
                                                  -------   -------  --------

                                                  $39,429   $20,027  $(12,004)
                                                  =======   =======  ========


Proceeds from sales of investments classified as available for sale were
$1,732,272,000, $1,085,764,000 and $854,824,000 during 1996, 1995 and 1994,
respectively. Gross gains of $36,625,000, $22,766,000 and $8,461,000 and gross
losses of $5,600,000, $8,119,000 and $18,446,000 were realized on these sales
during 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.




                                      F-22

<PAGE>



13.  Other Results of Operations Information:
     ---------------------------------------

Investment and other income for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1996 consist of the following (in thousands):

                                                  1996        1995        1994
                                                  ----        ----        ----

  Interest on short-term investments            $ 23,861    $ 22,499    $ 13,555
  Interest on fixed maturities                   158,975     153,034     141,279
  Service fee income                              50,445      54,481      31,608
  Trading stamp revenues                          12,017      17,957      19,489
  Rental income                                   11,281      10,730       7,691
  Gains on sale of property, net of costs         11,078       4,833       1,741
  Gain on sale of Transportation Capital Corp.     1,516        -           -
  Gains related to foreign power companies          -           -         22,948
  Gain on return of the WMAC Companies              -         41,030        -
  Litigation settlements                           5,434       4,666        -
  Other                                           26,276      29,087      18,483
                                                --------    --------    --------
                                                $300,883    $338,317    $256,794
                                                ========    ========    ========

Effective as of December 31, 1995, control of the WMAC Companies was returned to
the Company and such subsidiaries were consolidated. The gain related to the
return of the WMAC Companies reflects the difference between the carrying amount
of the Company's investment prior to consolidation and the net assets of such
subsidiaries.

Taxes, other than income or payroll, included in operations amounted to
$33,907,000 (including $18,791,000 of premium taxes) for the year ended December
31, 1996, $36,978,000 (including $21,687,000 of premium taxes) for the year
ended December 31, 1995 and $37,310,000 (including $21,330,000 of premium taxes)
for the year ended December 31, 1994.

Advertising costs amounted to $13,351,000, $13,079,000 and $12,541,000 for the
years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.



                                      F-23

<PAGE>



14.  Income Taxes:
     ------------

The principal components of the deferred tax asset at December 31, 1996 and 1995
are as follows (in thousands):
                                                            1996          1995
                                                            ----          ----

   Insurance reserves and unearned premiums               $ 97,259     $ 95,453
   Securities valuation reserves                            13,544        8,392
   Other accrued liabilities                                 7,212       15,030
   Employee benefits and compensation                        7,685        7,554
   Unrealized (gains) on investments                          (504)     (16,174)
   Depreciation                                             (3,870)      (6,557)
   Policy acquisition costs                                (10,421)     (10,254)
   Tax loss carryforwards, net of tax sharing payments      37,388       49,026
   Other, net                                                  194        5,056
                                                          --------     --------
                                                           148,487      147,526
     Valuation allowance                                   (40,584)     (44,060)
                                                          --------     --------
                                                          $107,903     $103,466
                                                          ========     ========


The valuation allowance principally relates to certain acquired tax loss
carryforwards, the usage of which is subject to certain limitations and certain
other matters which may restrict their availability, and unrealized capital
losses.

In addition, the amounts reflected above are based on the minimum tax loss
carryforwards of Phlcorp, Inc. ("Phlcorp"), a subsidiary of the Company. As
described more fully herein, substantial additional amounts may be available
under certain circumstances and as uncertainties are resolved. If these
uncertainties are resolved in the Company's favor, the deferred tax asset
related to tax loss carryforwards would increase by approximately $81,000,000,
exclusive of any additional valuation allowance.

The Company believes it is more likely than not that the recorded deferred tax
asset will be realized principally from taxable income generated by profitable
operations.

The provision for income taxes for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1996 was as follows (in thousands):

                                          1996        1995         1994
                                          ----        ----         ----

State income taxes (principally
 currently payable)                     $ 1,200     $ 2,500      $ 6,000
Federal income taxes:
 Current                                  7,170        (630)       2,906
 Deferred                                14,127      22,313       20,397
Foreign income taxes (principally
 currently payable)                         500         496          179
                                        -------     -------      -------
                                        $22,997     $24,679      $29,482
                                        =======     =======      =======


                                      F-24

<PAGE>



14.  Income Taxes, continued:
     ------------

The table below reconciles expected statutory federal income tax to actual
income tax expense (in thousands):

                                               1996       1995        1994
                                               ----       ----        ----

Expected federal income tax                   $27,479  $ 46,264     $35,111
State income taxes, net of federal
 income tax benefit                               780     1,625       3,900
Amortization of excess of acquisition
 cost over net tangible assets acquired          -          910       1,028
Tax exempt interest                               (30)     (469)     (1,144)
Return of the WMAC Companies                     -      (14,360)       -
Reduction in valuation allowance               (3,476)     -         (5,340)
Recognition of additional tax benefits         (2,500)   (9,547)     (4,450)
Other                                             744       256         377
                                              -------  --------     -------
   Actual income tax expense                  $22,997  $ 24,679     $29,482
                                              =======  ========     =======


The valuation allowance applicable to the deferred income tax asset recorded
upon adoption of SFAS 109 gave effect to the possible unavailability of certain
income tax deductions. During 1996 and 1994 certain matters were favorably
resolved and the Company reduced the valuation allowance as reflected in the
above reconciliation. Since the WMAC Companies have previously been included in
the Company's consolidated federal income tax return, the gain recorded upon
return of the WMAC Companies is not taxable.

Phlcorp, in connection with its 1986 reorganization, entered into a tax
settlement agreement (the "Tax Settlement Agreement") with the United States
whereby, among other things, Phlcorp agreed that upon utilization of certain
pre-reorganization tax loss carryforwards, it would pay 25% of any resultant tax
savings to the government, subject to certain limitations. The Tax Settlement
Agreement provides that post-reorganization tax attributes and net operating
losses will be utilized prior to pre-reorganization operating losses in
calculating tax sharing payments. Due to unresolved issues concerning certain
post-reorganization deductions, Phlcorp is unable to state with certainty the
amount of its available carryforwards. However, Phlcorp believes that it has
minimum tax operating loss carryforwards of between $70,000,000 and $302,000,000
at December 31, 1996. The expiration dates for Phlcorp's carryforwards will
depend on the outcome of the matters referred to above, although it is unlikely
such carryforwards will begin to expire before 1998.



                                         F-25

<PAGE>



14.  Income Taxes, continued:
     ------------

At December 31, 1996 the Company had tax loss carryforwards, which have been
reflected in the deferred tax asset after applying the statutory federal income
tax rate, as follows (in thousands):


               Year of                                       Loss
             Expiration                               Carryforwards
             ----------                               -------------
                1997                                      $    463
                1998                                         1,311
                1999                                           433
                2000                                            21
                2002                                           272
                2003                                        11,045
                2005                                        13,150
                2010                                        12,657
                                                          --------
                                                            39,352
      Phlcorp minimum amount, as
      described above                                       70,000
                                                          --------
        Total minimum tax loss carryforwards              $109,352
                                                          ========

Limitations exist under the tax law which may restrict the utilization of the
Phlcorp carryforwards and the utilization of an aggregate of approximately
$2,797,000 of non-Phlcorp tax loss carryforwards. Further, certain of the future
deductions may only be utilized in the tax returns of certain life insurance
subsidiaries. These limitations are considered in the determination of the
valuation allowance.

Under certain circumstances, the value of the carryforwards available could be
substantially reduced if certain changes in ownership were to occur. In order to
reduce this possibility, the Company's certificate of incorporation was amended
to include certain charter restrictions which prohibit transfers of the
Company's Common Stock under certain circumstances.

Under prior law, Charter National had accumulated $15,447,000 of special federal
income tax deductions allowed life insurance companies and the Colonial Penn
life insurance subsidiaries had accumulated $161,000,000 of such special
deductions. Under certain conditions, such amounts could become taxable in
future periods. Except with respect to amounts applicable to Colonial Penn's
life insurance subsidiaries, the Company does not anticipate any transaction
occurring which would cause these amounts to become taxable. With respect to
Colonial Penn's life insurance subsidiaries, the IRS has asserted that certain
of such special federal income tax deductions should have been reflected in
taxable income in prior years, and has assessed additional taxes (excluding
interest) of $2,899,000 and $19,132,000, for 1989 and 1988, respectively. Under
the terms of the purchase agreement whereby Colonial Penn was acquired from FPL
Group Capital Inc (the "Seller"), the Seller assumed the obligation to reimburse
the Company for any such taxes.

Pursuant to the purchase agreement, the Company complied with the Seller's
instructions and agreed to the 1989 assessment.  To date, Seller has failed to

                                      F-26

<PAGE>



14.  Income Taxes, continued:
     ------------

comply with its contractual obligation to reimburse the Company for payment of
the 1989 assessment, the related interest and the loss of certain minimum tax
credit carryforwards, an aggregate of $3,766,000, to which the Company is
entitled under Seller's indemnification. In a response to a legal proceeding
initiated by the Company to collect such amount due under the Seller's
indemnification obligation, the Seller has alleged that the Company has breached
the purchase agreement and, on that basis, Seller has denied liability for the
1989 assessment. The Company believes it has not breached the purchase agreement
and the Seller remains liable for all such taxes and interest. The Seller is
currently exercising its right under the purchase agreement to control the
contest of the 1988 IRS assessment. If the Seller is unsuccessful in contesting
the 1988 IRS assessment, no assurance can be given that the Seller will comply
with its indemnification obligations under the purchase agreement. The Company
intends to enforce its indemnification rights against the Seller and to seek
other relief, including relief for Seller's bad faith.

During 1995, the Company entered into an agreement with the Seller to settle a
lawsuit initiated by the Company to collect certain amounts due from the Seller
under a tax indemnification included in the purchase agreement for other taxable
periods. The settlement required the Seller to pay certain amounts to the
Company, which are reflected in investment and other income for the year ended
December 31, 1995.

15.  Pension Plans and Postretirement Benefits:
     -----------------------------------------

The Company maintains defined benefit pension plans covering employees of
certain units who meet age and service requirements. Benefits are generally
based on final average salary and years of service. The Company funds its
pension plans in amounts sufficient to satisfy minimum ERISA funding
requirements.

Pension expense charged to operations included the following components (in
thousands):
                                           1996        1995        1994
                                           ----        ----        ----

     Service cost                         $ 5,306    $  4,603     $ 5,529
     Interest cost                          7,317       7,020       6,596
     Actual return on plan assets          (6,329)    (11,501)      2,610
     Net amortization and deferral          2,160       4,400      (8,507)
                                          -------    --------     -------
       Net pension expense                $ 8,454    $  4,522     $ 6,228
                                          =======    ========     =======



                                      F-27

<PAGE>



15.  Pension Plans and Postretirement Benefits, continued:
     -----------------------------------------

The funded status of the pension plans at December 31, 1996 and 1995 was as
follows (in thousands):
                                                           1996        1995
                                                           ----        ----
      Actuarial present value of 
       accumulated benefit obligation:
        Vested                                           $74,562    $ 81,245
        Non-vested                                         2,021       1,880
                                                         -------    --------

                                                         $76,583    $ 83,125
                                                         =======    ========

      Projected benefit obligation                       $98,733    $103,683
      Plan assets at fair value                           90,902      85,033
                                                         -------    --------
        Funded status                                     (7,831)    (18,650)
      Unrecognized prior service cost                      2,773       2,953
      Unrecognized net loss at January 1, 1987               431       1,706
      Unrecognized net (gain) loss from experience
       differences and assumption changes                 (1,085)      8,256
                                                         -------    --------

        Accrued pension liability                        $(5,712)   $ (5,735)
                                                         =======    ========

The plans' assets consist primarily of U.S. government and agencies' bonds and
corporate bonds and notes. The projected benefit obligation at December 31, 1996
and 1995 was determined using an assumed discount rate of 7.5% and 7.0%,
respectively, and an assumed compensation increase rate of 5.0% and 5.6%,
respectively. The assumed long-term rate of return on plan assets was 7.4% at
December 31, 1996 and 1995.

The Company also has defined contribution pension plans covering certain
employees. Contributions and costs are a percent of each covered employee's
salary. Amounts charged to expense related to such plans were $2,315,000,
$2,262,000 and $3,292,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994,
respectively.

Several subsidiaries provide certain health care and other benefits to certain
retired employees under plans which are currently unfunded. The Company pays the
cost of postretirement benefits as they are incurred. Amounts charged to expense
(principally interest) related to such benefits were $1,795,000 in 1996,
$1,679,000 in 1995 and $1,762,000 in 1994.

                                      F-28

<PAGE>



15.  Pension Plans and Postretirement Benefits, continued:
     -----------------------------------------

Included in other liabilities at December 31, 1996 and 1995 are the following
(in thousands):

                                                            1996        1995
                                                            ----        ----

  Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
     Retirees                                             $12,624     $16,091
     Fully eligible active plan participants                2,818       2,827
     Other active plan participants                           450       2,218
                                                          -------     -------
        Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation      15,892      21,136

  Unrecognized prior service cost                           5,623         455
  Unrecognized net gain from experience
   differences and assumption changes                       1,580         436
                                                          -------     -------
        Accrued postretirement benefit obligation         $23,095     $22,027
                                                          =======     =======

The discount rate used in determining the accumulated postretirement benefit
obligation was 7.5% and 7.0% at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The
assumed health care cost trend rates used in measuring the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation were between 7.3% and 13.0% for 1996 and 7.6%
and 14.0% for 1995, declining to an ultimate rate of between 5.0% and 8.0% by
2006.

If the health care cost trend rates were increased by 1%, the accumulated
postretirement obligation as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 would have increased
by $1,046,000 and $1,317,000, respectively. The effect of this change on the
aggregate of service and interest cost for 1996 and 1995 would be immaterial.

16.  Commitments:
     -----------
 
The Company and its subsidiaries rent office space and office equipment under
non-cancelable operating leases with terms generally varying from one to twenty
years. Rental expense (net of sublease rental income) charged to operations was
$15,235,000 in 1996, $14,461,000 in 1995 and $16,566,000 in 1994. Aggregate
minimum annual rentals (exclusive of real estate taxes, maintenance and certain
other charges) relating to facilities under lease in effect at December 31, 1996
are as follows (in thousands): 1997 - $8,589; 1998 - $7,703; 1999 - $9,845; 2000
- - $7,213; 2001 - $6,329; and thereafter - $109,896. Future minimum sublease
rental income is not material.

Included in the amounts shown above are the gross future minimum annual rental
payments relating to a twenty year lease which the Empire Group entered into
beginning November 1998 for its executive and administrative offices. These
offices will be in an office building in which the Company has an equity
interest. The above amounts have not been reduced for the Company's share of
rental income due to its equity participation in this office building. In
connection with this equity investment, the Company has committed to invest up
to $25,000,000, which is expected to be contributed in 1998.

In connection with the sale of certain subsidiaries, the Company has made or
guaranteed the accuracy of certain representations given to the acquiror. No
material loss is expected in connection with such matters.

                                      F-29

<PAGE>



16.  Commitments, continued:
     -----------

In connection with the return of the WMAC Companies, the WMAC Companies have
guaranteed the collectibility of reinsurance agreements applicable to a block of
mortgage reinsurance business. The maximum amount of such contingency is
$26,237,000 at December 31, 1996. The reinsurance agreements are with highly
rated institutions and/or are secured in part by letters of credit or trust
funds; as a result the Company does not expect a material loss in connection
with this guarantee.

The insurance and the banking and lending subsidiaries are limited by regulatory
requirements and agreements in the amount of dividends and other transfers of
funds that are available to the Company. Principally as a result of such
restrictions, the net assets of subsidiaries which are subject to limitations on
transfer of funds to the Company were approximately $907,295,000 at December 31,
1996.

17.  Litigation:
     ----------

The Company is subject to various litigation which arises in the course of its
business. Based on discussions with counsel, management is of the opinion that
such litigation will have no material adverse effect on the consolidated
financial position of the Company or its consolidated results of operations.

18.  Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share:
     --------------------------------

Earnings (loss) per common and dilutive common equivalent share was calculated
by dividing net income by the sum of the weighted average number of Common
Shares outstanding and the incremental weighted average number of Common Shares
issuable upon exercise of options and warrants for the periods they were
outstanding. The number of common and dilutive common equivalent shares used for
this calculation was 60,560,000 in 1996, 59,271,000 in 1995 and 58,202,000 in
1994.

Fully diluted earnings (loss) per share was calculated as described above except
that in 1994 the incremental number of shares utilized the year end market price
for the Company's Common Shares, since the year end market price was above the
average for that year. In addition, for 1995 and 1994 the calculations assume
the 5 1/4% Debentures had been converted into Common Shares for the period they
were outstanding and earnings increased for the interest on such debentures, net
of the income tax effect. Conversion was not assumed for 1996 since the effect
of such assumed conversion would have been to increase earnings per share. The
number of shares used for this calculation was 60,560,000 in 1996, 62,807,000 in
1995 and 61,715,000 in 1994.

19.  Fair Value of Financial Instruments:
     -----------------------------------

The following table presents fair value information about certain financial
instruments, whether or not recognized on the balance sheet. Where quoted market
prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value
or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by

                                      F-30

<PAGE>



19.  Fair Value of Financial Instruments, continued:
     -----------------------------------

the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash
flows. The fair value amounts presented do not purport to represent and should
not be considered representative of the underlying "market" or franchise value
of the Company. The methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair values of
each class of the financial instruments described below are as follows:

(a) Investments: The fair values of marketable equity securities and fixed
maturity securities are substantially based on quoted market prices, as
disclosed in Note 6. It is not practicable to determine the fair value of
policyholder loans since such loans generally have no stated maturity, are not
separately transferable and are often repaid by reductions to benefits and
surrenders.

(b)  Cash and cash equivalents:  For cash equivalents, the carrying amount
approximates fair value.

(c) Loans receivable of banking and lending subsidiaries: The fair value of
loans receivable of the banking and lending subsidiaries is estimated by
discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans
would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings for the same remaining
maturities.

(d) Separate and variable accounts: Separate and variable accounts assets and
liabilities are carried at market value, which is a reasonable estimate of fair
value.

(e) Investments in associated companies: The fair values of a foreign power
company are principally estimated based upon quoted market prices. The carrying
value of the remaining investments in associated companies approximates fair
value.

(f) Derivatives: The fair values of derivatives generally reflect the amounts
that the Company would receive or pay to terminate the interest rate and
currency swap contracts.

(g) Customer banking deposits: The fair value of customer banking deposits is
estimated using rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining
maturities.

(h) Long-term and other indebtedness: The fair values of non-variable rate debt
are estimated using quoted market prices and estimated rates which would be
available to the Company for debt with similar terms. The fair value of variable
rate debt is estimated to be the carrying amount.

(i) Investment contract reserves: Single premium deferred annuity reserves are
carried at account value, which is a reasonable estimate of fair value. The fair
value of other investment contracts is estimated by discounting the future
payments at rates which would currently be offered for contracts with similar
terms.


                                      F-31

<PAGE>



19.  Fair Value of Financial Instruments, continued:
     -----------------------------------

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company's financial
instruments at December 31, 1996 and 1995 are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       1996                      1995
                                                       ----                      ----
                                             Carrying        Fair       Carrying       Fair
                                              Amount        Value        Amount        Value
                                              ------        -----        ------        -----
<S>                                        <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>   
Financial Assets:
 Investments:
  Practicable to estimate
   fair value                               $2,771,791    $2,771,761   $2,862,713    $2,863,583
  Policyholder loans                            18,329         -           17,768          -
 Cash and cash equivalents                     386,807       386,807      266,158       266,158
 Loans receivable of banking and
  lending subsidiaries, net of
  allowance                                    221,174       234,771      264,498       277,676
 Separate and variable accounts                546,074       546,074      472,837       472,837
 Investments in associated
  companies                                    206,384       214,462      184,088       192,166
 Other assets (derivatives)                       -             -           1,838         9,180

Financial Liabilities:
 Customer banking deposits                     209,261       210,160      203,061       204,192
 Long-term and other indebtedness              525,719       535,150      520,862       546,140
 Investment contract reserves                   37,658        41,404       67,254        72,803
 Separate and variable accounts                545,019       545,019      472,837       472,837
 Other liabilities (derivatives)                   886         2,335          259         2,610

</TABLE>

20.  Segment Information:
     -------------------

For information with respect to the Company's business segments, see "Financial
Information about Industry Segments" in Item 1 included elsewhere herein, which
is incorporated by reference into these consolidated financial statements.

                                            F-32

<PAGE>



21.  Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited):
     ---------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    First      Second      Third     Fourth
                                                   Quarter     Quarter     Quarter   Quarter
                                                   -------     -------     -------   -------
                                                  (In thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                                                <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>   
1996:
- -----
Revenues                                           $384,506    $378,633    $377,796  $365,622
                                                   ========    ========    ========  ========

Income before extraordinary loss                   $ 15,601    $ 13,173    $ 19,185  $  7,556
                                                   ========    ========    ========  ========

Extraordinary loss from early extinguishment
 of debt, net of income tax benefit                $   -       $   -       $   -     $ (6,838)
                                                   ========    ========    ========  ========

Net income                                         $ 15,601    $ 13,173    $ 19,185  $    718
                                                   ========    ========    ========  ========

Earnings (loss) per common and dilutive
 common equivalent share:
  Income before extraordinary loss                     $.26        $.22        $.32     $ .12
  Extraordinary loss                                     -           -           -       (.11)
                                                       ----        ----        ----     -----

     Net income                                        $.26        $.22        $.32     $ .01
                                                       ====        ====        ====     =====

Number of shares used in calculation                 60,586      60,552      60,534    60,571
                                                     ======      ======      ======    ======

Earnings (loss) per fully diluted common share:
  Income before extraordinary loss                     $.26        $.22        $.31     $ .12
  Extraordinary loss                                     -           -           -       (.11)
                                                       ----        ----        ----     -----

     Net income                                        $.26        $.22        $.31     $ .01
                                                       ====        ====        ====     =====

Number of shares used in calculation                 60,586      60,552      64,022    60,571
                                                     ======      ======      ======    ======


1995:
- -----
Revenues                                           $360,688    $376,757    $390,987  $429,882
                                                   ========    ========    ========  ========

Net income                                         $ 16,323    $ 17,409    $ 21,726  $ 52,045
                                                   ========    ========    ========  ========

Earnings per common and dilutive
 common equivalent share                               $.28        $.30        $.37      $.86
                                                       ====        ====        ====      ====

Number of shares used in calculation                 58,590      58,591      59,427    60,565
                                                     ======      ======      ======    ======

Earnings per fully diluted common share                $.28        $.29        $.36      $.83
                                                       ====        ====        ====      ====

Number of shares used in calculation                 62,069      62,218      62,984    64,043
                                                     ======      ======      ======    ======

</TABLE>

In 1996 and 1995, the totals of quarterly per share amounts do not necessarily
equal annual per share amounts.

                                      F-33

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SCHEDULE II - Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION
BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 1996 and 1995


                                                                 1996            1995
                                                                 ----            ----
                                                                (Thousands of dollars)
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
ASSETS
- ------
Cash and cash equivalents                                     $   61,330     $   14,877
Investments                                                      115,443        107,087
Deferred income taxes                                            107,903        103,466
Miscellaneous receivables and other assets                        42,221         52,119
Investments in and advances to/from subsidiaries, net          1,321,381      1,364,275
                                                              ----------     ----------
                                                              $1,648,278     $1,641,824
                                                              ==========     ==========

LIABILITIES
- -----------
Accounts payable, expense accruals and income taxes           $   24,043     $   29,386
Debt, including current maturities                               506,128        500,947
                                                              ----------     ----------
                                                                 530,171        530,333
                                                              ----------     ----------

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
- --------------------
Common shares, par value $1 per share,
 authorized 150,000,000 shares; 60,417,579
 and 60,163,824 shares issued and
 outstanding, after deducting 54,353,691
 and 54,319,654 shares held in treasury                           60,418         60,164
Additional paid-in capital                                       161,026        159,914
Net unrealized gain on investments                                 1,759         30,086
Retained earnings                                                894,904        861,327
                                                              ----------     ----------
     Total shareholders' equity                                1,118,107      1,111,491
                                                              ----------     ----------
                                                              $1,648,278     $1,641,824
                                                              ==========     ==========


</TABLE>

                           See notes to this schedule.


                                      F-34

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SCHEDULE II - Condensed Financial Information of Registrant, continued:
LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
For the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

                                                         1996        1995       1994
                                                         ----        ----       ----
                                                  (In thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>         <C>     
Investment income, net                                $ 32,469    $ 38,931    $ 22,700
Equity in losses of associated companies               (14,720)        (24)       -
Net securities gains (losses)                               96          (1)     (2,160)
Equity in income of subsidiaries                       124,162     153,213     130,266
                                                      --------    --------    --------
                                                       142,007     192,119     150,806
                                                      --------    --------    --------

Interest expense                                        62,242      58,723      50,060
Other expenses, net                                     24,250      25,893      29,910
                                                      --------    --------    --------
                                                        86,492      84,616      79,970
                                                      --------    --------    --------
  Income before extraordinary loss                      55,515     107,503      70,836

Extraordinary loss from early extinguishment
 of debt, net of income tax benefit of $3,682           (6,838)       -           -
                                                      --------    --------    --------
    Net income                                        $ 48,677    $107,503    $ 70,836
                                                      ========    ========    ========


Earnings (loss) per common and dilutive 
 common equivalent share:
  Income before extraordinary loss                       $ .91       $1.81       $1.22
  Extraordinary loss                                      (.11)        -           -
                                                         -----       -----       -----
    Net income                                           $ .80       $1.81       $1.22
                                                         =====       =====       =====

Fully diluted earnings (loss) per common share:
  Income before extraordinary loss                       $ .91       $1.77       $1.21
  Extraordinary loss                                      (.11)        -           -
                                                         -----       -----       -----
    Net income                                           $ .80       $1.77       $1.21
                                                         =====       =====       =====

</TABLE>

                           See notes to this schedule.

                                      F-35

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SCHEDULE II - Condensed Financial Information of Registrant, continued:
LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994
                                                         1996        1995        1994
                                                         ----        ----        ----
                                                            (Thousands of dollars)
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>         <C>
Net cash flows from operating activities:
- -----------------------------------------
Net income                                            $  48,677   $ 107,503   $  70,836
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
 cash provided by (used for) operations:
 Amortization                                              (487)        681       1,486
 Net securities (gains) losses                              (96)          1       2,160
 Equity in earnings of subsidiaries                    (124,162)   (153,213)   (130,266)
 Equity in losses of associated companies                14,720          24        -
 Extraordinary loss, net of income tax benefit            6,838        -           -
 Net change in:
   Miscellaneous receivables                              1,121        (582)        221
   Other assets                                          (7,327)     (1,714)     (5,347)
   Investments in and advances to/from
    subsidiaries, net                                   125,508      26,641     (19,051)
   Accounts payable, expense accruals and income taxes   (1,661)      9,047       3,881
 Other                                                    2,204       2,616       1,840
                                                      ---------   ---------   ---------
   Net cash provided by (used for)
    operating activities                                 65,335      (8,996)    (74,240)
                                                      ---------   ---------   ---------

Net cash flows from investing activities:
- -----------------------------------------
Dividends received from subsidiaries                     32,581      10,076       8,422
Capital contribution to subsidiaries                    (12,068)    (13,319)     (6,008)
Investment in Providential Life in 1996 and
 MK Gold Company in 1995                                (11,504)    (22,593)       -
Purchases of investments (other than short-term)       (149,228)   (124,855)     (8,022)
Proceeds from maturities of investments                 116,930      43,300       1,000
Proceeds from sales of investments                       25,117          76      68,268
                                                      ---------   ---------   ---------
   Net cash provided by (used for)
    investing activities                                  1,828    (107,315)     63,660
                                                      ---------   ---------   ---------

Net cash flows from financing activities:
- -----------------------------------------
Net change in short-term borrowings                         207         (80)       (402)
Issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs       132,793      98,590      50,000
Reduction of long-term debt                            (137,773)     (5,702)    (21,250)
Sale of common shares and exercise of warrants,
 net of expenses                                           -         43,857        -
Purchase of common shares for treasury                     (837)       (727)       (472)
Dividends paid                                          (15,100)    (15,025)     (7,021)
                                                      ---------   ---------   ---------
   Net cash provided by (used for)
    financing activities                                (20,710)    120,913      20,855
                                                      ---------   ---------   ---------

   Net increase in cash and cash equivalents             46,453       4,602      10,275
Cash and cash equivalents at January 1,                  14,877      10,275        -
                                                      ---------   ---------   ---------

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31,             $  61,330   $  14,877   $  10,275
                                                      =========   =========   =========

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the year for:
 Interest                                               $40,238     $39,768     $33,512
 Income tax payments, net of refunds                    $ 2,490     $(3,723)    $ 5,799

</TABLE>

                           See notes to this schedule.

                                      F-36

<PAGE>



SCHEDULE II - Condensed Financial Information of Registrant, continued:
LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO SCHEDULE




A.    The notes to consolidated financial statements of Leucadia National
      Corporation and Subsidiaries are incorporated by reference to this
      schedule.

B.    The statements of shareholders' equity are the same as those presented
      for Leucadia National Corporation and Subsidiaries.

C.    Equity in the income of the subsidiaries is after reflecting income taxes
      recorded by the subsidiaries. In 1996, 1995 and 1994, there was no
      provision or benefit for income taxes provided by the parent company,
      other than the benefit related to the extraordinary loss. Tax sharing
      payments received from subsidiaries were $48,017,000 in 1996, $42,078,000
      in 1995 and $35,385,000 in 1994.

D.    The deferred income tax asset of $107,903,000 and $103,466,000 at
      December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, had not been allocated to
      the individual subsidiaries.





                                      F-37

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SCHEDULE III - Supplementary Insurance Information 
LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
For the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

                                                                                              Insurance
                                                                                               Losses,
                                                                                               Policy
                                                                                              Benefits
                                                                                                 and
                                                    Separate                                Amortization
                     Deferred                         and       Policy                           of
                      Policy     Future             Variable     and                 Net      Deferred     Other     Non-Life
                    Acquisition  Policy  Unearned   Accounts   Contract  Premium  Investment Acquisition  Operating  Premiums
                       Costs    Benefits Premiums Liabilities   Claims   Revenue    Income      Costs     Expenses   Written
                       -----    -------- -------- -----------   ------   -------    ------      -----     --------   -------
                                                                 (Thousands of dollars)
<S>                   <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>
1996
- ----
Life insurance        $ 64,013  $801,635  $  9,620  $545,019 $   28,543 $  178,925  $ 57,200  $150,523   $ 61,699    $ 50,392
                      --------  --------  --------  -------- ---------- ----------  --------  --------   --------    --------
Property and casualty
 insurance:
  Automobile            29,092      -      349,419      -       807,207    676,726    88,012   682,545     24,020     685,743
  Commercial             8,847      -       43,336      -       267,034     92,414    21,948    81,349     16,638      84,187
  Miscellaneous
   and personal          3,715      -       38,568      -        36,226     54,377     5,812    47,584      5,987      56,262
                      --------  --------  --------  -------- ---------- ----------  --------  --------   --------    --------
                        41,654      -      431,323      -     1,110,467    823,517   115,772   811,478     46,645     826,192
                      --------  --------  --------  -------- ---------- ----------  --------  --------   --------    --------
                      $105,667  $801,635  $440,943  $545,019 $1,139,010 $1,002,442  $172,972  $962,001   $108,344    $876,584
                      ========  ========  ========  ======== ========== ==========  ========  ========   ========    ========

1995
- ----
Life insurance        $ 45,423  $815,310  $  7,950  $472,837 $   26,818 $  165,820  $ 56,651  $133,214   $ 65,068    $ 39,885
                      --------  --------  --------  -------- ---------- ----------  --------  --------   --------    --------
Property and casualty
 insurance:
  Automobile            34,054      -      338,439      -       805,926    667,365    80,228   688,708     12,594     684,683
  Commercial            10,141      -       51,808      -       285,637    102,722    19,936    85,493      9,679     100,351
  Miscellaneous
   and personal          2,526      -       36,576      -        37,389     46,481     5,601    35,388      5,672      49,134
                      --------  --------  --------  -------- ---------- ----------  --------  --------   --------    --------
                        46,721      -      426,823      -     1,128,952    816,568   105,765   809,589     27,945     834,168
                      --------  --------  --------  -------- ---------- ----------  --------  --------   --------    --------
                      $ 92,144  $815,310  $434,773  $472,837 $1,155,770 $  982,388  $162,416  $942,803   $ 93,013    $874,053
                      ========  ========  ========  ======== ========== ==========  ========  ========   ========    ======== 

1994
- ----
Life insurance        $ 32,286  $870,910  $ 10,039  $419,355 $   25,802 $  172,445  $ 55,218  $138,324   $ 68,872    $ 49,319
                      --------  --------  --------  -------- ---------- ----------  --------  --------   --------    --------
Property and casualty
 insurance:
  Automobile            29,741      -      314,145      -       766,276    599,180    70,275   553,916     33,093     629,555
  Commercial            10,567      -       54,208      -       263,400    101,394    18,107    77,471     12,302     101,221
  Miscellaneous
   and personal          1,942      -       35,154      -        38,342     45,867     4,964    49,299      6,220      46,968
                      --------  --------  --------  -------- ---------- ----------  --------  --------   --------    --------
                        42,250      -      403,507      -     1,068,018    746,441    93,346   680,686     51,615     777,744
                      --------  --------  --------  -------- ---------- ----------  --------  --------   --------    --------
                      $ 74,536  $870,910  $413,546  $419,355 $1,093,820 $  918,886  $148,564  $819,010   $120,487    $827,063
                      ========  ========  ========  ======== ========== ==========  ========  ========   ========    ========

</TABLE>


                                      F-38

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SCHEDULE IV - Schedule of Reinsurance
LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
For the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

                                                                                Percentage
                                                                                    of
                                               Ceded       Assumed                Amount
                                   Direct     to Other   from Other       Net     Assumed
                                  Business   Companies    Companies     Amount    to Net
                                  --------   ---------    ---------     ------    ------
                                                     (Thousands of dollars)
<S>                             <C>           <C>           <C>        <C>          <C>
1996
- ----
Life insurance in force         $2,119,000    $152,000      $ 32,000   $1,999,000   1.60%
                                ==========    ========      ========   ==========

Premiums:
 Life insurance                 $  128,469    $    969      $    132   $  127,632    .10%
 Accident and health insurance      52,020         577             3       51,446    .01%
 Property and liability
  insurance                        877,773      60,321         5,912      823,364    .72%
                                ----------    --------      --------   ----------
    Total premiums              $1,058,262    $ 61,867      $  6,047   $1,002,442    .60%
                                ==========    ========      ========   ==========


1995
- ----
Life insurance in force         $2,168,000    $187,000      $ 36,000   $2,017,000   1.78%
                                ==========    ========      ========   ==========

Premiums:
 Life insurance                 $  124,576    $    904      $    392   $  124,064    .32%
 Accident and health insurance      43,538         617             4       42,925    .01%
 Property and liability
  insurance                        836,382      43,117        22,134      815,399   2.71%
                                ----------    --------      --------   ----------
    Total premiums              $1,004,496    $ 44,638      $ 22,530   $  982,388   2.29%
                                ==========    ========      ========   ==========


1994
- ----
Life insurance in force         $2,285,000    $271,000      $161,000   $2,175,000   7.40%
                                ==========    ========      ========   ==========

Premiums:
 Life insurance                 $  120,761    $  1,484      $  1,121   $  120,398    .93%
 Accident and health insurance      53,775         683             6       53,098    .01%
 Property and liability
  insurance                        748,595      34,339        31,134      745,390   4.18%
                                ----------    --------      --------   ----------
    Total premiums              $  923,131    $ 36,506      $ 32,261   $  918,886   3.51%
                                ==========    ========      ========   ==========

</TABLE>



                                      F-39

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SCHEDULE V - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
For the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

                                                            Additions                     Deductions
                                              ---------------------------------     -----------------------
                                                 Charged
                                  Balance at   (Credited)                                                     Balance
                                  Beginning   to Costs and                                        Sale of    at End of
      Description                 of Period     Expenses    Recoveries   Other      Write-Offs  Receivables    Period
      -----------                 ----------  ------------  ----------   -----      ----------  -----------  --------
                                                                 (Thousands of dollars)
<S>                                <C>         <C>            <C>      <C>           <C>             <C>      <C>
1996
- ----
Loan receivables of banking
 and lending subsidiaries          $13,893     $ 9,966        $5,104   $  -          $16,174         $612     $12,177
Trade, notes and other
 receivables                         6,609       8,446         1,269         5         9,040           78       7,211
                                   -------     -------        ------   -------       -------         ----     -------

   Total allowance for
    doubtful accounts              $20,502     $18,412        $6,373   $     5       $25,214         $690     $19,388
                                   =======     =======        ======   =======       =======         ====     =======
Reinsurance receivable             $ 4,804     $  (988)       $ -      $  -          $   358         $ -      $ 3,458
                                   =======     =======        ======   =======       =======         ====     =======

1995
- ----
Loan receivables of banking
 and lending subsidiaries          $12,308     $ 9,467        $4,163   $  -          $12,045         $ -      $13,893
Trade, notes and other
 receivables                         5,773       6,832         1,283      -            7,124          155       6,609
                                   -------     -------        ------   -------       -------         ----     -------
   Total allowance for
    doubtful accounts              $18,081     $16,299        $5,446   $  -          $19,169         $155     $20,502
                                   =======     =======        ======   =======       =======         ====     =======
Reinsurance receivable             $ 4,046     $   969        $ -      $  -          $   211         $ -      $ 4,804
                                   =======     =======        ======   =======       =======         ====     =======

1994
- ----
Loan receivables of banking
 and lending subsidiaries          $ 8,341     $ 7,634        $2,702   $  -          $ 6,369         $ -      $12,308
Trade, notes and other
 receivables                         5,185       5,744         1,449      -            6,605           -        5,773
                                   -------     -------        ------   -------       -------         ----     -------
   Total allowance for
    doubtful accounts              $13,526     $13,378        $4,151   $  -          $12,974         $ -      $18,081
                                   =======     =======        ======   =======       =======         ====     =======
Reinsurance receivable             $83,825     $(2,799)       $ -      $  -          $76,980 (a)     $ -      $ 4,046
                                   =======     =======        ======   =======       =======         ====     =======

<FN>
    (a)  Principally relates to the write-off of fully reserved receivables for unpaid losses.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                      F-40

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SCHEDULE VI - Schedule of Supplemental Information for Property and Casualty Insurance
 Underwriters
LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
For the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994



                               Discount, if any,       Claims and Claim     
                              Deducted in Reserves    Adjustment Expenses      Paid Claims
                             for Unpaid Claims and    Incurred Related to:      and Claim 
                                Claim Adjustment     -----------------------    Adjustment 
                                    Expenses         Current Year Prior Year     Expenses
                             ----------------------  -----------------------   -----------
                                                     (Thousands of dollars)
<S>                                 <C>              <C>         <C>            <C>     
1996
- ----
Automobile                            $ -              $622,948    $ (6,995)      $629,163
Commercial                             347               64,171        (465)        75,069
Miscellaneous and personal              -                45,687      (3,707)        41,793
                                      ----             --------    --------       --------
  Total property and casualty         $347             $732,806    $(11,167)      $746,025
                                      ====             ========    ========       ========

1995
- ----
Automobile                            $ -              $626,781    $ (6,614)      $573,055
Commercial                             252               71,329      (7,604)        38,497
Miscellaneous and personal              -                36,961      (6,040)        31,640
                                      ----             --------    --------       --------
  Total property and casualty         $252             $735,071    $(20,258)      $643,192
                                      ====             ========    ========       ========

1994
- ----
Automobile                            $ -              $556,736    $(55,771)      $483,120
Commercial                             276               70,658     (12,822)        59,436
Miscellaneous and personal              -                51,983      (6,221)        46,042
                                      ----             --------    --------       --------
  Total property and casualty         $276             $679,377    $(74,814)      $588,598
                                      ====             ========    ========       ========

</TABLE>

                                      F-41





<PAGE>
     

                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

     Exhibit                                                    Exemption 
     Number                       Description                   Indication
     ------                       -----------                   ----------


     3.1       Restated Certificate of Incorporation (filed as
               Exhibit 5.1 to the Company's Current Report on
               Form 8-K dated July 14, 1993).*

     3.2       Amended and Restated By-laws, as amended through
               December 4, 1996.

     4.1       The Company undertakes to furnish the Securities
               and Exchange Commission, upon request, a copy of
               all instruments with respect to long-term debt
               not filed herewith.

     10.1      1982 Stock Option Plan, as amended August 28,
               1991 (filed as Annex B to the Company's Proxy
               Statement dated July 21, 1992).*

     10.2      1992 Stock Option Plan (filed as Annex C to the
               Company's Proxy Statement dated July 21, 1992).*

     10.3(a)   Restated Articles and Agreement of General
               Partnership, effective as of February 1, 1982,
               of The Jordan Company (filed as Exhibit 10.3(d)
               to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
               the fiscal year ended December 31, 1986).*

     10.3(b)   Amendments dated as of December 31, 1989 and
               December 1, 1990 to the Partnership Agreement
               referred to in 10.3(a) above (filed as Exhibit
               10.2(b) to the 1991 10-K).*

     10.3(c)   Amendment dated as of December 17, 1992 to the
               Partnership Agreement referred to in 10.3(a)
               above (filed as Exhibit 10.3(c) to the 1992 10-K).*

     10.3(d)   Fourth Restatement, dated as of December 31,
               1996, of the Articles and Agreement of General
               Partnership of The Jordan Company.

     10.3(e)   Articles and Agreement of General Partnership,
               effective as of April 15, 1985, of
               Jordan/Zalaznick Capital Company (filed as
               Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's Registration
               Statement No. 33-00606).*

     10.4      Agreement made as of March 12, 1984 by and
               between Leucadia, Inc. and Ian M. Cumming (filed
               as Exhibit 10.14 to the 1983 10-K).*

     10.5      Agreement made as of March 12, 1984 by and
               between Leucadia, Inc. and Joseph S. Steinberg
               (filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the 1983 10-K).*







     _________________________

     * Incorporated by reference.

<PAGE>
     

     Exhibit                                                    Exemption 
     Number                       Description                   Indication
     ------                       -----------                   ----------


     10.6      Stock Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of
               April 5, 1991, by and between FPL Group Capital
               Inc and the Company (filed as Exhibit B to the
               Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated
               August 23, 1991).*

     10.7      Agreement dated as of August 1, 1988 among the
               Company, Ian M. Cumming and Joseph S. Steinberg
               (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the 1991 10-K).*

     10.8      Agreement dated as of January 10, 1992 between
               Ian M. Cumming, certain other persons listed on
               Schedule A thereto and the Company (filed as
               Exhibit 10.7 to the 1991 10-K).*

     10.9      Agreement dated as of January 10, 1992 between
               Joseph S. Steinberg, certain other persons
               listed on Schedule A thereto and the Company
               (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company's 1991 10-K).*

     10.10(a)  Agreement dated April 23, 1992 between AIC
               Financial Services, Inc. (an Alabama
               corporation), AIC Financial Services (a
               Mississippi corporation) and AIC Financial
               Services (a South Carolina corporation)
               (collectively, "Seller") and Norwest Financial
               Resources, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.10(a) to
               the 1992 10-K).*

     10.10(b)  Purchase Agreement between A.I.C. Financial
               Services, Inc., American Investment Bank, N.A.,
               American Investment Financial and Terracor II
               d/b/a AIC Financial Fund, Seller, and Associates
               Financial Services Company, Inc., Buyer, dated
               November 5, 1992 (filed as Exhibit 10.10(b) to
               the Company's Registration Statement No. 33-55120).*

     10.11(a)  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of
               October 22, 1992, by and among the Company,
               Phlcorp Acquisition Company and PHLCORP, Inc.
               (filed as Exhibit 5.2 to the Company's Current
               Report on Form 8-K dated October 22, 1992).*

     10.11(b)  Amendment dated December 10, 1992, to the Merger
               Agreement referred to in 10.11(a) above (filed
               as Exhibit 5.2 to the Company's Current Report
               on Form 8-K dated December 14, 1992).*

     10.12(a)  Agreement between Leucadia, Inc. and Ian M.
               Cumming, dated as of December 28, 1992 (filed as
               Exhibit 10.12(a) to the 1992 10-K).*

     10.12(b)  Escrow and Security Agreement by and among
               Leucadia, Inc., Ian M. Cumming and Weil, Gotshal
               & Manges, as escrow agent, dated as of December
               28, 1992 (filed as Exhibit 10.12(b) to the 1992
               10-K).* 

     10.13(a)  Agreement between Leucadia, Inc. and Joseph S.
               Steinberg, dated as of December 28, 1992  (filed
               as Exhibit 10.13(a) to the 1992 10-K).*

     _________________________

     * Incorporated by reference.

                                       40
<PAGE>
    

     Exhibit                                                    Exemption 
     Number                       Description                   Indication
     ------                       -----------                   ----------


     10.13(b)  Escrow and Security Agreement by and among
               Leucadia, Inc., Joseph S. Steinberg and Weil,
               Gotshal & Manges, as escrow agent, dated as of
               December 28, 1992 (filed as Exhibit 10.13(b) to
               the 1992 10-K).*

     10.14     Settlement Agreement between Baldwin-United
               Corporation and the United States dated August
               27, 1985 concerning tax issues (filed as Exhibit
               10.14 to the 1992 10-K).*

     10.15     Acquisition Agreement, dated as of December 18,
               1992, by and between Provident Mutual Life and
               Annuity Company of America and Colonial Penn
               Annuity and Life Insurance Company (filed as
               Exhibit 10.15 to the 1992 10-K).*

     10.16     Reinsurance Agreement, dated as of December 31,
               1991, by and between Colonial Penn Insurance
               Company and American International Insurance
               Company (filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the 1992 10-K).*

     10.17     Agreement made as of December 28, 1993 by and
               between the Company and Ian M. Cumming (filed as
               Exhibit 10.17 to the 1993 10-K).*

     10.18     Agreement made as of December 28, 1993 by and
               between the Company and Joseph S. Steinberg
               (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the 1993 10-K).*

     10.19(a)  Agreement between the Company and Ian M.
               Cumming, dated as of December 28, 1993 (filed as
               Exhibit 10.19(a) to the 1993 10-K).*

     10.19(b)  Escrow and Security Agreement by and among the
               Company, Ian M. Cumming and Weil, Gotshal &
               Manges, as escrow agent, dated as of December
               28, 1993 (filed as Exhibit 10.19(b) to the 1993
               10-K).*

     10.20(a)  Agreement between the Company and Joseph S.
               Steinberg, dated as of December 28, 1993 (filed
               as Exhibit 10.20(a) to the 1993 10-K).*

     10.20(b)  Escrow and Security Agreement by and among the
               Company, Joseph S. Steinberg and Weil, Gotshal &
               Manges, as escrow agent, dated as of December
               28, 1993 (filed as Exhibit 10.20(b) to the 1993
               10-K).*

     10.21     Deferred Compensation Agreement between the
               Company and Lawrence S. Hershfield, dated March
               29, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's
               Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarterly
               Period ended March 31, 1995).*

     10.22(a)  Agreement between the Company and Lawrence S.
               Hershfield, dated as of May 4, 1995 (filed as
               Exhibit 10.22(a) to the 1995 10-K).*

     _________________________

     * Incorporated by reference.


                                       41

<PAGE>
     

     Exhibit                                                    Exemption 
     Number                       Description                   Indication
     ------                       -----------                   ----------


     10.22(b)  Escrow and Security Agreement by and among the
               Company, Lawrence S. Hershfield and Weil,
               Gotshal & Manges, as escrow agent, dated as of
               May 4, 1995 (filed as Exhibit 10.22(b) to the
               1995 10-K).*

     10.23     Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of February
               28, 1997, between the Company, The First
               National Bank of Boston as Administrative Agent,
               The Chase Manhattan Bank as Syndication Agent,
               Bank of America National Trust and Savings
               Association as Documentation Agent and the Banks
               signatory thereto.

     21        Subsidiaries of the registrant.

     23        Consent of independent accountants with respect
               to the incorporation by reference into the
               Company's Registration Statements on Form S-8
               (File No. 2-84303), Form S-8 and S-3 (File No.
               33-6054), Form S-8 and S-3 (File No. 33-26434),
               Form S-8 and S-3 (File No. 33-30277), Form S-8
               (File No. 33-61682) and Form S-8 (File No. 33-61718).

     27        Financial Data Schedule.


_______________
* Incorporated by reference




                              AMENDED AND RESTATED


                                    BY- LAWS


                                       OF


                          LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION




             Incorporated under the laws of the State of New York -
                                  May 24, 1986


















     As amended through December 4, 1996





<PAGE>
     

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                              --------------------
                                     BY-LAWS
                                     -------
                                       of

                          LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION
                          -----------------------------

          ARTICLE I.     SHAREHOLDERS MEETING



          Section 1.     The annual meeting of shareholders of the
     Corporation shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation,
     or at such other place within or without the State of New York, on
     such date and at such time as shall be determined by the Board of
     Directors in each year for the purpose of electing Directors, and for
     the transaction of such other business as may be brought before the
     meeting.

          Section 2.     Special meetings of shareholders may be called at
     any time by a majority of the Board of Directors.  It shall also be
     the duty of the Chairman of the Board, and in his absence the duty of
     the President, and in the absence of both the duty of a Vice
     President, to call such meetings whenever so requested in writing by
     shareholders owning a majority of the shares of capital stock entitled
     to vote at a meeting.

          Section 3.     Written notice of meetings of shareholders shall
     be given whenever shareholders are to take any action at a


<PAGE>
     

     meeting.  Such notice shall state the place, date and hour of the
     meeting and, unless it is the annual meeting, indicate that it is
     being issued by or at the direction of the person or persons calling
     the meeting.  Notice of a special meeting shall, in addition, state
     the purpose or purposes for which the meeting was called.

                         A copy of the notice of any meeting shall be
     given, personally or by mail, not less than ten nor more than fifty
     days before the date of the meeting, to each shareholder entitled to
     vote at such meeting.  If mailed, such notice is given when deposited
     in the United States mail, with postage thereon prepaid, directed to
     the shareholder at his address as it appears on the record of
     shareholders, or, if he shall have filed with the Secretary of the
     Corporation a written request that such notices to him be mailed to
     some other address, then directed to him at such other address.

          Section 4.     For the purpose of determining the shareholders
     entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any
     adjournment thereof, or to express consent to or dissent from any
     proposal without a meeting, or for the purpose of determining
     shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the
     allotment of any rights, or for the

                                       2
<PAGE>
     

     purpose of any other action, the Board shall fix, in advance, a date
     as the record date for any such determination of shareholders.  Such
     date shall not be more than fifty nor less than ten days before the
     date of such meeting, nor more than fifty days prior to any other
     action.

          Section 5.     Except as may be otherwise required by laws of the
     State of New York, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws,
     the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote thereat
     present in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at a meeting
     of shareholders for the transaction of any business, provided that
     when a specified item of business is required to be voted on by a
     class or a series, voting as a class, the holders of a majority of
     shares of such class or series present in person or by proxy shall
     constitute a quorum for the transaction of such specified item of
     business.

          ARTICLE II.    DIRECTORS

          Section 1.     The number of the Directors of the Corporation
     shall be such number not less than three, as is designated from time
     to time by resolution adopted by a majority of the members of the
     Board of Directors, plus the number of Directors, if any, elected by
     the holders of the Preferred Stock,

                                       3
<PAGE>
     

     voting as a class, pursuant to Section 5 of the General Provisions
     Relating to All Series of the Preferred Stock in Article FOURTH of the
     Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.  The terms of the
     Directors, if any, elected by the holders of the Preferred Stock,
     voting as a class, pursuant to Section 5 of the General Provisions
     Relating to All Series of the Preferred Stock in Article FOURTH of the
     Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be as set forth
     in such Section 5.  The Directors other than those, if any, elected by
     the holders of the Preferred Stock, voting as a class, shall, except
     as otherwise set forth herein, be elected for one year terms which
     shall expire at each annual meeting of shareholders and when their
     successors shall have been elected and qualified.  Such election shall
     be by ballot by the shareholders entitled to vote and present in
     person or by proxy at such meeting.  In case of any vacancy in the
     Board of Directors (including any vacancy due to an increase in the
     size of the Board of Directors), the remaining Directors, although
     less than a quorum, by affirmative vote of a majority thereof, may
     elect a successor to fill such vacancy to serve until the next annual
     meeting of shareholders and when such Director's successor shall have
     been elected and qualified.  Any Director or Directors (other than a
     Director or Directors elected by the holders of the Preferred Stock
     pursuant to Section 5 of the General Provisions Relating to All Series
     of


                                       4
<PAGE>
     

     the Preferred Stock in Article FOURTH of the Certificate of
     Incorporation of the Corporation) may be removed for cause by the
     affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors present (including by
     means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment)
     at a meeting at which such action is considered, provided a quorum is
     present.

          Section 2.     Nominations for the election of Directors may be
     made by a committee appointed by the Board of Directors (or, in the
     absence of such committee, by the Board of Directors) or by any
     shareholder entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors. 
     However, any shareholder entitled to vote generally in the election of
     Directors may nominate one or more persons for election as Directors
     at a meeting only if written notice of such shareholder's intent to
     make such nomination or nominations has been given, either by personal
     delivery or by United States mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary
     of the Corporation (1) with respect to an election to be held at an
     Annual Meeting of shareholders, (a) not less than sixty (60) days
     prior to the first anniversary date of the Corporation's proxy
     statement in connection with the last Annual Meeting or (b) if no
     Annual Meeting was held in the previous year, not less than a
     reasonable time, as determined by the Board of Directors, prior to the
     date of the applicable Annual Meeting and (2) with respect to an


                                       5
<PAGE>
     

     election to be held at a Special Meeting of Shareholders, the close of
     business on the tenth (10th) day following the date on which notice of
     such meeting is first given to shareholders.

                    Each such notice to the Secretary shall set forth (i)
     the name and address of the shareholder and his or her nominees; (ii)
     a representation that the shareholder is entitled to vote at such
     meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to
     nominate the person or persons specified in the notice; (iii) a
     description of all arrangements or understandings between the
     shareholder and each such nominee; (iv) such other information as
     would be required to be included in a proxy statement soliciting
     proxies for the election of the nominees of such shareholder; and (v)
     the consent of each nominee to serve as a Director of the Corporation
     if so elected.  The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to
     furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the
     Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to
     serve as a Director of the Corporation.  The presiding officer of the
     meeting may, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not
     made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and if he should so
     determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective
     nomination shall be disregarded.

                                       6
<PAGE>
     

          Section 3.     The Board of Directors may adopt such rules and
     regulations for the conduct of their meetings and management of the
     affairs of the Corporation as they may deem proper, not inconsistent
     with the laws of the State of New York, the Certificate of
     Incorporation or these By-Laws.

          Section 4.     The regular meetings of the Board of Directors
     shall be held as determined by the Board of Directors.  Special
     meetings shall be held whenever called by direction of the Chairman of
     the Board or any Vice Chairman, or the President or of any two of the
     Directors, on at least three days previous notice by mail or two days
     previous notice by telegraph to each Director.  Notice of such meeting
     shall be effective as of the sending of the notice by mail or
     telegram.  Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof or
     otherwise provided by the laws of the State of New York, the
     Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any and all business
     may be transacted at a special meeting.  One-third of the Directors
     shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors. 
     At the first meeting of the Board of Directors held after the annual
     meeting of shareholders, the Board shall proceed to the election of
     the officers of the Corporation.

                                       7
<PAGE>
     

          Section 5.     Any action required or permitted to be taken by
     the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members
     of the Board of Directors consent in writing to the adoption of a
     resolution authorizing such action.

          Section 6.     Any one or more members of the Board of Directors
     may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors by means of a
     conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all
     persons participating in such meeting to hear each other at the same
     time.  Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person
     at such meeting.

          ARTICLE III.   COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

          Section 1.     The Board of Directors may, by resolution or
     resolutions adopted by a majority of the members of the Board of
     Directors designate a committee of the board to be known as the
     Finance Committee of the Board ("Finance Committee") and to consist of
     the Chairman of the Board and such number of other Directors as shall
     be designated from time to time by resolution adopted by a majority of
     the members of the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may
     designate one or more Directors as alternate members of the Finance
     Committee, who may replace any absent member or members of the
     Committee at any meeting of the

                                       8
<PAGE>
     

     Finance Committee.  The Board shall have the power at any time to fill
     vacancies in, to change the membership of, or to dissolve the Finance
     Committee.  The Finance Committee shall have and may exercise, when
     the Board is not in session, all authority of the Board of Directors
     with respect to designating as a depository any bank, banker or trust
     company, opening lines of credit with any bank, banker or trust
     company and all matters appertaining thereto, including, but not
     limited to, the authorization of all resolutions and agreements and
     the execution of all instruments required by any bank, banker or trust
     company in connection therewith, including the certification thereof
     by the Secretary of the Corporation, the designation of officers and
     employees of the Corporation authorized to withdraw or charge any of
     the funds of the Corporation so deposited upon checks, notes, drafts,
     bills of exchange, acceptances, undertakings or other instruments or
     orders for the payment of money drawn against the account of the
     Corporation, the designation of officers authorized to borrow or
     obtain credit for the Corporation from any bank, banker or trust
     company or to endorse for discount or otherwise, negotiable or non-
     negotiable instruments held by the Corporation, the authorization of
     leases of safe deposit boxes, the designation of officers and
     employees authorized to have access to said boxes, and the
     authorization of guarantees required by symbol endorsement.

                                       9
<PAGE>
     

          Section 2.     The Board of Directors may, by resolution or
     resolutions, passed by a majority of the members of the Board of
     Directors designate a committee of the Board to be known as the
     Executive Committee of the Board ("Executive Committee") and to
     consist of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, who shall be
     Chairman of the Executive Committee, and such number of other
     Directors as shall be designated from time to time by resolution
     adopted by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors.  The
     Executive Committee shall have and may exercise when the Board of
     Directors is not in session, all authority of the Board of Directors,
     except as may be limited by Section 712 of the Business Corporation
     Law of New York State.  The Board of Directors may designate one or
     more Directors as alternate members of such committee who may replace
     any absent member or members at any meeting of the Executive
     Committee.

          Section 3.     The Board of Directors shall, by resolution or
     resolutions, designate three of its members, none of whom are members
     of management, as the Audit Committee of the Board ("Audit
     Committee"), and will further designate one member as Chairman of the
     Audit Committee.  The Audit Committee shall have responsibility for
     recommending to the Board the retention or replacement of the
     independent auditors of the company; for administration of the
     internal audit function of the corporation;

                                       10
<PAGE>
     

     and for such other matters pertaining to the internal control, audit,
     or reporting of the financial affairs of the company as the Audit
     Committee, in its sole discretion, deems advisable and necessary.  A
     full report of the activities of the Audit Committee will be made by
     the Chairman or his designee to each meeting of the Board of
     Directors.

          Section 4.     The Board of Directors may, by resolution or
     resolutions, passed by a majority of the members of the Board of
     Directors designate three of its members as the Nominating Committee
     of the Board ("Nominating Committee"), and will further designate one
     member as Chairman of the Nominating Committee.  The Nominating
     Committee shall meet annually for the purpose of considering and
     presenting to the Board its nominations for officers and directors.

          Section 5.     Such committees may meet either regularly at
     stated times or specially on notice given twenty-four hours in advance
     by any member thereof by mail, telegraph or telephone to all the other
     members thereof provided such notice is received before the meeting
     takes place; but no notice of any regular meeting need be given; and
     no notice need be given of any special meeting at which all the
     members shall be present or notice of which shall be waived by all the
     absent members before or after

                                       11
<PAGE>
     

     such meeting.  Such committees may make rules for the holding and
     conduct of their meetings and may appoint such subcommittees and
     assistants as they shall from time to time deem necessary.  A number
     of regular members or alternate members or both equal to a majority of
     the number of regular members of a committee shall constitute a quorum
     and the act of a majority of those present at a meeting at which a
     quorum is present and action shall be the act of a committee.  All
     action taken by a committee shall be reported to the Board of
     Directors at its meeting next succeeding such action.  The Secretary
     or an Assistant Secretary shall attend and act as secretary of all
     meetings of a committee and keep the minutes thereof.

          Section 6.     Any action required or permitted to be taken by
     any committee of the Board may be taken without a meeting if all
     members of the committee consent in writing to the adoption of a
     resolution authorizing such action.

          Section 7.     Any one or more members of any committee of the
     Board may participate in a meeting of such committee by means of a
     conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all
     persons participating in such meeting to hear each other at the same
     time.  Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person
     at such meeting.

                                       12
<PAGE>
     

          ARTICLE IV.    OFFICERS

          Section 1.     The officers of the Corporation shall be a
     Chairman of the Board of Directors, a President, one or more Vice
     Presidents, one or more of whom may be designated Executive Vice
     President and one or more of whom may be designated Senior Vice
     President, a Treasurer, a Secretary and a Comptroller, all of whom may
     be appointed by the Board of Directors, and such other officers as the
     Board of Directors, from time to time may appoint and each officer
     shall serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors until the next
     annual election of officers.  One person may serve as more than one of
     such officers, except that the same person shall not serve both as
     President and Secretary.

          Section 2.     The Board of Directors shall appoint from their
     number a Chairman of the Board of Directors who shall be the chief
     executive officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of
     the Board of Directors, shall have general charge of the management of
     the affairs of the Corporation.  He shall preside at meetings of the
     Board of Directors and of the shareholders of the Corporation.

          Section 3.     The Board of Directors may appoint from their
     number one or more Vice Chairmen of the Board of Directors who


                                       13
<PAGE>
     

     shall perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Board of
     Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors.  In the absence
     or incapacity of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Vice
     Chairmen, in order of seniority determined by time of appointment to
     office, shall preside over meetings of the Board of Directors.  The
     Board of Directors may appoint from their number a Chairman of the
     Executive Committee who shall preside at meetings of the Executive
     Committee and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by
     the Board of Directors.

          Section 4.     The Board of Directors shall appoint from their
     number a President who shall be the chief operating officer of the
     Corporation and, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors
     and of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, shall direct and
     supervise the administration of the business and affairs of the
     Corporation.  In the absence or incapacity of the Chairman of the
     Board of Directors, the President shall exercise all of the powers and
     duties of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, provided that he
     shall preside at meetings of the Board of Directors only in the
     absence or incapacity of all the Vice Chairmen, if any, of the Board
     of Directors.

          Section 5.     The Board of Directors shall appoint one or more
     Vice Presidents, one or more of whom may be designated

                                       14
<PAGE>
     

     Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President, and one of whom may
     be designated Vice President-Finance, who shall have such powers and
     shall perform such duties as may be assigned by the Board of
     Directors.  In the absence or incapacity of the President, the
     Executive Vice Presidents, in order of seniority determined by time of
     appointment to office, shall exercise all of the powers and duties of
     the President.

          Section 6.     The Board of Directors shall elect a Treasurer who
     shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as may be
     assigned to him by the Board of Directors.

          Section 7.     The Board of Directors shall appoint a Secretary
     who shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors
     and of the shareholders of the Corporation.  He shall give or cause to
     be given notice of all meetings of the shareholders and of such
     meetings of the Board of Directors as may require notice.  He shall
     keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation and shall affix the
     same to all instruments requiring it when authorized by the Board of
     Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President. 
     He shall have such further powers and shall perform such further
     duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.  The
     Secretary shall enforce the restrictions on the transfer of the
     capital


                                       15
<PAGE>
     

     stock of the Corporation set forth in Part III of Article FOURTH of
     the Certificate of Incorporation.  In connection therewith, the
     Secretary shall supervise the Corporation's transfer agent and/or
     registrar for the capital stock.

          Section 8.     The Board of Directors shall elect a Comptroller
     who shall be the chief accounting officer of the Corporation and shall
     be in charge of its books of account and accounting records and of its
     accounting procedures.  He shall have such further powers and shall
     perform such further duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of
     Directors.

          Section 9.     The Board of Directors shall from time to time
     appoint such other officers to have such powers and to perform such
     duties as may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors.

          ARTICLE V.     INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

          The Corporation, to the full extent permitted and in the manner
     required by the laws of the State of New York as in effect at the time
     of the adoption of this Article V or as the law may be amended from
     time to time, shall (i) indemnify any person (and the heirs and legal
     representatives of such person) made, or



                                       16
<PAGE>
     

     threatened to be made, a party in an action or proceeding (including,
     without limitation, one by or in the right of the Corporation to
     procure a judgement in its favor), whether civil, criminal,
     administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the
     right of any other corporation of any type or kind, domestic or
     foreign, or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit
     plan or other enterprise, which any director or officer of the
     Corporation served in any capacity at the request the Corporation, by
     reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate, was a director
     or officer of the Corporation or served such other corporation,
     partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
     enterprise in any capacity and (ii) provide to any such person (and
     their heirs and legal representatives of such person) advances for
     expenses incurred in pursuing such action or proceeding, upon receipt
     of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay
     such amount as, and to the extent, required by Section 725(a) of the
     Business Corporation Law.

                    The indemnification and advancement of expenses
     provided herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to
     which the person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses
     may be entitled (i) under the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws
     of this or any other corporation, or


                                       17
<PAGE>
     

     (ii) by any resolution of shareholders, resolution of directors or
     agreement providing for such indemnification or advancement, all of
     which are authorized by these By-Laws (except with respect to matters
     which at the time of indemnification is sought are prohibited by
     applicable law), or (iii) otherwise.

          ARTICLE VI.    CAPITAL STOCK

          Section 1.     Subject to Part III of Article FOURTH of the
     Certificate of Incorporation, certificates for each class and series
     of stock shall be in such form as shall be adopted by the Board of
     Directors, shall be duly numbered and registered in the order issued
     and shall be signed by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board or
     the President or a Vice President and the Secretary or an Assistant
     Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the
     Corporation, and may be sealed with the seal of the Corporation or a
     facsimile thereof.  The signatures of the officers upon a certificate
     may be facsimiles if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer
     agent or registered by a registrar other than the Corporation itself
     or its employee.  In case any officer who has signed or whose
     facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have
     ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it


                                       18
<PAGE>
     

     may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were
     such officer at the date of issue.

          Section 2.     Subject to Part III of Article FOURTH of the
     Certificate of Incorporation, transfers of shares shall only be made
     upon the books of the Corporation by the registered holder in person
     or by attorney, duly authorized, and upon surrender of the certificate
     or certificates for such shares, properly signed for transfer.

          Section 3.     A new certificate of stock may in the discretion
     of the Board of Directors, and under such regulations with respect to
     indemnification and otherwise as they may prescribe, be issued in
     place of the certificate claimed to have been lost, stolen or
     destroyed.

          Section 4.     So long as the restrictions set forth in Part III
     of Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation shall not have
     lapsed, all share certificates representing shares of capital stock
     shall bear a conspicuous legend as follows:

                         "THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE
     SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS PURSUANT TO PART III OF ARTICLE FOURTH OF


                                       19
<PAGE>
     

     THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE CORPORATION REPRINTED IN ITS
     ENTIRETY ON THE BACK OF THE CERTIFICATE."

          Section 5.     Subject to Part III of Article FOURTH of the
     Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation shall be entitled to
     treat the registered holder of any share or shares as the holder
     thereof in fact and law and shall not be bound to recognize any
     equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such share or shares on
     the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or
     other notice thereof, save as otherwise expressly provided by statute.

          ARTICLE VII.   DIVIDENDS

          Dividends shall be declared and paid out of the earned surplus of
     the Corporation as often and at such times as the Board of Directors
     may determine, and in accordance with the New York Business
     Corporation Law.

          ARTICLE VIII.  INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

          The Board of Directors, in advance of any shareholders' meeting,
     shall appoint two inspectors to act at the meeting or any adjournment
     thereof.  If inspectors are not so appointed, the

                                       20
<PAGE>
     

     person presiding at a shareholders' meeting shall appoint two
     inspectors.  In case any person appointed fails to appear or act, the
     vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Board of Directors in
     advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding
     thereat.

          ARTICLE IX.    SEAL

          The seal of the Corporation shall be in the form of a circle and
     shall bear the name of the Corporation and the year of its
     incorporation.

          ARTICLE X.     AMENDMENTS

          By-Laws of the Corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by
     vote of the holders of the shares at the time entitled to vote in the
     election of any Directors.  By-Laws may also be adopted, amended or
     repealed by the Board of Directors by vote of a majority of the
     Directors present at the time of the vote if a quorum is then present. 
     If any By-Law regulating an impending election of directors is
     adopted, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors, there shall be
     set forth in the notice of the next meeting of shareholders for the
     election of Directors


                                       21
<PAGE>
     

     the By-Law so adopted, amended or repealed, together with a concise
     statement of the changes made.

          ARTICLE XI.    WAIVERS OF NOTICE

          Whenever the Corporation or the Board of Directors or any
     committee of the Board is authorized to take any action after notice
     to any person or persons or after the lapse of a prescribed period of
     time, such action may be taken without notice and without the lapse of
     such period of time, if at any time before or after such action is
     completed the person or persons entitled to such notice or entitled to
     participate in the action to be taken or, in the case of a
     shareholder, his attorney-in-fact or proxy, submits a signed waiver of
     notice of such requirement. 



                                       22

     NYFS04...:\30\76830\0146\1197\AGR2277K.170

                               THE JORDAN COMPANY

                               FOURTH RESTATEMENT,
                      dated as of December 31, 1996, of the
                  ARTICLES AND AGREEMENT OF GENERAL PARTNERSHIP

                        Effective as of February 1, 1982

               The undersigned, consisting of THE JOHN W. JORDAN II
     REVOCABLE TRUST, DAVID W. ZALAZNICK and LEUCADIA, INC., a New York
     corporation (hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Partners"
     and individually as a "Partner"), hereby restate in their entirety the
     terms of a general partnership (hereinafter called the "Partnership")
     formed by John W. Jordan II, David W. Zalaznick and Leucadia, Inc. as
     of February 1, 1982 (as heretofore restated).  The Partnership shall
     be governed by, and operated pursuant to, the terms and provisions
     hereinafter set forth.
                                    ARTICLE I

                                  ORGANIZATION
                                  ------------

     Section 1.1.  Formation and Name of Partnership
     -----------------------------------------------

               The parties do hereby form a partnership pursuant to the
     provisions of the Partnership Law of the State of New York to engage,
     for the period and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set
     forth, in the business of generating fees by seeking out attractive
     businesses for acquisition; arranging the terms of acquisition and the
     financing thereof and assisting the management of such businesses
     after acquisition (the companies




<PAGE>
     

     acquiring such businesses are hereinafter collectively called the
     "Clients" and individually as a "Client").  The Partnership business
     shall be conducted under the name The Jordan Company.

     Section 1.2.  Purposes and Powers
     ---------------------------------

               The purposes for which the Partnership is formed are as
     follows:

               (a)  to seek out attractive businesses (other than in the
     financial services area) for acquisition (herein referred to as "Buy-
     Outs") for Clients, to arrange the terms of the Buy-Outs, to arrange
     financing to effect the Buy-Outs for Clients, to negotiate
     opportunities to invest in Clients in connection with the Buy-Outs, to
     assist Clients in the management and financing of their businesses
     after Buy-Outs, and to perform investment banking services generally;

               (b)  to hold, maintain and/or invest all or any part of the
     assets, properties or funds of the Partnership in cash or in cash
     equivalents, including, without limitation, interest-bearing
     securities of the United States of America or any agency or
     instrumentality thereof, or other governmental securities, high-rated
     state and municipal bonds and debt obligations of U.S. national banks;

               (c)  to lend (for any term or period, whether or not beyond
     the term of the Partnership hereunder) any of its assets, properties
     or funds, either with or without security;


                                       2
<PAGE>
     

               (d)  to open, maintain and close accounts, including margin
     accounts, with brokers;

               (e)  to open, maintain and close bank accounts and draw
     checks and other orders for the payment of monies;

               (f)  to engage appraisers, accountants, custodians,
     investment advisors, attorneys and all other agents and assistants,
     both professional and non-professional, and to compensate them in such
     amounts as may be necessary or advisable;

               (g)  to enter into, make and perform all contracts,
     agreements and other undertakings as may be reasonably necessary or
     advisable or incident to carrying out its purposes; and

               (h)  to sue, prosecute, settle or compromise claims against
     third parties, to compromise, settle or accept judgment or claims
     against the Partnership and to execute all documents and to make all
     representations and waivers in connection therewith.

               In furtherance of the aforesaid purposes, the Partnership
     shall have all powers necessary, suitable or convenient for the
     accomplishment thereof, alone or with others, as principal or agent.

     Section 1.3.  Principal Office
     ------------------------------

               The principal place of business of the Partnership shall be
     at 9 West 57th Street, New York, New York 10019, or at

                                       3
<PAGE>
     

     such place as may be designated by a Managing Partner (hereinafter
     defined).

     Section 1.4.  Term
     ------------------

               The Partnership shall commence as of the date hereof and
     shall continue until dissolved as provided in Section 5.4 hereof.

     Section 1.5.  Definitions
     -------------------------

               (a)  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms (in
     addition to other terms defined herein) shall have the following
     meanings:

               "Additional Capital Contributions" shall have the meaning
     set forth in Section 3.3 hereof.

               "Affiliate" shall mean a natural person, partnership,
     corporation or other entity that, directly or indirectly, through one
     or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under
     common control with another person, partnership, corporation or other
     entity.

               "Bankruptcy" with respect to any Partner shall mean an
     adjudication that the Partner is bankrupt or insolvent, the admission
     by the Partner of inability to pay debts as they mature, the making by
     the Partner of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, the filing
     by the Partner of a petition in bankruptcy or a petition for relief
     under any section of the United States Federal Bankruptcy Act or any
     other applicable

                                       4
<PAGE>
     

     state insolvency statute or an answer admitting or failing to deny the
     allegations of such petition, the filing against the Partner of any
     such petition unless such petition is discharged, vacated or stayed
     within 60 days from the date of filing thereof, the appointment of a
     trustee, conservator or receiver for all or a substantial part of the
     Partner's assets unless such appointment is discharged, vacated or
     stayed within 60 days from its effective date, or the imposition of a
     judicial or statutory lien on all or a substantial part of the
     Partner's assets unless such lien is discharged or vacated or the
     enforcement thereof stayed within 60 days from its effective date.

               "Capital Accounts" shall have the meaning set forth in
     Section 3.1 hereof.

               "Capital Contributions" shall mean, with respect to any
     Capital Account, the sum of the Initial Capital Contribution and any
     Additional Capital Contributions made with respect to such Capital
     Account.

               "Committee" shall mean the four individuals then serving,
     one of whom shall be appointed by each Managing Partner so long as
     there are two Managing Partners (initially John W. Jordan II as
     appointee of The John W. Jordan II Revocable Trust and David W.
     Zalaznick as appointee of David W. Zalaznick) and two of whom shall be
     appointed by Leucadia, Inc. (initially Ian M. Cumming and Joseph S.
     Steinberg).  If, at any time, there


                                        5

<PAGE>
     

     shall only be one Managing Partner, he shall have the right to appoint
     two members of the Committee.

               "Initial Capital Contribution" shall have the meaning set
     forth in Section 3.2 hereof.

               "Legal Representative" shall mean any and all executors,
     administrators, personal representatives, committees, guardians,
     receivers, fiduciaries, conservators or trustees, in Bankruptcy or
     otherwise, of a Partner.

               "Leucadia Committee Members" shall mean Ian M. Cumming and
     Joseph S. Steinberg, or such other members of the Committee as shall
     be appointed by Leucadia, Inc.

               "Liquidating Agent" shall have the meaning set forth in
     subsection (b) of Section 5.4 hereof.

               "Managing Partner" shall mean each of The John W. Jordan II
     Revocable Trust and David W. Zalaznick and, unless the context
     indicates otherwise, shall include any successor Managing Partner. 
     Where action is required to be take under this Agreement by a Managing
     Partner, the Managing Partners shall mutually agree on which Managing
     Partner shall so act.  If the Managing Partners are unable to so
     agree, the Managing Partner to take action shall be determined by the
     Leucadia Committee Members.

               "Permanent Disability" shall mean, with respect to any
     natural person, (i) his inability, by reason of illness, insanity


                                       6
<PAGE>
     

     or incompetence (whether or not adjudicated) or otherwise to perform
     his principal duties and functions hereunder for a period of four
     consecutive months or (ii) the earlier adjudication of his insanity or
     incompetency.

               "Termination" shall mean, with respect to The John W. Jordan
     II Revocable Trust, (i) the revocation or other termination of such
     trust, (ii) the failure of John W. Jordan II to be sole trustee or
     (iii) the death or Permanent Disability of John W. Jordan II, unless
     in the case of (ii) and (iii) the Partners, each in the exercise of
     its sole discretion, shall have unanimously approved a substitute
     therefor.

               (b)  The words "herein", "hereof" and "hereunder" and other
     words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole as the same
     may from time to time be amended or supplemented, and not to any
     particular Article, Section or subsection contained in this Agreement.

     Section 1.6.  Fiscal Year
     -------------------------

               The fiscal year of the Partnership for financial, accounting
     and tax purposes shall end upon each December 31.




                                       7

<PAGE>
     

                                   ARTICLE II

                             MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS
                             ----------------------

     Section 2.1.  Services of Messrs. Jordan and Zalaznick
                   ----------------------------------------

                    Throughout the term of the Partnership:

               (a)  Leucadia, Inc. shall include Messrs. Jordan and
     Zalaznick and the Partnership's other employees under its medical and
     other employee benefit plans (other than pension, stock option,
     retirement, bonus and similar plans) if arrangements toward that end
     can be effected with the carriers and the Partnership shall reimburse
     Leucadia, Inc. for the incremental costs thereof; 

               (b)  The John W. Jordan II Revocable Trust agrees to use its
     best efforts to cause John W. Jordan II (or, in the event of his death
     or Permanent Disability, such substitute, if any, as the Partners
     shall unanimously approve) to fulfill the obligations set forth in
     Section 2.1(a)(ii) hereof; and

               (c)  Each of Messrs. Jordan (or his substitute, if any) and
     Zalaznick, and any other individual retained pursuant to Section 2.2
     hereof shall, for the term of the Partnership, not be obligated to
     devote full time to the conduct of the Partnership's affairs but shall
     devote so much of his business time as shall be necessary for the
     proper conduct of the Partnership's affairs, to implement the purposes
     set forth in Section 1.2 hereof and to


                                       8

<PAGE>
     

     perform services for The Jordan/Zalaznick Capital Company ("JZCC"),
     Mezzanine Capital & Income Trust 2001 PLC, Jordan/Zalaznick Advisors,
     Inc., Jordan Industries, Inc. ("JII"), Mountbatten Management
     Corporation and any other partnerships or entities of which The John
     W. Jordan II Revocable Trust, David W. Zalaznick and Leucadia, Inc.
     are the sole general partners or controlling shareholders.    

     Section 2.2.  Managing Partners
     -------------------------------

               Third parties dealing with the Partnership may rely
     conclusively upon the power and authority of a Managing Partner as
     herein set forth.

               A Managing Partner shall have the right to manage the
     Partnership's business including the right to (i) sign, endorse,
     negotiate, and transfer any check, draft or other instrument of
     Partnership; and (ii) take all other action on behalf of the
     Partnership authorized by this Agreement to be taken by a Managing
     Partner.  A Managing Partner shall have the right to select an
     individual to be retained by the Partnership to perform services in
     implementation of the purposes set forth in Section 1.2 hereof,
     subject to the terms set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.

               A Managing Partner shall not, without the written consent of
     three other members of the Committee, have the authority to do any of
     the following:  (i) to pledge, hypothecate, assign, encumber or
     otherwise so act with respect to


                                       9


<PAGE>
     

     Partnership assets; (ii) to borrow on behalf of the Partnership; (iii)
     to take any action in contravention of this Agreement; (iv) to taken
     any action which would make it impossible to carry on the
     Partnership's business; (v) to sell or exchange all or substantially
     all of the Partnership's assets; (vi) to admit any additional
     Partners; (vii) to amend this Agreement or to change or reorganize the
     Partnership into any other legal form; or (viii) modify the terms
     under which Messrs. Jordan and Zalaznick are retained by the
     Partnership.

     Section 2.3.  Delegation of Authority
     -------------------------------------

               Each of the Managing Partners is delegated the authority to
     cause or permit the Partnership to do any and all other things not
     specifically permitted in Section 2.2 as in his judgment shall be
     necessary or desirable for the benefit of the Partnership, with the
     prior written consent of at least three members of the Committee;
     provided the Partnership shall not without the unanimous prior written
     consent of the Partners engage in any business activity other than as
     set forth in Section 1.2.

     Section 2.4.  Permitted Transactions
     ------------------------------------

               (a)  Each of the Partners consents that any Partner and any
     Affiliate of any Partner may, directly or indirectly, engage in or
     possess an interest in any other present or future business venture of
     any nature or description for his or its own account,


                                       10

<PAGE>
     

     independently or with others, including, without limitation, any
     aspect of the securities or financing business; and neither the
     Partnership nor any Partner shall have any rights in or to such
     independent venture or the outcome or profit derived therefrom. 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the John W. Jordan II Revocable
     Trust, John W. Jordan II nor David W. Zalaznick shall, during the term
     hereof, engage in any activities of the nature set forth in Section
     1.2 except (i) for the account of and on behalf of the Partnership,
     the Jordan/Zalaznick Capital Company or any other partnership of which
     The John W. Jordan II Revocable Trust, David W. Zalaznick and
     Leucadia, Inc. are the sole general partners or (ii) as set forth in
     Exhibit A hereto.

               (b)  The fact that any employee, partner, officer or
     director of either a Partner or an Affiliate of a Partner, or that any
     Partner, Affiliate of a Partner or member of any individual Partner's
     family, is employed by, or is directly or indirectly interested in or
     connected with, or is, any person, firm or corporation employed by the
     Partnership to render or perform a service, or from or through whom
     the Partnership may make any sale or purchase, shall not prohibit the
     Partnership from engaging in any transaction with such person, firm or
     corporation, or create any duty of legal justification additional to
     that which would exist if such person, firm or corporation was not so
     related to the Partnership, and neither the Partnership


                                       11

<PAGE>
     

     nor any other Partner shall have any rights in or to any income or
     profit derived from such transaction by such Partner, person, firm or
     corporation.

               (c)  The Partnership is specifically authorized to utilize
     any Affiliate of a Partner, or any of the legal counsel, accountants
     and/or other experts or advisers heretofore or hereafter utilized by a
     Partner or any of his or its Affiliates, to provide services to the
     Partnership.  Each Managing Partner is specifically authorized to
     cause the Partnership to pay any such Affiliate, legal counsel,
     accountant and/or other expert or adviser a fee for any such services
     to the Partnership, provided that the Managing Partner, in good faith,
     determines that such fee is comparable to that which would be charged
     to customers not affiliated with a Partner for similar services.

               (d)  The retention by the Partnership of the services of any
     Affiliates of a Partner shall not constitute any such affiliate a co-
     partner or joint venturer with the Partnership, and the relationship
     of the Partnership to each such Affiliate shall at all times remain
     that of principal and independent contractor, respectively.

     Section 2.5.  Loans
     -------------------

               Any Partner may, but shall not be required to, make loans to
     the Partnership and in respect of such loans shall, to the extent
     permitted by applicable law, be treated as a creditor


                                       12

<PAGE>
     

     of the Partnership.  Such loans and interest thereon (at terms agreed
     upon by the lending Partner and at least three members of the
     Committee) shall constitute obligations of the Partnership.  Any such
     loans shall not increase such Partner's capital contribution or
     entitle him or it to any increase in his or its share of the profits
     of the Partnership nor subject him or it to any greater allocated
     portion of losses which he or it may sustain as provided herein.

     Section 2.6.  Exculpation
     -------------------------

               None of the Partners (including a Managing Partner) shall be
     liable, in damages or otherwise, to the Partnership or to any of the
     Partners, for any act or omission on his or its part, or any act or
     omission of any employee, agent or attorney-in-fact of the
     Partnership, except for the results of his or its own gross
     negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.  The Partnership shall
     indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Partner (including a Managing
     Partner) from and against any costs, expenses, damages, claims and
     personal liability including judgments, fines, amounts paid in
     settlement (with the consent of three members of the Committee) and
     related expenses (including fees and expenses of counsel) arising out
     of any claim or liability of any nature whatsoever in respect of the
     assets or business of the Partnership, except where attributable to
     the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the Partner


                                       13


<PAGE>
     

     (including a Managing Partner) and except to the extent
     indemnification is provided or is available from Clients.  The
     Partners (including a Managing Partner) shall be entitled to rely on
     the advice of counsel, public accountants or other experts, and any
     act or omission of any Partner (including a Managing Partner) in
     reliance in good faith on such advice shall in no event subject such
     Partner to liability to any other Partner or the Partnership.

     Section 2.7.  Partnership Liabilities in Excess
     -----------------------------------------------
                   of Partnership Assets
                   ---------------------

               Any liabilities or obligations of the Partnership shall
     first be paid or satisfied from the assets of the Partnership.  In the
     event and to the extent that the Partnership shall incur or suffer
     liabilities or obligations in excess of the assets of the Partnership,
     the Partners shall pay or repay to the Partnership amounts necessary
     to discharge or pay such liabilities or obligations in proportion to
     their respective percentages applicable at the time of incurrence or
     sufferance set forth in Section 5.1(a)(i); and provided further that,
     to the extent that any Partner repays or pays a greater amount than is
     provided for above in this Section 2.7, such Partner shall have a
     right of contribution from each other Partner to the extent that such
     other Partner has repaid or paid to the Partnership a lesser amount
     than as provided for above in this Section 2.7.

                                       14
<PAGE>
     

                                   ARTICLE III

                     CAPITAL ACCOUNTS; CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
                     ---------------------------------------

     Section 3.1.  Capital Accounts
     ------------------------------

               There shall be one class of capital account ("Capital
     Accounts") maintained on the books of the Partnership.  Separate
     Capital Accounts shall be maintained for each Partner for the
     Partner's respective capital contributions to the Partnership.  Each
     Capital Account for a Partner shall consist of (i) the Initial Capital
     Contribution with respect to such Capital Account, (ii) increased by
     (a) any Additional Capital Contributions to such Capital Account made
     by the Partner and (b) the Partner's share of income and gains
     allocated to such Capital Account and (iii) decreased by (a) any
     distributions made to the Partner with respect to such Capital Account
     and (b) the Partner's share of losses and deductions with respect to
     such Capital Account.

     Section 3.2.  Initial Capital Contributions
     -------------------------------------------

               The initial Capital Contributed in cash on behalf of each
     Partner with respect to each Capital Account (the "Initial Capital
     Contribution") was as follows:  The John W. Jordan II Revocable Trust
     - $1; David W. Zalaznick - $1; and Leucadia, Inc. - $75,000.


                                       15

<PAGE>
     

     Section 3.3.  Additional Capital Contributions
     ----------------------------------------------

               During the time of the Partnership, Leucadia, Inc. shall
     make additional cash contributions to the Partnership with respect to
     its Capital Account as follows:  (i) on each of January 2, 1990, April
     1, 1990, July 1, 1990 and October 1, 1990 - $625,000; (ii) on each of
     January 2, 1991, April 1, 1991, July 1, 1991 and October 1, 1991 -
     $687,500 and (iii) on each of January 2, 1992, April 1, 1992, July 1,
     1992 and October 1, 1992 - $750,000 and each such quarterly period
     thereafter.


     Section 3.4.  No Interest on or Withdrawal of Capital
     -----------------------------------------------------
                   Contributions
                   -------------

               No interest shall be paid to any Partner on his or its
     Capital Contributions to the Partnership.  No Partner shall be
     entitled to withdraw any of his or its Capital contributions to the
     Partnership, nor shall any Partner have any right to receive any funds
     or property of the Partnership, except as provided in this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                      ADMISSION AND WITHDRAWAL OF PARTNERS
                      ------------------------------------

     Section 4.1.  Withdrawal by Partner
     -----------------------------------

               Without the written consent of at least three members of the
     Committee, no Partner shall withdraw from the Partnership prior to its
     dissolution pursuant to subsection (a) of Section 5.4 hereof.

                                       16

<PAGE>

     Section 4.2.  Admission of Additional Partners
     ----------------------------------------------

               Except as provided in Section 4.3 hereof or as otherwise
     agreed to in writing by all Partners, no additional Partner shall be
     admitted to the Partnership.

     Section 4.3.  Sale of Partnership Interest; Substituted
     -------------------------------------------------------

                   Partner
                   -------

               Without the written consent of all members of the Committee,
     no Partner may sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or encumber
     all or any part of his interest (including a beneficial interest in
     the right to receive distributions and allocations of profit and loss)
     in the Partnership.

     Section 4.4.  Resignation, Removal, Termination,
     ------------------------------------------------
                   Bankruptcy, Death or Permanent Disability
                   -----------------------------------------
                   of a Managing Partner
                   ---------------------

               (a)  A Managing Partner shall be removed as Managing Partner
     by a writing signed by at least three members of the Committee.

               (b)  In the event of the resignation, removal, Bankruptcy,
     Termination, death or Permanent Disability of all Managing Partners,
     if at such time there is more than one Managing Partner, or, if there
     is only one Managing Partner at such time, in the event of such sole
     Managing Partner's resignation, removal, Bankruptcy, Termination,
     death or Permanent Disability, the Partnership shall dissolve;
     provided, however, that the Partners acting unanimously may appoint a
     successor Managing Partner(s) within 60 days of the resignation,
     removal,

                                       17

<PAGE>
     

     Bankruptcy, Termination, death or Permanent Disability of the Managing
     Partner(s) to continue the business of the Partnership.  For purposes
     of the appointment of a successor Managing Partner, a Managing Partner
     who has been removed or otherwise is no longer serving as such
     pursuant to (a) above shall be deemed to have appointed such successor
     as shall have been designated by the other Partners.

               (c)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
     herein, a Managing Partner who has resigned or been removed shall have
     the right to retain his interest in the Partnership, and the Legal
     Representative of such a Managing Partner shall succeed to the rights
     of the Managing Partner to receive allocations and distributions
     hereunder.  In the event that the Partners elect to continue the
     business of the Partnership in accordance with subsection (b) above
     following the Termination, death or Permanent Disability of the
     Managing Partner, the right of the Managing Partner (or his Legal
     Representative) to receive distributions pursuant to Section 5.1(a)
     shall be limited to, and shall terminate in full upon payment of, (i)
     Net Buy-Out Fees and Net Investment Banking Fees in respect of Buy-
     Outs completed on or before the date of Termination, death or
     Permanent Disability or for which a definitive agreement had been
     executed on or before such date and (ii) Net Consulting Fees (and
     directors fees) accrued to the date of Termination, death or Permanent
     Disability.


                                       18

<PAGE>
     

     Section 4.5.  Bankruptcy, Dissolution, Liquidation,
     ---------------------------------------------------
                   Termination, Death or Permanent Disability
                   ------------------------------------------
                   of a Partner
                   ------------

               (a)  In the event of the Bankruptcy, dissolution,
     liquidation, Termination, death or Permanent Disability of a Partner
     (other than an event dealt with under Section 4.4 hereof) (the
     "Withdrawing Partner"), the Partnership shall dissolve; provided,
     however, that the remaining Partners acting unanimously shall have the
     right, but not the obligation, to continue the business of the
     Partnership by notifying a Managing Partner within 60 days after the
     Bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation, Termination, death or Permanent
     Disability of the Withdrawing Partner.  In the event that the Partners
     so elect to continue the business of the Partnership, the Legal
     Representative of the Withdrawing Partner shall succeed to the rights
     of such Withdrawing Partner hereunder.

               (b)  In the event that the Partners elect to continue the
     business of the Partnership in accordance with subsection (a) above
     following the Termination, death or Permanent Disability of a Partner
     other than the Managing Partner, the right of the Withdrawing Partner
     to receive distributions pursuant to Section 5.1(a) shall be limited
     to, and shall terminate in full upon payment of, (i) Net Buy-Out Fees
     and Net Investment Banking Fees in respect of Buy-Outs completed on or
     before the date of Termination, death or Permanent Disability or for
     which a

                                       19
<PAGE>
     

     definitive agreement had been executed on or before such date and (ii)
     Net Consulting Fees (and directors fees) accrued to the date of
     Termination, death or Permanent Disability.

                                    ARTICLE V

                           DISTRIBUTIONS AND EXPENSES;
                  ALLOCATION OF PROFIT AND LOSS; OPPORTUNITIES;
                      DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION; RESERVES    
                  ---------------------------------------------

     Section 5.1.  Distributions
     ---------------------------

               (a)  A Managing Partner, upon the written consent of at
     least three members of the Committee, may cause the Partnership to
     make distributions to the Partners.  The amount of distributions to
     which each Partner shall be entitled shall be calculated by the
     Managing Partner based on fees received to date.  Specifically, the
     Managing Partner shall allocate fees to the Partners as follows:

                    (i)  Fees received by the Partnership in connection
               with effecting Buy-Outs ("Net Buy-Out Fees") shall be
               allocated as follows:

                         (A)  Fees earned prior to December 31, 1983 (plus
                    the David B. Lilly transaction) - The John W. Jordan II
                    Revocable Trust - 30%; David W. Zalaznick - 20%; and
                    Leucadia, Inc. - 50%.


                                       20
<PAGE>
     

                         (B)  Fees earned in calendar 1984 - The John W.
                    Jordan II Revocable Trust - 39%; David W. Zalaznick -
                    26%; and Leucadia, Inc. - 35%.

                         (C)  Fees earned in calendar 1985 - The John W.
                    Jordan II Revocable Trust - 35%; David W. Zalaznick -
                    35%; and Leucadia, Inc. - 30%.

                         (D)  Fees earned in calendar 1986 - The John W.
                    Jordan II Revocable Trust - 37.5%; David W. Zalaznick -
                    37.5%; and Leucadia, Inc. - 25%.

                         (E)  Fees earned in calendar 1987 and thereafter -
                    The John W. Jordan II Revocable Trust - 37.5%; David W.
                    Zalaznick - 37.5%; and Leucadia, Inc. - 25%.

                    (ii) Fees received from other investment banking
               services ("Net Investment Banking Fees") shall be allocated
               in the same manner as the Net Buy-Out Fees.

                   (iii) Fees received by the Partnership for consulting,
               management or financing services after Buy-Outs ("Net
               Consulting Fees") shall be allocated as follows:

                         (A)  Fees earned from companies involved in Buy-
                    Outs which closed prior to December 31, 1983 (plus the
                    David B. Lilly transaction) - The John

                                       21

<PAGE>
     

                    W. Jordan II Revocable Trust - 25%; David W. Zalaznick
                    - 25%; and Leucadia, Inc. - 50%.

                         (B)  Fees earned from companies involved in Buy-
                    Outs which closed in calendar 1984 (except David B.
                    Lilly) - The John W. Jordan II Revocable Trust - 32-1/2%;
                    David W. Zalaznick - 32-1/2%; and Leucadia, Inc.- 35%.

                         (C)  Fees earned from companies involved in Buy-
                    Outs which closed in calendar 1985 - The John W. Jordan
                    II Revocable Trust - 35%; David W. Zalaznick - 35%; and
                    Leucadia, Inc. - 30%.

                         (D)  Fees earned from companies involved in Buy-
                    Outs which closed in calendar 1986 - The John W. Jordan
                    II Revocable Trust - 37-1/2%; David W. Zalaznick - 37-1/2%;
                    and Leucadia, Inc. - 25%.

                         (E)  Fees earned from companies involved in Buy-
                    Outs which closed in calendar 1987 and thereafter - The
                    John W. Jordan II Revocable Trust - 37-1/2%; David W.
                    Zalaznick - 37-1/2%; and Leucadia, Inc. - 25%.

                    (iv)  Any directors fees earned from Clients shall
               belong to the individual directors and shall not be
               Partnership property.


                                       22

<PAGE>
     

               (b)  Any distributions pursuant to Section 5.1 shall be made
     in cash, unless a Managing Partner, with the written consent of at
     least three members of the Committee, shall determine to make all or
     any portion of such determinations in kind.

     Section 5.2.  Allocation of Net Profit and Net Loss
     ---------------------------------------------------

               For federal, state and local income tax purposes, the
     Partnership's income, gains, deductions and losses shall be allocated
     among the Partners as follows:

               (a)  For each fiscal year of the Partnership, the income and
     gains of the Partnership (other than Client reimbursement) shall be
     allocated among the parties in the same ratio as cash was distributed
     or would be distributable pursuant to Section 5.1(a) for the fiscal
     year.

               (b)  For each fiscal year of the Partnership, the deductions
     and losses (other than the expenses reimbursed by Clients) of the
     Partnership shall be allocated as follows:

                    (i)  first, to Leucadia, Inc. an amount of deductions
               and losses equal to, in respect of the Partnership's initial
               fiscal year, the sum of Leucadia, Inc.'s Initial Capital
               Contribution and Additional Capital Contributions pursuant
               to subsection (a) of Section 3.3 hereof to the Partnership
               for such fiscal year and, in respect of each fiscal year of
               the Partnership thereafter, the amount of Leucadia, Inc.'s



                                       23

<PAGE>
     

               Additional Capital Contributions pursuant to subsection (a)
               of Section 3.3 hereof to the Partnership for such fiscal
               year;

                    (ii)  then, to the Partners to the extent of income and
               gains of the Partnership for such fiscal year, in the same
               manner as income and gains are allocated for such fiscal
               year; and 

                   (iii)  then, to the Partners (including Leucadia, Inc.)
               in the ratio of any other Additional Capital Contributions
               pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof by Partners to the
               Partnership for such fiscal year of the Partnership.

     Section 5.3.  Client Opportunities
     ----------------------------------

               To the extent that the Partnership, in arranging Buy-Outs,
     becomes aware of opportunities to invest in Clients in connection with
     Buy-Outs, the Partnership shall make available such opportunities to
     the Partners i the percentages set forth in Section 5.01(a)(i).  If
     any Partner chooses not to so invest after being given 10 days to
     decide, the Partnership shall make the opportunity available to the
     Partners who choose to invest in the Client, each such opportunity to
     be made available to the Partners pro rata in accordance with the
     percentages set forth in Section 5.1(a)(i).  It is contemplated that
     the Partnership, in each case subject to the written approval of each
     of the


                                       24
<PAGE>
     

     Partners, shall make a portion of the opportunities of which it
     becomes aware available to persons other than Partners, and that the
     opportunities made available to the Partners in accordance with the
     two preceding sentences of this paragraph shall be net of the
     opportunities accepted by such other persons.

               It is acknowledged and agreed that Jordan/Zalaznick Advisors
     Inc./Mezzanine Capital & Income Trust 2001 PLC constituted the
     "Vehicle" referred to in the Second Restatement of the Articles and
     Agreement of General Partnership of the Partnership in which the
     opportunity was made available to the Partners in the following
     percentages:  The John W. Jordan II Revocable Trust - 45; David W.
     Zalaznick - 45%; and Leucadia, Inc. - 10%.

               Leucadia, Inc. shall be given the opportunity to name a
     director of each Client to the extent that such naming is within the
     control of the Partners or the Managing Partners.  The Committee shall
     meet at least once every three months to review the activities of the
     Managing Partner.  

     Sections 5.4.  Dissolution and Liquidation
     ------------------------------------------

               (a)  The Partnership shall be dissolved on the earliest to
     occur of the following:

                    (i)  the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or
               substantially all of the assets held by the Partnership;

                                       25

<PAGE>
     

                   (ii)  the removal, resignation, Bankruptcy, Termination,
               death or Permanent Disability of both of the Managing
               Partners, unless the Partners unanimously elect to continue
               the business of the Partnership, as provided for in
               Section 4.4(b) hereof;

                  (iii)  Upon the consent in writing of at least three
               members of the Committee;

                   (iv)  The Bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation,
               Termination, death or Permanent Disability of a Partner
               (other than that of both of the Managing Partners), unless
               the Partners unanimously elect to continue the business of
               the Partnership as provided for in Section 4.5 hereof;

                    (v)  On the last day of a calendar quarter upon at
               least 30 days' prior written notice to that effect given by
               The John W. Jordan II Revocable Trust or David Zalaznick, as
               a Managing Partner, which notice may only be given if such
               Managing Partner has raised a "Fund."  For this purpose, a
               "Fund" shall be an arrangement or arrangements pursuant to
               which such Managing Partner or his Affiliate shall have the
               right to direct the investment of at least $100 million of
               capital;



                                       26

<PAGE>
     

                   (vi)  On the last day of any calendar year upon at least
               90 days prior written notice to that effect is given by any
               Partner; or 

                  (vii)  December 31, 1999.

               (b)  Upon dissolution of the Partnership for any reason, the
     Partnership shall continue in existence for the purpose of winding up
     its affairs, and the property and business of the Partnership shall be
     liquidated (except as otherwise provided in subsection (d) of this
     Section 5.4) by a Managing Partner, or in the event of the
     unavailability of either of the Managing Partners, by such Partner or
     other person (the "Liquidating Agent") as shall be designated by
     Leucadia, Inc.

               (c)  As soon as practicable after the effective date of
     dissolution of the Partnership, the Partnership's assets shall be
     distributed in the following manner and order of priority:

                    (i)  claims of all creditors of the Partnership who are
               not Partners shall be paid and discharged;

                   (ii)  claims of all creditors of the Partnership who are
               Partners shall be paid and discharged;

                  (iii)  the remaining assets shall be distributed to the
               Partners in accordance with Section 5.1(a)(i).

               (d)  Whether any assets of the Partnership shall be
     liquidated through sale or shall be distributed in kind, shall be a
     matter for the discretion of the Managing Partner (or the


                                       27

<PAGE>
     

     Liquidating Agent) acting with the written consent of three members of
     the Committee; provided, however, that if distribution is made in
     kind, in whole or in part, to the extent practicable, amount of
     particular securities held by the Partnership shall be distributed pro
     rata in accordance with the applicable priorities set forth in
     subsections (c)(ii) and (iii) of this Section 5.4.  Upon dissolution
     of the Partnership the name "Jordan Company" shall belong to The John
     W. Jordan II Revocable Trust; provided, however, that in the event of
     the death or Permanent Disability of John W. Jordan II, such name
     shall belong to David W. Zalaznick (if he shall be alive).  

               (e)  Each of the Partners shall be furnished with a
     statement prepared by the Partnership's accountants which shall set
     forth the assets and liabilities of the Partnership as at the date of
     complete liquidation.  Upon compliance by a Managing Partner with the
     foregoing distribution plan, the Partners shall cease to be such, and
     a Managing Partner shall execute, acknowledge and cause to be filed a
     certificate of cancellation of the Partnership; however, a Managing
     Partner shall retain full authority to direct the disbursement and/or
     the distribution of the funds, if any, held pursuant to the provisions
     of this Agreement (including subsection (a) of Section 5.5), which
     funds shall be distributed in accordance with the priorities set forth
     in subsection (c) of this Section 5.4.



                                       28

<PAGE>
     

               (f)  No Partner shall be personally liable to any other
     Partner for the return of his or its Capital Contributions or any
     portion thereof; any such return shall be made solely from Partnership
     assets in accordance with the priorities established by this
     Agreement.

     Section 5.5.  Amounts Reserved
     ------------------------------

               (a)  If there is any pending transaction or claim by or
     against the Partnership as to which the interest or obligation of the
     Partnership therein cannot, in the judgment of a Managing Partner (or
     the Liquidating Agent), be then ascertained, then, notwithstanding any
     other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, (i) if such
     transaction or claim shall constitute an asset or potential asset of
     the Partnership, the value or potential value thereof as specified by
     a Managing Partner with the written consent of three members of the
     Committee, shall be added to the valuation of the assets of the
     Partnership for purposes of computing the distributions to be made
     pursuant to Section 5.1 and/or Section 5.4 hereof, or (ii) if such
     transaction or claim shall constitute a liability or potential
     liability of the Partnership, then an amount specified by a Managing
     Partner acting with the written consent of three members of the
     Committee as a reserve for any loss or probable loss therefrom shall
     be deducted from the valuation of assets of the Partnership for
     purposes of computing the distributions to be

                                       29
<PAGE>
     

     made pursuant to Section 5.1 and/or Section 5.4 hereof, whether or not
     such reserve is required to be established therefor for financial
     accounting purposes.

               (b)  Upon determination by a Managing Partner (or the
     Liquidating Agent) with the written consent of three members of the
     Committee that circumstances no longer require the retention of any
     sum or assets as provided in this Section 5.5, a Managing Partner (or
     the Liquidating Agent) shall, at the earliest practical time pay such
     sum or deliver such assets, without interest, in accordance with
     applicable priorities set forth in this Agreement.

     Section 5.6.  Special Arrangements
     ----------------------------------

               (a)  If the John W. Jordan II Revocable Trust or David W.
     Zalaznick, as a Managing Partner or any of their respective Affiliates
     raises a "Fund," then Leucadia, Inc. shall have a 10% interest in all
     profit participations received by such Managing Partner or his
     Affiliates from such Fund and a 10% interest in all Net Consulting
     Fees and Net Investment Banking Fees (collectively, "Net Fees")
     received by such Managing Partner or his Affiliates from transactions
     and/or investee companies of the Fund, but Leucadia, Inc. shall have
     no interest in any Management Fees received by such Managing Partner
     or his Affiliates from such Fund or in any profit participations, Net
     Fees or Management Fees received by such Managing Partner or his
     Affiliates from or

                                       30
<PAGE>
     

     in respect of any other fund raised by the Managing Partner or his
     Affiliates.  For example, if such Managing Partner or his Affiliates
     receives from such Fund a $500,000 asset management fee, $500,000 in
     Net Fees and $2,000,000 in profit participation, Leucadia, Inc. shall
     be entitled to no part of the asset management fee, $50,000 of the Net
     Fees ($500,000 x 10% = $50,000) and $200,000 of the profit
     participation ($2,000,000 x 10% = $200,000) received by the Managing
     Partner or his Affiliates from or in respect of the Fund.  Payments in
     respect of Leucadia, Inc.'s interest in such sums shall be made
     promptly upon receipt thereof by the Managing Partner or his
     Affiliates from or in respect of the Fund.

               (b)  If the Partnership is dissolved pursuant to Section
     5.04(a) because of any of the events enumerated therein, then, 

                    (i)  in addition to all other sums to which Leucadia,
               Inc. shall be entitled under this Agreement, Leucadia, Inc.
               shall be entitled to receive its pro rata partnership
               interest in all Net Buyout Fees and Net Investment Banking
               Fees received from Clients pursuant to definitive agreements
               entered into prior to the dissolution of the Partnership;
               and 

                   (ii)  for so long as either or both of The John W.
               Jordan II Revocable Trust and David W. Zalaznick or any

                                       31
<PAGE>
     

               Affiliate receive Net Consulting Fees from Clients
               (including Clients of the affiliated entities referred to in
               subparagraph (d) below) existing at the time of dissolution
               of the Partnership, Leucadia, Inc. shall be entitled to
               promptly receive from The John W. Jordan II Revocable Trust
               and David W. Zalaznick a percentage of Net Consulting Fees
               received from Clients.  The percentages to be received by
               Leucadia, Inc. are as follows:

                         (A)  Fees earned from companies involved in Buy-
                    Outs which closed prior to December 3, 1983 (plus the
                    David B. Lilly transaction) - 50% (See Exhibit I,
                    Schedule A);

                         (B)  Fees earned from companies involved in Buy-
                    Outs which closed in calendar year 1984 (except David
                    B. Lilly) - 35% (See Exhibit I, Schedule B);

                         (C)  Fees earned from companies involved in Buy-
                    Outs which closed in calendar year 1985 - 30% (See
                    Exhibit I - Schedule C);

                         (D)  Fees earned from companies involved in Buy-
                    Outs which closed in calendar year 1986 and all years
                    thereafter - 25% (See Exhibit I, Schedule D).


                                       32
<PAGE>
     

                    The foregoing percentages shall only be payable with
                    respect to that portion of Net Consulting Fees received
                    from each Client that exceeds $50,000 in any calendar
                    year. A Managing Partner shall cause Exhibit I, Schedule D 
                    to be updated annually as of December 31 of each year and
                    each such updated Exhibit I shall be incorporated
                    automatically as an exhibit to this Agreement.

               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
          with respect to Net Consulting Fees paid by JII, Leucadia, Inc.
          shall be entitled to receive (x) 16.975% of the first $1 million
          of Net Consulting Fees paid in any calendar year, and (y) for so
          long as Leucadia remains a shareholder of JII, 10% of all Net
          Consulting Fees paid in excess of $1 million in any calendar
          year.  The foregoing fees shall not be reduced by the $50,000
          amount referenced above.

               With respect to Jordan/Zalaznick Advisors, Inc. ("JZAI"), no
          provision of this Agreement shall affect Leucadia, Inc.'s right
          to receive 10% of the net income of JZAI for so long as JZAI
          remains in existence.  The foregoing payments shall not be
          reduced by the $50,000 amount referenced.

                                       33
<PAGE>
     

               (c)  It is expressly agreed by the Partners that all
     consulting fees paid to the Partnership by the companies listed on
     Exhibit I, Schedule E, shall be the exclusive property of The John W.
     Jordan II Revocable Trust and David W. Zalaznick.

               (d)  It is expressly acknowledged that all companies listed
     on Exhibit I, Schedules A,B,C & D are Clients of either the
     Partnership, JZCC or TJC Management Corp. ("TJM").  For purposes of
     this Agreement, JZCC and TJM shall each be deemed an Affiliated
     Entity.  In the event that the Partnership is dissolved pursuant to
     Section 5(a) hereof, all of The John W. Jordan II Revocable Trust's
     and David W. Zalaznick's obligations to make payments to Leucadia,
     Inc. pursuant to Section 5.06(b) hereof may be satisfied by any
     Affiliated Entity.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                         PARTNERSHIP COSTS AND EXPENSES
                         ------------------------------

     Section 6.1.  Compensation to Managing Partners
     -----------------------------------------------

               (a)  The Partnership shall pay, as a fee (the "Management
     Fee") for the services set forth in Section 2.1(a)(iii), the excess of
     the Additional Capital Contributions made by Leucadia, Inc. over the
     expenses of the Partnership (to the extent not reimbursed by Clients)
     to John W. Jordan II and David W. Zalaznick in such proportions as
     they may agree but not in excess of $625,000 per calendar quarter of
     1990, $687,500 per calendar quarter of 1991 and $750,000 per calendar
     quarter of


                                       34
<PAGE>
     

     1992 and thereafter.  The Management Fee will be treated by the
     Partnership as a deduction.  Any Managing Partner is authorized to
     make the payments set forth in this paragraph.

               The Managing Partners shall not receive any other
     compensation or fee for services hereunder, except as provided for in
     this Agreement.

               (b)  In 1991, the Partnership acquired a controlling
     interest in Fannie May Candy Company, a Chicago based candy
     manufacturer.  The Partnership will open a Chicago office to allow the
     John W. Jordan II Revocable Trust, as a Managing Partner, to monitor
     the Partnership's investment in Fannie May Candy Company as well as to
     more closely monitor its continuing investment in Jordan Industries,
     Inc., which is headquartered in Deerfield, Illinois, a Chicago suburb. 
     In order to manage the Partnership's increasing Chicago area business
     investments better, in 1991 Mr. Jordan relocated his permanent
     residence from New York to Illinois.  The Partnership's continued New
     York business interests, however, requires Mr. Jordan periodically to
     return to New York.  In recognition of the additional expenses
     incurred by Mr. Jordan on behalf of the Partnership in maintaining a
     New York place of abode for this purpose, and in order to facilitate
     Mr. Jordan's New York business trips, as compensation for the expenses
     Mr. Jordan incurs in continuing to maintain a New York place of abode
     for Partnership business


                                       35

<PAGE>
     

     purposes, it is hereby agreed that for purposes of Section 6.1(a)
     hereof, Messrs. Jordan and Zalaznick agree that the Partnership shall
     pay to Mr. Jordan the first $250,000 of the Management Fee per
     calendar year commencing in calendar 1992, with the balance of the
     Management Fee to be allocated as agreed upon by Messrs. Jordan and
     Zalaznick pursuant to Section 6.1(a).  The allocation of $250,000 of
     the Management Fee pursuant to this subsection 6.1(b) will be reviewed
     annually.

     Section 6.2.  Organizational Expenses
     -------------------------------------

               The Partnership shall pay all expenses, including any legal
     and accounting fees and disbursements, incurred in connection with the
     organization of the Partnership.

     Section 6.3.  Operating Expenses
     --------------------------------

               (a)  A Managing Partner may, in his sole discretion, as
     needed for the proper conduct of the Partnership business, incur
     telephone, telegraph, secretarial, bookkeeping, publication,
     consulting, accounting and legal expenses, and such other ordinary
     operating costs and expenses.

               (b)  Messrs. Jordan and Zalaznick shall be reimbursed for
     their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in
     discharging their functions and responsibilities hereunder.

               (c)  The expenses of the Partnership, including the
     management fee, shall be paid from the Additional Capital
     Contributions, to the extent thereof.


                                       36
<PAGE>
     

                                   ARTICLE VII

                               REPORT TO PARTNERS
                               ------------------

     Section 7.1.  Books of Account
     ------------------------------

               Appropriate books of account shall be kept at the principal
     place of business of the Partnership, and each Partner and its
     representatives shall have access to all books, records and accounts
     and the right to make copies thereof during regular business hours.

     Section 7.2.  Audit and Reports
     -------------------------------

               (a)  If requested by at least two members of the Committee,
     the books and records of the Partnership shall be audited as of the
     end of each fiscal year of the Partnership by a firm of independent
     accountants selected by three members of the Committee.  Within 90
     days after the end of each fiscal year, the Partnership shall furnish
     to each Partner a report setting forth as at the end of such fiscal
     year:

                    (i)  a balance sheet and income statement (for each
               such fiscal year) of the Partnership reported on by such
               accounting firm, if applicable;

                   (ii)  such Partner's Capital Account;

                  (iii)  the amount of such Partner's share in the
               Partnership's taxable income or loss for such year, in
               sufficient detail to enable him or it to prepare his or

                                       37
<PAGE>
     

               its applicable federal, state and other tax returns; and

                   (iv)  any other additional information which a Managing
               Partner shall deem necessary or appropriate.

               (b)  A Managing Partner shall prepare or cause to be
     prepared all applicable federal, state and local tax returns
     ("Returns") for each year for which such Returns are required to be
     filed.  With the approval of at least three members of the Committee,
     a Managing Partner shall also determine whether to make any applicable
     election, claim any available credit or adopt any other method or
     procedure relating to the preparation of the Returns, and shall have
     the power to take any and all action necessary or appropriate under
     applicable or relevant laws or regulations thereunder.  All tax
     elections and determinations so made by the Managing Partner shall be
     final and binding upon all Partners and their respective successors,
     assigns, heirs and Legal Representatives.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS
                                  -------------

     Section 8.1.  Binding Effect
     ----------------------------

               This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
     benefit of the successors, assigns, heirs and Legal Representatives of
     the respective Partners.


                                       38
<PAGE>

     Section 8.2.  Notices
     ---------------------    

               All notices hereunder shall be in writing and shall be
     deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered or mailed by
     registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt
     requested, to the Partnership, 9 West 57th Street, New York, New York
     10019, and to Leucadia at 315 Park Avenue South, New York, New York
     10010, or such other address of the Partnership as to which the
     Partners shall have been given notice, and to the Partners, at the
     respective addresses last made known to the Partnership.  A Partner
     may designate a new address by notice to that effect given to the
     Partnership.

     Section 8.3.  Counterparts
     --------------------------

               This Agreement may be executed in any number of
     counterparts, each of which shall be an original instrument and all of
     which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same
     Agreement.

     Section 8.4.  Completeness; Amendment
     -------------------------------------

               This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the
     parties hereto, and no provision hereof may be amended, waived or
     modified at any time except with the written consent of all Partners.

     Section 8.5.  Power of Attorney
     -------------------------------

               Each of the Partners hereby irrevocably constitutes and
     appoints each of the Managing Partners his or its true and lawful
     representative and attorney in fact, in his or its name, place



                                       39

<PAGE>
     

     and stead, to make, execute, acknowledge and file with the appropriate
     authority:

                    (i)  any certificate and other instruments which may be
               required to be filed by the Partnership under the laws of
               any jurisdiction or which such Managing Partner shall deem
               advisable, in his sole discretion, to file; and

                   (ii)  any certificate or other instruments which may be
               required to effectuate the dissolution and termination of
               the Partnership as provided for hereunder; it being
               expressly understood and intended by each of the Partners
               that such power of attorney shall be irrevocable and shall
               survive any assignment or attempted assignment of the whole
               or any part of the interest in the Partnership of a Partner
               and, in the event of a permitted assignment hereunder, shall
               be binding upon the assignee thereof.

     Section 8.6.  Section Headings
     ------------------------------

               The section headings contained in this Agreement are for
     convenience of reference only and shall not limit or define the text
     hereof.

     Section 8.7.  Governing Law
     ---------------------------

               This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
     accordance with the laws of New York.


                                       40
<PAGE>
     

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this
     Agreement as of the date first above written.


                              THE JOHN W. JORDAN II REVOCABLE TRUST


                              By: /s/ John W. Jordan II
                                 ---------------------------
                                 John W. Jordan II, Trustee


                                 /s/ David W. Zalaznick     
                                 ---------------------------
                                 DAVID W. ZALAZNICK


                              LEUCADIA, INC.


                              By: /s/ Joseph S. Steinberg     
                                 ---------------------------
                                 Joseph S. Steinberg,
                                 President








                                                             
                                                                           
         

                                         
                                          
                             REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                          
                           Dated as of February 28, 1997
                                      between
                                          
                           LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION
                                        and
                                          
                         THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON,
                              as Administrative Agent,
                                          
                             THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
                               as Syndication Agent,
                                          
                         BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
                                SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
                              as Documentation Agent,
                                          
                                        and
                                          
                       the BANKS listed on Schedule 1 hereto






<PAGE>
         
                                                                           
         
                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
         SECTION 1    DEFINITIONS
              
              1.1     Defined Terms...............................1
              1.2     Other Definitional Provisions..............11
              
         SECTION 2    REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
         
              2.1     Revolving Credit Commitment................11
              2.2     Notes......................................12
              2.3     Procedure for Credit Borrowing.............12
              2.4.    Interest Rate..............................14
              2.5.    Interest Rate Conversion Options...........14
              2.6.    Termination or Reduction of Commitment.....15
              2.7.    Prepayments................................15
              2.8.    Repayment of Loans.........................16

         SECTION 3    SWING LINE FACILITY
         
              3.1.    The Swing Line Loans.......................16
              3.2.    Notice of Borrowing........................16
              3.3.    Interest on Swing Line Loans...............17
              3.4.    Repayment of Swing Line Loans..............17
              3.5.    The Swing Line Note........................17

         SECTION 4    CERTAIN GENERAL PROVISIONS
         
              4.1.    Use of Proceeds............................18
              4.2.    Annual/Commitment Fees.....................18
              4.3.    Agents' Fees...............................18
              4.4.    Computation of Interest and Fees...........18
              4.5.    Inability to Determine Interest Rate.......19
              4.6.    Overdue Amounts; Interest Payments.........19
              4.7.    Payments...................................19
              4.8.    Foreign Taxes..............................20
              4.9.    Illegality.................................20
              4.10.   Additional Costs, Etc......................20
              4.11.   Indemnity..................................23

         SECTION 5    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
         
              5.1.    Financial Condition........................23
              5.2.    No Change..................................24
              5.3.    Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law...24
              5.4.    Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable 
                         Obligations.............................24
              5.5.    No Legal Bar...............................24
              5.6.    No Material Litigation.....................25
              5.7.    No Default.................................25
              5.8.    Ownership of Property; Liens...............25
              5.9.    No Burdensome Restrictions.................25
              5.10.   Taxes......................................25
              5.11.   Federal Regulations........................26
              5.12.   ERISA......................................26
              5.13.   Investment Company Act.....................26
              5.14.   Full Disclosure............................26
              5.15.   Certain Contingent Obligations.............26
              5.16.   Environmental Compliance...................27
              5.17    Nonrecourse Indebtedness...................27

         SECTION 6    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
         
              6.1.    Conditions of Initial Loan.................27

         
<PAGE>
         
                                                                           
         
              6.2.    Conditions to All Loans....................28

         SECTION 7    AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
         
              7.1.    Financial Statements.......................29
              7.2.    Certificates; Other Information............29
              7.3.    Payment of Obligations.....................30
              7.4.    Conduct of Business, and Maintenance 
                         of Existence ...........................30
              7.5.    Maintenance of Property, Insurance.........31
              7.6.    Inspection of Property; Books and Records; 
                         Discussions.............................31
              7.7.    Notices....................................31

         SECTION 8    NEGATIVE COVENANTS
         
              8.1.    Maintenance of Consolidated Tangible
                         Net Worth ..............................32
              8.2.    Debt Leverage Ratio........................33
              8.3.    Limitations on Liens.......................33
              8.4.    Prohibition of Fundamental Changes.........34
              8.5.    Investments................................34
              8.6.    Limitation on Contingent Obligations.......34
              8.7.    Limitation on Subsidiary Indebtedness......34

         SECTION 9    EVENTS OF DEFAULT..........................35

         SECTION 10   THE AGENTS

              10.1.   Authorization..............................37
              10.2.   Employees and Agents.......................38
              10.3.   No Liability...............................38
              10.4.   No Representations.........................38
              10.5.   Payments...................................38
              10.6.   Holders of Notes...........................39
              10.7.   Indemnity..................................39
              10.8.   Administrative Agent as Bank...............39
              10.9.   Resignation................................40
              10.10.  Notification of Defaults and Events of
                         Default.................................40

         SECTION 11   ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATION
         
              11.1.   Conditions to Assignment by Banks..........40
              11.2.   Certain Representations and Warranties; 
                         Limitations; Covenants..................41
              11.3.   Register...................................41
              11.4.   New Notes..................................42
              11.5.   Participations.............................42
              11.6.   Disclosure.................................43
              11.7.   Assignee or Participant Affiliated 
                         with the Company........................43


<PAGE>
         
                                                                           
         
              11.8.   Miscellaneous Assignment Provisions........43
              11.9.   Assignment by the Company..................43

         SECTION 12   MISCELLANEOUS

              12.1.   Consents, Amendments and Waivers...........43
              12.2.   Notices....................................44
              12.3.   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.............46
              12.4.   Survival of Representations and Warranties.46
              12.5.   Payment of Expenses........................46
              12.6.   Indemnification............................47
              12.7.   Successors and Assigns.....................47
              12.8.   Set-off....................................47
              12.9.   Termination................................48
              12.10.  Counterparts...............................49
              12.11.  Governing Law..............................49
         
         Schedules
              Schedule 1     List of Banks
              Schedule 4.1   Indebtedness To Be Repaid
              Schedule 5.16  Environmental Compliance
              Schedule 5.17  Nonrecourse Indebtedness
              Schedule 8.3   Permitted Liens
              
              
         Exhibits
              Exhibit A      Revolving Credit Note
              Exhibit B      Swing Line Note
              Exhibit C      Legal Opinion
              Exhibit D      Officer's Certificate
              Exhibit E      Assignment and Acceptance




<PAGE>
         
                                                                           
         
            
            
                             REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
            
                 This REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") 
            is entered into as of February 28, 1997 between 
            LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION, a New York corporation 
            (the "Company"), the lending institutions listed on 
            Schedule 1 attached hereto (the "Banks"), THE FIRST 
            NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON, as administrative agent for 
            itself and the other Banks (the "Administrative 
            Agent"), THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as syndication 
            agent for itself and the other Banks (the "Syndication 
            Agent") and BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS 
            ASSOCIATION, as documentation agent for itself and the 
            other Banks (the "Documentation Agent").
            
                 SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS
            
                 1.1  Defined Terms.  As used in this Agreement, the 
            following terms have the following meanings:
            
                 "Affiliate":  any Person that would be considered 
            to be an affiliate of the Company under Rule 144(a) of 
            the Rules and Regulations of the Securities and 
            Exchange Commission, as in effect on the date hereof, 
            if the Company were issuing securities.
            
                 "Administrative Agent":  The First National Bank of 
            Boston acting in the capacity of administrative agent 
            for the Banks, or any successor in such capacity.
            
                 "Agreement":  this Revolving Credit Agreement, as 
            it may be further amended, supplemented or modified 
            from time to time.
            
                 "Annual Fee":  as defined in Subsection 4.2.
            
                 "Assignment and Acceptance":  as defined in 
            Subsection 11.1.
            
                 "Available Commitment":  at a particular time, an 
            amount equal to the positive remainder of (a) the 
            aggregate amount of the Total Commitment at such time, 
            less (b) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all 
            Loans.
            
                 "Banking Subsidiaries":  (i) so long as they are 
            Subsidiaries of the Company, (x) American Investment 
            Bank, N.A., and (y) American Investment Financial and 
            (ii) any other Subsidiary of the Company taking Federal 
            Deposit Insurance Corporation (or other similar entity) 
            insured deposits.
            
                 "Banks":  at any time of reference thereto, those 
            lending institutions listed on Schedule 1 hereto 
            (including without limitation the Swing Line Bank 
            acting in such capacity) and any other Person who 
            becomes an Assignee of any rights and obligations of a 
            Bank pursuant to Section 11 hereof; and any one of the 

            
<PAGE>
            Banks individually, a "Bank".
            
                 "Base Rate":  the interest rate per annum equal to 
            the higher of (a) the rate of interest publicly 
            announced by the Administrative Agent at its head 
            office in Boston, Massachusetts from time to time as 
            its base rate (the base rate is not intended to be the 
            lowest rate of interest charged by The First National 
            Bank of Boston in connection with extensions of credit 
            to debtors), and (b) one-half of one percentage point 
            (0.5%) above the overnight Federal Funds Effective 
            Rate.  For the purposes of this definition, "Federal 
            Funds Effective Rate" shall mean, for any day, the 
            rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the 
            rates on overnight federal funds transactions with 
            members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by 
            federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, 
            if such day is not a Business Day for the next 
            preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of 
            New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any 
            day that is a Business Day, the average of the 
            quotations for such day on such transactions received 
            by the Administrative Agent from three funds brokers of 
            recognized standing selected by the Administrative 
            Agent.
            
                 "Base Rate Loans":  Loans hereunder at any time of 
            reference bearing interest at a rate based upon the 
            Base Rate.
            
                 "Borrowing Date":  any Business Day specified in a 
            notice pursuant to Subsections 2.3, 3.2 or 3.4 as a 
            date on which the Company requests (or is deemed to 
            have requested) the Banks to make Revolving Credit 
            Loans or the Swing Line Bank to make a Swing Line Loan 
            hereunder.
            
                 "Business Day":  any day on which banking 
            institutions in Boston, Massachusetts, are open for the 
            transaction of banking business and, in the case of 
            Eurodollar Loans, which is also a Eurodollar Business 
            Day.
            
                 "Code":  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as 
            amended and in effect from time to time.


<PAGE>
            
                 "Commitment":  with respect to each Bank, the 
            amount set forth herein as its commitment to make Loans 
            to the Company as such amount may be reduced from time 
            to time as provided herein.
            
                 "Commitment Fee":  as defined in Subsection 4.2.
            
                 "Commitment Percentage":  with respect to each 
            Bank, the percentage set forth beside its name in 
            Schedule 1 (subject to adjustment upon any assignment 
            permitted by Section 11 hereof) as such Bank's 
            percentage of the Total Commitment and such Bank's 
            interest in the aggregate amount of all Swing Line 
            Loans.
            
                 "Commitment Period":  the period from and including 
            the date hereof to, but not including, the Termination 
            Date or such earlier date as the Commitment shall 
            terminate as provided herein.
            
                 "Commonly Controlled Entity":  an entity, whether 
            or not incorporated, which is under common control with 
            the Company within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) 
            of the Code.
            
                 "Company":  Leucadia National Corporation, a New 
            York corporation.
            
                 "Consolidated" or "consolidated":  with reference 
            to any term defined herein, that term as applied to the 
            accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries, 
            consolidated in accordance with GAAP.
            
                 "Consolidated Intangibles":  at a particular date, 
            all assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, 
            determined on a consolidated basis at such date, that 
            would be classified as intangible assets in accordance 
            with GAAP, but in any event including, without 
            limitation, unamortized debt discount and expense, 
            unamortized organization and reorganization expense, 
            costs in excess of the net asset value of acquired 
            companies, patents, trade or service marks, franchises, 
            trade names, goodwill and deferred tax assets.  
            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in 


<PAGE>
            
            the preceding sentence, Consolidated Intangibles shall 
            not include deferred insurance policy acquisition costs 
            or the value of life insurance in force.
            
                 "Consolidated Net Worth":  as to any Person at a 
            particular date, all amounts which should be included 
            under shareholders' equity on a balance sheet of such 
            Person and its Subsidiaries determined on a 
            consolidated basis as at such date; provided that, in 
            calculating shareholders' equity, marketable securities 
            that have not suffered a decline in value (other than a 
            decline of a temporary nature) shall be reflected at 
            the amortized cost thereof and marketable securities 
            that have suffered a decline in value considered to be 
            other than temporary shall be reflected at the current 
            value thereof.  For purposes of this definition, the 
            recorded value of the Company's outstanding preferred 
            stock shall be included under shareholders' equity.
            
                 "Consolidated Tangible Net Worth":  at a particular 
            date, the excess, if any, of Consolidated Net Worth 
            over Consolidated Intangibles as at such date.
            
                 "Contingent Obligation":  as to any Person, any 
            reimbursement obligation of such Person in respect of 
            the face amount of all letters of credit for the 
            account of such Person and (without duplication) all 
            drafts thereunder (other than trade letters of credit 
            or interest or currency swap transactions entered into 
            in the ordinary course of business) and any obligation 
            of such Person guarantying or in effect guarantying any 
            Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations 
            ("primary obligations") of any other Person (the 
            "primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or 
            indirectly, including, without limitation, any 
            obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, 
            (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any 
            property constituting direct or indirect security 
            therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the 
            purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or 
            (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of 
            the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net 
            worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (c) to 
            purchase property, securities or services primarily for 
            the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary 


<PAGE>
            
            obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to 
            make payment of such primary obligation or (d) 
            otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of such 
            primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; 
            provided, however, that the term Contingent 
            Obligation shall not include (i) endorsements of 
            instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary 
            course of business, (ii) indemnities granted in the 
            ordinary course of business (including in connection 
            with dispositions by the Company and/or its 
            Subsidiaries), (iii) any insurance or reinsurance 
            obligation of any Subsidiary of the Company entered 
            into in the ordinary course of the insurance business 
            of such Subsidiary, (iv) any guaranty by a Subsidiary 
            of the Company of the obligation of another Subsidiary 
            (other than the Company, if the guarantied obligation 
            of the Subsidiary is reflected in the Company's 
            consolidated financial statements as a liability, (v) 
            any obligation (other than the guaranty by a Subsidiary 
            of an obligation of the Company) reflected as a 
            liability in the Company's consolidated financial 
            statements, including without limitation the Company's 
            obligations in respect of the $150,000,000 8.65% 
            Capital Trust Pass-through Securities issued by 
            Leucadia Capital Trust I, all of the common capital 
            securities of which are owned by the Company and (vi) 
            any Indebtedness.  The amount of any Contingent 
            Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the 
            stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation 
            in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made 
            or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum 
            reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as 
            determined by the Company in good faith.  For the 
            purposes of this definition, Contingent Obligations 
            shall not include (x) any guaranty or indemnification 
            undertaking given in connection with the return of the 
            assets of Colonial Penn Madison Insurance Company 
            ("Madison"), Commercial Loan Insurance Corporation 
            ("CLIC") and WMAC Credit Insurance Corporation ("WMAC 
            Credit"), or the assets of any other Insurance 
            Subsidiary under the jurisdiction of the Wisconsin 
            Insurance Commissioner (collectively, the "Returned 
            Companies") to the control of the Company or any of its 
            Subsidiaries, or (y) any contingent obligation arising 
            from the operations of such Returned Companies; 




<PAGE>
            
            provided, that, any such guaranty, indemnification, 
            undertaking or contingent obligation has recourse 
            solely to such Returned Companies and the operations of 
            such Returned Companies are kept separate and apart 
            from those of the Company and each of the Company's 
            other Subsidiaries.
            
                 "Contractual Obligation":  as to any Person, any 
            provision of any security issued by such Person or of 
            any agreement, instrument or undertaking to which such 
            Person is a party or by which it or any of its property 
            is bound.
            
                 "Default":  any of the events specified in Section 
            9, whether or not any requirement for the giving of 
            notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any other 
            condition, has been satisfied.
            
                 "Delinquent Bank":  any Bank that fails to make 
            available when due to the Administrative Agent its pro 
            rata share of any Loan, or fails to make available 
            when due to the Swing Line Bank its pro rata share of 
            any Swing Line Loan.
            
                 "Documentation Agent":  Bank of America National 
            Trust and Savings Association acting as documentation 
            agent for the Banks.
            
                 "Dollars or $:"  dollars in lawful currency of the 
            United States of America.
            
                 "Domestic Lending Office":  initially, the office 
            of each Bank; thereafter, such other office of such 
            Bank, if any, located within the United States that 
            will be making or maintaining Base Rate Loans.
            
                 "Eligible Assignee":  Any of (i) a commercial bank 
            organized under the laws of the United States, or any 
            State thereof or the District of Columbia, and having 
            total assets in excess of $1,000,000,000; (ii) a 
            savings and loan association or savings bank organized 
            under the laws of the United States, or any State 
            thereof or the District of Columbia, and having a net 
            worth of at least $500,000,000, calculated in 
            accordance with generally accepted accounting 



<PAGE>
            
            principles; (iii) a commercial bank organized under the 
            laws of any other country which is a member of the 
            Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development 
            (the "OECD"), or a political subdivision of any such 
            country, and having total assets in excess of 
            $1,000,000,000, provided that such bank is acting 
            through a branch or agency located in the country in 
            which it is organized or another country which is also 
            a member of the OECD; (iv) the central bank of any 
            country which is a member of the OECD; and (v) if, but 
            only if, any Event of Default has occurred and is 
            continuing, any other bank, insurance company, 
            commercial finance company or other financial 
            institution approved by the Administrative Agent, such 
            approval not to be unreasonably withheld.
            
                 "Entity":  any partnership, corporation, limited 
            liability company, business trust, joint stock company, 
            trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or 
            other business entity of whatever nature.
            
                 "Environmental Laws":  any judgment, decree, order, 
            law, license, rule or regulation of any Governmental 
            Authority pertaining to protection of the environment, 
            or any United States state or local statute, 
            regulation, ordinance, order or decree relating to 
            health, safety or the environment.
            
                 "ERISA":  the Employee Retirement Income Security 
            Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
            
                 "Eurodollar Business Day":  any day on which 
            commercial banks are open for international business 
            (including dealings in Dollar deposits) in London or 
            such other eurodollar interbank market as may be 
            selected by the Administrative Agent in its sole 
            discretion acting in good faith.
            
                 "Eurodollar Lending Office":  initially, the office 
            of each Bank; thereafter, such other office of such 
            Bank, if any, that shall be making or maintaining 
            Eurodollar Rate Loans.
            
                 "Eurodollar Loans":  Loans hereunder at any time of 
            reference bearing interest at a rate based upon the 


<PAGE>

            Eurodollar Rate.
            
                 "Eurodollar Rate":  with respect to each Interest 
            Period pertaining to Eurodollar Loans, the rate of 
            interest per annum (rounded upwards to the nearest 
            1/100 of one percent) determined by the Administrative 
            Agent to be equal to the quotient of (a) the rate at 
            which its Eurodollar Lending Office is offered Dollar 
            deposits two Eurodollar Business Days prior to the 
            beginning of such Interest Period pertaining to any 
            such Eurodollar Loan in the eurodollar interbank market 
            selected by the Administrative Agent in its sole 
            discretion in good faith at 10:00 a.m., Boston time, for 
            delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for 
            the number of days comprised therein and in an amount 
            equal to the amount of the Eurodollar Loan to be 
            outstanding during such Interest Period, divided by (b) 
            a number equal to l.00 minus the daily average of the 
            maximum rates in effect on each day of such Interest 
            Period (expressed as a decimal fraction) at which the 
            Banks subject thereto would be required to maintain 
            reserves under Regulation D of the Board of Governors 
            of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor or 
            similar regulations relating to such reserve 
            requirements) against "Eurocurrency Liabilities" (as 
            such term is used in Regulation D), if such liabilities 
            were outstanding.
            
                 "Event of Default":  any of the events specified in 
            Section 9, provided that any requirement for the giving 
            of notice or the lapse of time, or both, or any other 
            condition specified therein, has been satisfied.
            
                 "Foreign Recipient":  any Bank or Participant which 
            is a recipient of payments under Subsection 4.8 and 
            that is organized under a jurisdiction other than the 
            United States of America or a state thereof.
            
                 "Foreign Taxes":  as defined in Subsection 4.8.
            
                 "Funded Debt":  all Indebtedness of the Company and 
            its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in respect of 
            (i) Loans under this Agreement, and (ii) any other 
            Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Nonrecourse 
            Debt); provided that Funded Debt shall not be deemed to 

<PAGE>
            
            include customer deposits of Banking Subsidiaries.
            
                 "F&H Guaranty":  the Guaranty of the Company in the 
            form of Exhibit E to the Master Agreement dated as of 
            November 1989, by and among CX Partners, L.P., a 
            Delaware limited partnership, each of its Limited 
            Partners, including F&H Associates, C.V., a Netherlands 
            Antilles limited partnership ("F&H"), its Liquidating 
            Trustee, and the parties named therein, with respect to 
            the obligations of F&H under said Master Agreement.
            
                 "GAAP":  (i) When used in Section 8 means generally 
            accepted accounting principles that are consistent with 
            the accounting practices of the Company reflected in 
            its financial statements for the fiscal year ended on 
            December 31, 1995 referred to in Subsection 5.1, and 
            (ii) when used in general, other than in Section 8, 
            means generally accepted accounting principles that are 
            consistent with the principles promulgated or adopted 
            by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and its 
            predecessors, as in effect from time to time.
            
                 "Governmental Authority":  any nation or government 
            (other than Kazakstan, Kyrgyzstan, or Russia), any 
            state or other political subdivision thereof, and any 
            entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, 
            regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining 
            to such government.
            
                 "Hazardous Substances":  hazardous waste, 
            pollutants or contaminants, toxic substances, oil or 
            hazardous materials or other chemicals or substances 
            regulated by any Environmental Laws.
            
                 "Indebtedness":  as to any Person at a particular 
            time, all items which, in conformity with GAAP, would 
            be classified as liabilities on a balance sheet of such 
            Person as at such time and which constitute (a) 
            indebtedness for borrowed money or constituting the 
            deferred purchase price of assets or other property, 
            (b) obligations with respect to any conditional sale 
            agreement or title retention agreement, (c) 
            indebtedness arising under acceptance facilities and 
            all drafts drawn under all letters of credit issued for 
            the account of such Person, (d) all liabilities secured 
















            
<PAGE>
            
            by any Lien on any property owned by such Person even 
            though it has not assumed or otherwise become liable 
            for the payment thereof, (e) obligations under leases 
            which have been, or under GAAP are required to be, 
            capitalized, (f) obligations with respect to interest 
            payable and (g) any asserted withdrawal liability of 
            such Person or a Commonly Controlled Entity to a 
            Multiemployer Plan.
            
                 "Insurance Subsidiary":  Any Subsidiary of the 
            Company licensed as an insurance company.
            
                 "Interest Payment Date":  (a) as to any Base Rate 
            Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and 
            December and the Termination Date or such earlier date 
            as the Commitment shall terminate as provided herein, 
            and (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan in respect of which 
            the Interest Period is (i) three months or less, the 
            last day of such Interest Period and (ii) more than 
            three months, the date which is three months from the 
            first day of such Interest Period and in addition the 
            last day of such Interest Period.
            
                 "Interest Period":  (a) with respect to any 
            Eurodollar Loan, the period commencing on the Borrowing 
            Date with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending 
            one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected 
            by the Company in its notice of borrowing as provided 
            in Subsection 2.3; (b) with respect to any Base Rate 
            Loan, the period commencing on the Borrowing Date with 
            respect to such Base Rate Loan and ending on the 
            earlier to occur of the date of repayment or conversion 
            of such Base Rate Loan or the Termination Date; and (c) 
            with respect to any Swing Line Loan, the period 
            commencing on the Borrowing Date and ending on the 
            maturity date specified in the request therefor 
            pursuant to Subsection 3.2; provided, that, all of the 
            foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are 
            subject to the following:
            
                      (i)  if any Interest Period pertaining to a 
            Eurodollar Loan would otherwise end on a day which is 
            not a Eurodollar Business Day, that Interest Period 
            shall be extended to the next succeeding Eurodollar 
            Business Day unless the result of such extension would 


<PAGE>
            
            be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar 
            month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on 
            the immediately preceding Eurodollar Business Day;
            
                      (ii)  if any Interest Period pertaining to a 
            Base Rate Loan or Swing Line Loan would otherwise end 
            on a day which is not a Business Day, such Interest 
            Period shall be extended to the next succeeding 
            Business Day;
            
                      (iii)  any Interest Period pertaining to a 
            Eurodollar Loan that begins on the last Eurodollar 
            Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which 
            there is no numerically corresponding day in the 
            calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) 
            shall end on the last Eurodollar Business Day of a 
            calendar month; and
            
                      (iv)  any Interest Period that would otherwise 
            extend beyond the Termination Date shall end on the 
            Termination Date.
            
                 "Investments":  any advance, loan, extension of 
            credit or capital contribution to, or purchase of any 
            stocks, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities 
            of, or any other investment in, any Person.
            
                 "Lien":  any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, 
            assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien 
            (statutory or other), or preference, priority or other 
            security agreement or preferential arrangement of any 
            kind or nature whatsoever (including, without 
            limitation, any conditional sale or other title 
            retention agreement, and any financing lease having 
            substantially the same economic effect as any of the 
            foregoing).
            
                 "Loans":  the Revolving Credit Loans and the Swing 
            Line Loans; and any one of such Loans individually, a 
            "Loan".
            
                 "Majority Banks":  as of any date, the Banks 
            holding at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the 
            outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit 
            Notes on such date; and if no such principal is 


<PAGE>
            
            outstanding, the Banks whose aggregate Commitments 
            constitute at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the 
            Total Commitment.
            
                 "Market Price":  with reference to the Company's 
            Common Shares ("Common Share") for any Trading Day, the 
            last reported sale price of a Common Share as reported 
            on the New York Stock Exchange or on any principal 
            stock exchange on which the Common Shares are then 
            listed or admitted to trading or on the National 
            Association of Securities Dealers National Market 
            System, if quoted; or, if the Common Shares are not 
            then listed or admitted to trading on any national 
            securities exchange and there is no reported last sale 
            price or bid and asked prices available, the average of 
            the reported high-bid and low-asked prices on such day 
            as reported by a reputable quotation service or a 
            newspaper of general circulation in the Borough of 
            Manhattan, City and State of New York, customarily 
            published on each business day; or, in the absence of 
            one or more such quotations, the current market price 
            determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of 
            the Company on the basis of such quotations or factors 
            as it deems appropriate.
            
                 "Market Value":  with reference to the Company's 
            Common Shares, the average Market Price of such Common 
            Shares for the twenty Trading Days immediately 
            preceding the date of the sale, transfer of disposition 
            giving rise to the need to determine Market Value.
            
                 "Maximum Swing Line Loan Amount":  as defined in 
            Subsection 3.1.
            
                 "Multiemployer Plan":  a Plan which is a 
            multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of 
            ERISA.
            
                 "Nonrecourse Debt":  (x) Indebtedness of any 
            Subsidiary of the Company which is not guaranteed by, 
            is not secured by assets (other than assets of such 
            Subsidiary) of, and does not otherwise have recourse 
            to, the Company or its assets (other than assets of 
            such Subsidiary) and (y) Indebtedness of the Company 
            incurred to finance one or more assets of the Company, 
















            
<PAGE>
            
            which Indebtedness has recourse only to such asset or 
            assets for payment.
            
                 "Note Record":  the grid attached to a Revolving 
            Credit Note or the Swing Line Note, or the continuation 
            of such grid, or any other similar record, including 
            computer records, maintained by any Bank with respect 
            to any Loan referred to in such Note.
            
                 "Notes":  the Revolving Credit Notes and the Swing 
            Line Note; and any one of such Notes individually, a 
            "Note".
            
                 "Participant":  as defined in Subsection 11.5.
            
                 "PBGC":  the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation 
            established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of 
            ERISA.
            
                 "Permitted Distribution":  any distribution to the 
            Company's shareholders of equity shares of one or more 
            Subsidiaries, provided, that (i) the aggregate book 
            value of such Subsidiary or Subsidiaries, when added 
            together with the aggregate book value of all other 
            Subsidiaries with respect to which such a Permitted 
            Distribution has been effected from and after January 
            1, 1997, shall not exceed $150,000,000, and (ii) no 
            Default or Event of Default exists at the time of 
            declaration of such distribution or at the time of the 
            consummation thereof, either before or after giving 
            effect thereto.
            
                 "Permitted Liens":  as defined in Subsection 8.3.
            
                 "Permitted Voluntary Proceeding":  the commencement 
            by the Company of a voluntary case or proceeding under 
            Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law 
            for the relief of debtors with respect to any 
            Subsidiary if (i) the sum of the Company's total 
            investment at cost, after write-downs, in such 
            Subsidiary and the Company's Contingent Obligations in 
            respect of liabilities of such Subsidiary does not 
            exceed $90,000,000, and (ii) the commencement of such 
            case or proceeding does not create nor occasion any 
            violation or noncompliance with other provisions of 
















            
<PAGE>
            this Agreement.
            
                 "Person":  an individual, Entity or Governmental 
            Authority.
            
                 "Plan":  any pension plan which is covered by Title 
            IV of ERISA and in respect of which the Company or a 
            Commonly Controlled Entity is an "employer" as defined 
            in Section 3(5) of ERISA.
            
                 "Real Estate":  the real properties owned or leased 
            by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
            
                 "Recipient":  as defined in Subsection 12.9.
            
                 "Register":  as defined in Subsection 11.3.
            
                 "Reportable Event":  any of the events set forth in 
            Section 4043(b) of ERISA or the regulations thereunder.
            
                 "Requirements of Law":  as to any Person, the 
            Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws or other 
            organizational or governing documents of such Person, 
            and (other than with respect to Kazakstan, Kyrgyzstan 
            and Russia) any law, treaty, rule or regulation, or 
            determination of an arbitrator or a court or other 
            Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or 
            binding upon such Person or any of its property or to 
            which such Person or any of its property is subject.
            
                 "Responsible Officer":  the Chairman of the Board 
            of Directors, President, Treasurer or any Vice 
            President of the Company.
            
                 "Revolving Credit Loans":  as defined in Subsection 
            2.1.
            
                 "Revolving Credit Notes":  as defined in Subsection 
            2.2.
            
                 "Shareholders' Equity":  at any particular date, 
            the total shareholders' equity of the Company 
            (including without limitation equity in respect of the 
            Company's outstanding preferred stock, if any), 
            determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with 




<PAGE>
            
            GAAP; provided that, if any Nonrecourse Debt is 
            excluded from the computation of Funded Debt under 
            Subsection 8.2, then, for purposes of determining 
            Shareholders' Equity under Subsection 8.2, 
            Shareholders' Equity shall be reduced (x) by the 
            carrying value of the assets of the Company to which 
            such Nonrecourse Debt has recourse, to the extent of 
            such Nonrecourse Debt of the Company, and/or (y) by the 
            Company's equity investment in any Subsidiary having 
            such Nonrecourse Debt, to the extent of such 
            Subsidiary's Nonrecourse Debt.
            
                 "Single Employer Plan":  any Plan which is not a 
            Multiemployer Plan.
            
                 "Subsidiary":  as to any Person, any Entity which 
            is consolidated in such Person's consolidated financial 
            statements determined in accordance with GAAP as in 
            effect on December 31, 1995.
            
                 "Swing Line Bank":  The First National Bank of 
            Boston acting in such capacity under Section 3 hereof, 
            or any successor in such capacity.
            
                 "Swing Line Loan":  any loan made by the Swing Line 
            Bank pursuant to Section 3.
            
                 "Swing Line Loan Maturity Date":  as defined in 
            Subsection 3.2.
            
                 "Swing Line Note":  as defined in Subsection 3.5.
            
                 "Syndication Agent":  The Chase Manhattan Bank 
            acting in the capacity of syndication agent for the 
            Banks.
            
                 "Taxes":  as defined in Subsection 4.10.
            
                 "Terminating Event":  any of the events specified 
            in Subsection 12.9, whether or not any requirement for 
            the lapse of time, or any other condition, has been 
            satisfied.
            
                 "Termination Date":  February 28, 2002.
            
<PAGE>
            
                 "Total Commitment":  the aggregate amount of the 
            Commitments of the Banks to make Loans to the Company 
            as provided herein.
            
                 "Trading Day":  any day on which the principal 
            exchange or quotation system on which the Company's 
            Common Shares are listed or traded, is open for 
            trading.
            
                 "Type":  as to all or any portion of any Loan, its 
            nature as a Base Rate Loan or Eurodollar Loan.
            
                 "Voting Stock":  as to the Company, shares of stock 
            having ordinary voting power (other than stock having 
            such power only by reason of the happening of a 
            contingency).
            
                 1.2.  Other Definitional Provisions.
            
                      (a)  All terms defined in this Agreement shall 
            have the defined meanings when used in the Notes or any 
            certificate or other document made or delivered 
            pursuant hereto or thereto.
            
                      (b)  As used herein and in the Notes, and any 
            certificate or other document made or delivered 
            pursuant hereto, accounting terms relating to the 
            Company and its Subsidiaries not defined in Subsection 
            1.1, and accounting terms partly defined in Subsection 
            1.1 to the extent not defined, shall have the 
            respective meanings given to them under GAAP.
            
                      (c)  The words "hereof", "herein" and 
            "hereunder" and words of similar import when used in 
            this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole 
            and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, 
            and section, subsection, schedule and exhibit 
            references are to this Agreement unless otherwise 
            specified.
            
                 SECTION 2.  REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
            
                 2.1.  Revolving Credit Commitment.
            
                      (a)  Subject to the terms and conditions 


<PAGE>
            
            hereof, each of the Banks severally agrees to make 
            revolving credit loans (individually, a "Revolving 
            Credit Loan"; collectively the "Revolving Credit 
            Loans") to the Company from time to time during the 
            Commitment Period upon notice by the Company to the 
            Administrative Agent given in accordance with 
            Subsection 2.3 hereof, in an amount equal to such 
            Bank's Commitment Percentage of the aggregate principal 
            amount of Loans requested in the Company's notice.  The 
            respective amount of each Bank's Commitment and its 
            Commitment Percentage shall be as set forth in Schedule 
            1 attached hereto.
            
                      (b)  Notwithstanding any other provision of 
            this Agreement but subject to the following paragraph 
            (c) of this Subsection 2.1, at no time shall the sum of 
            (i) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving 
            Credit Loans outstanding (after giving effect to all 
            Loans requested), plus (ii) the aggregate principal 
            amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding exceed the 
            Total Commitment of the Banks then in effect.  The 
            principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans 
            outstanding from each Bank to the Company shall not at 
            any time exceed in the aggregate an amount (after 
            giving effect to all Loans requested) equal to such 
            Bank's Commitment Percentage times (i) the Total 
            Commitment minus (ii) the aggregate principal amount of 
            all Swing Line Loans outstanding.  Within the foregoing 
            limits, and subject to all of the other terms and 
            conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company may 
            borrow, prepay pursuant to Subsection 2.7 hereof, and 
            reborrow Revolving Credit Loans.
            
                      (c)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the 
            Banks agree to, on one or more occasions during the 
            Commitment Period, and regardless of whether the 
            conditions set forth in Section 6 are satisfied, make 
            Revolving Credit Loans to the Company solely for the 
            purposes of repaying Swing Line Loans pursuant to 
            Subsection 3.4 hereof.  Section 3 hereof shall govern 
            the Company's obligations with respect to Swing Line 
            Loans.  In the event that any advances of Revolving 
            Credit Loans pursuant to this Subsection 2.1(c) cause 
            the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Revolving 
            Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans outstanding to exceed 

<PAGE>
            
            the Total Commitment then in effect, the Company shall 
            immediately prepay such excess amount together with any 
            interest accrued thereon.
            
                      (d)  The Revolving Credit Loans may be 
            Eurodollar Loans or Base Rate Loans, or combinations 
            thereof, as determined by the Company and notified to 
            the Administrative Agent and the Banks in accordance 
            with Subsection 2.3; provided that no Eurodollar Loan 
            shall be made with an Interest Period extending beyond 
            the Termination Date.  Eurodollar Loans shall be made 
            and maintained by the Administrative Agent for the 
            accounts of the Banks at its Eurodollar Lending Office, 
            and Base Rate Loans shall be made and maintained by the 
            Administrative Agent for the accounts of the Banks at 
            its Domestic Lending Office.
            
                 2.2.  Notes.  The Revolving Credit Loans made 
            pursuant hereto are evidenced by separate promissory 
            notes of the Company, substantially in the form of 
            Exhibit A (together with any promissory notes in 
            substantially such form issued in substitution or 
            replacement therefor, the "Revolving Credit Notes" or, 
            in the singular, a "Revolving Credit Note"); one 
            Revolving Credit Note being payable to the order of 
            each Bank in a principal amount equal to such Bank's 
            Commitment and representing the obligation of the 
            Company to pay to such Bank the amount of the 
            Commitment or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal 
            amount of all Revolving Credit Loans made by such Bank 
            hereunder, plus accrued interest thereon, as set forth 
            below.  Each Bank is hereby authorized to record the 
            date and amount of its Revolving Credit Loan, the 
            maturity date thereof, the date and amount of each 
            repayment of principal thereof, and, in the case of 
            Eurodollar Loans, the interest rate with respect 
            thereto, on such Bank's Note Record.  The outstanding 
            amount of the Revolving Credit Loans set forth on such 
            Bank's Note Record shall be prima facie evidence of the 
            principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to such Bank, 
            but the failure to record, or any error in so 
            recording, any such amount on such Bank's Note Record 
            shall not limit or otherwise affect the actual amount 
            of the obligations of the Company hereunder or under 
            any Revolving Credit Note to make payments of principal 


<PAGE>
            
            of or interest on any Revolving Credit Note when due.
            
                 2.3.  Procedure for Revolving Credit Borrowing.
            
                      (a) The Company may borrow Revolving Credit 
            Loans under the Commitments during the Commitment 
            Period on any Eurodollar Business Day if the borrowing 
            is a Eurodollar Loan or on any Business Day if the 
            borrowing is a Base Rate Loan; provided, that, the 
            Company shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable 
            notice, which notice must be received by the 
            Administrative Agent (i) prior to 10:00 A.M., Boston 
            time two Eurodollar Business Days prior to the 
            requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Eurodollar 
            Loans, and (ii) prior to 12:00 noon Boston time on the 
            requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Base Rate 
            Loans, specifying (A) the amount to be borrowed, (B) 
            the requested Borrowing Date, (C) whether the borrowing 
            is to be a Eurodollar Loan or a Base Rate Loan, or a 
            combination thereof, and (D) the length of the Interest 
            Period for each Eurodollar Loan included in such 
            notice.  No more than ten (10) Eurodollar Loans with 
            different Interest Periods shall be outstanding at one 
            time.  Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the 
            Administrative Agent shall notify each of the Banks 
            thereof.  Each borrowing of Base Rate Loans pursuant to 
            the Commitments shall be in a minimum aggregate 
            principal amount equal to the lesser of (i) $1,000,000 
            and (ii) the Available Commitment, and shall be in an 
            integral multiple of $250,000 in excess thereof.  Each 
            borrowing of Eurodollar Loans pursuant to the 
            Commitments shall be in a minimum amount equal to 
            $4,000,000 and shall be in an integral multiple of 
            $500,000 in excess thereof.
            
                      (b)  Not later than 2:00 P.M. (Boston time) on 
            any requested Borrowing Date (including without 
            limitation pursuant to notice under Subsection 3.4 with 
            regard to the repayment of any Swing Line Loan), each 
            of the Banks will make available to the Administrative 
            Agent, at its head office, in immediately available 
            funds, the amount of the Revolving Credit Loan to be 
            loaned by it on such Borrowing Date.  Upon receipt from 
            each Bank of the amount of its Revolving Credit Loan, 
            the Administrative Agent will make the aggregate amount 

<PAGE>

            of such Revolving Credit Loans available to the 
            Company.  The failure or refusal of any Bank to make 
            available to the Administrative Agent at the aforesaid 
            time on any Borrowing Date the amount of the Revolving 
            Credit Loan to be made by such Bank shall not relieve 
            any other Bank from its several obligations hereunder 
            to make its respective Commitment Percentage of any 
            requested Loans.
            
                      (c)  The Administrative Agent may (unless 
            notified to the contrary by a Bank prior to a Borrowing 
            Date) assume that each Bank has made available to the 
            Administrative Agent on such Borrowing Date such Bank's 
            Commitment Percentage of the Revolving Credit Loans to 
            be made on such Borrowing Date, and the Administrative 
            Agent may (but it shall not be required to), in 
            reliance upon such assumption, make available to the 
            Company a corresponding amount.  If any Bank makes 
            available all or any portion of such amount to the 
            Administrative Agent on a date after such Borrowing 
            Date, then such Delinquent Bank shall pay to the 
            Administrative Agent on demand an amount equal to the 
            product of (i) the average computed for the period 
            referred to in clause (iii) below, of the weighted 
            average interest rate paid by the Administrative Agent 
            for federal funds acquired by the Administrative Agent 
            during each day included in such period, times (ii) the 
            amount equal to the lesser of such Bank's Commitment 
            Percentage of such borrowing or the portion thereof 
            made available after such Borrowing Date, times (iii) a 
            fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days 
            that elapse from and including such Borrowing Date to 
            the date on which such Bank's Commitment Percentage of 
            such borrowing shall become immediately available to 
            the Administrative Agent, and the denominator of which 
            is 360.  A statement of the Administrative Agent 
            submitted to any Bank with respect to any amounts owing 
            under this paragraph shall be prima facie evidence of 
            the amount due and owing.  If any portion of such 
            Bank's Commitment Percentage of such Loan is not in 
            fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such 
            Bank within three Business Days of such Borrowing Date, 
            the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover 
            such amount from the Company on demand, with interest 
            thereon at the rate per annum applicable to the Loans 

<PAGE>
            
            made on such Borrowing Date.
            
                      (d)  The provisions of Subsection 2.3(a) 
            notwithstanding, if the Company shall not have given a 
            timely notice of a borrowing to be made on the last day 
            of any Interest Period for an outstanding Eurodollar 
            Loan, then unless the Administrative Agent shall have 
            received notice that the Company elects not to make a 
            borrowing on such a day (such notice to have been 
            received at least one Business Day prior to such day) 
            the Company shall be deemed irrevocably to have 
            requested a Base Rate Loan to be made on such day in an 
            amount equal to the amount of such outstanding Loan 
            (reduced to the extent necessary to reflect any 
            reductions of the Total Commitment on or prior to such 
            day).
            
                      (e)  If the Administrative Agent, for the 
            account of a Bank, makes a new Revolving Credit Loan on 
            a day on which the Company is to repay all or any part 
            of any outstanding Revolving Credit Loan from such 
            Bank, such Bank shall apply the proceeds of its new 
            Loan to make such repayment, and only an amount equal 
            to the difference (if any) between the amount being 
            borrowed and the amount being repaid shall be made 
            available by such Bank to the Company or remitted by 
            the Company to such Bank as provided in Subsection 4.7, 
            as the case may be.
            
                 2.4.  Interest Rate. 
            
                      (a)  Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest, 
            for the period commencing on the Borrowing Date thereof 
            and ending on the last day of the Interest Period with 
            respect thereto, on the unpaid principal amount thereof 
            at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate 
            determined by the Administrative Agent for the Interest 
            Period therefor plus 0.625%.
            
                      (b)  Each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest 
            for the period commencing on the Borrowing Date thereof 
            on the unpaid principal amount thereof at a fluctuating 
            rate per annum equal to the Base Rate.
            
  

<PAGE>
            

            2.5. Interest Rate Conversion Options.
            
                      (a)  The Company may elect from time to time to 
            convert any outstanding Loan (other than a Swing Line 
            Loan) to a Loan of another Type, provided that (i) with 
            respect to any such conversion of a Eurodollar Loan to 
            a Base Rate Loan, the Company shall give the 
            Administrative Agent at least one (1) Business Day 
            prior written notice of such election; (ii) with 
            respect to any such conversion of a Base Rate Loan to a 
            Eurodollar Loan, the Company shall give the 
            Administrative Agent at least two (2) Eurodollar 
            Business Days' prior written notice of such election; 
            (iii) with respect to any such conversion of a 
            Eurodollar Loan into a Base Rate Loan, such conversion 
            shall only be made on the last day of the Interest 
            Period with respect thereto, and (iv) no Base Rate Loan 
            may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any 
            Default or Event of Default has occurred and is 
            continuing.  On the date on which such conversion is 
            being made each Bank shall take such action as is 
            necessary to transfer its portion of such Loans to its 
            Domestic Lending Office or its Eurodollar Lending 
            Office, as the case may be.  All or any part of 
            outstanding Revolving Credit Loans of any Type may be 
            converted into a Revolving Credit Loan of another Type 
            as provided herein, provided that any conversion shall 
            comply with the minimum aggregate principal amount 
            requirements set forth in Subsection 2.3(a).  Each 
            Conversion Request relating to the conversion of a Base 
            Rate Loan to a Eurodollar Loan shall be irrevocable by 
            the Company.
            
                      (b)  Any Revolving Credit Loan of any Type may 
            be continued as a Revolving Credit Loan of the same 
            Type upon the expiration of an Interest Period with 
            respect thereto by compliance by the Company with the 
            notice provisions contained in Subsection 2.5(a) 
            hereof; provided that no Eurodollar Loan may be 
            continued as such when any Default or Event of Default 
            has occurred and is continuing, but shall be 
            automatically converted to a Base Rate Loan on the last 
            day of the first Interest Period relating thereto 
            ending during the continuance of any Default or Event 
            of Default.  The Administrative Agent shall notify the 
            Banks promptly when any such automatic conversion 



<PAGE>
            
            contemplated by this Subsection 2.5(b) is scheduled to 
            occur.
            
                      (c)  Any conversion to or from Eurodollar Loans 
            shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such 
            elections so that, after giving effect thereto, the 
            aggregate principal amount of all Eurodollar Loans 
            having the same Interest Period shall not be less than 
            $4,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess 
            thereof.  No more than ten (10) Eurodollar Loans with 
            different Interest Periods shall be outstanding at one 
            time.
            
                 2.6.  Termination or Reduction of Commitment.  The 
            Company shall have the right, upon not less than five 
            (5) Business Days' notice to the Administrative Agent, 
            to terminate the Total Commitment or, from time to 
            time, reduce the amount of the Total Commitment, 
            provided, that, (i) each reduction (other than a 
            termination) shall be in a minimum amount of 
            $10,000,000 and in integral multiples of $5,000,000 in 
            excess thereof, (ii) no such reduction or termination 
            shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and 
            to any prepayments of the Loans made on the effective 
            date thereof, the then outstanding principal amount of 
            the Loans would exceed the amount of the Total 
            Commitment then in effect and (iii) each Bank's 
            Commitment shall be reduced proportionately.  
            Termination of the Commitments shall also terminate the 
            obligation of the Banks to make Loans.  The portions of 
            Commitments once terminated or reduced may not be 
            reinstated.
            
                 2.7.  Prepayments.  The Company may (i) at any time 
            and from time to time prepay the Base Rate Loans, in 
            whole or in part, without premium or penalty and (ii) 
            subject to payment of the amounts set forth in 
            Subsection 4.11, prepay the Eurodollar Loans, in either 
            case upon at least one Business Day's irrevocable 
            notice to the Administrative Agent, specifying the date 
            and amount of prepayment and whether the prepayment is 
            of Eurodollar Loans or Base Rate Loans, or a 
            combination thereof, and if of a combination thereof, 
            the amount of prepayment allocable to each.  If such 
            notice is given, the Administrative Agent shall 



<PAGE>
            
            thereupon transmit such notice to the Banks, the 
            Company shall make such prepayment to the 
            Administrative Agent for the accounts of the Banks, and 
            the prepayment amount specified in such notice shall be 
            due and payable on the date specified therein, together 
            with accrued interest to such date on the amount 
            prepaid.  Partial prepayments shall be in an amount 
            equal to $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof and may 
            only be made if, after giving effect thereto, 
            Subsection 2.6 shall not have been contravened, and 
            each partial prepayment shall be allocated among the 
            Banks, in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the 
            respective unpaid principal amount of each Bank's 
            Revolving Credit Note, with adjustments to the extent 
            practical to equalize any prior prepayments not exactly 
            in proportion.
            
                 2.8.  Repayment of Loans.  The Company will pay to 
            the Administrative Agent for the accounts of the Banks 
            the unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Credit 
            Loan made by the Banks on the last day of the Interest 
            Period therefor.
            
                 SECTION 3.  SWING LINE FACILITY
            
                 3.1.  The Swing Line Loans.  Subject to the terms 
            and conditions hereinafter set forth, upon notice by 
            the Company made to the Swing Line Bank in accordance 
            with Subsection 3.2 hereof, the Swing Line Bank agrees 
            to lend to the Company Swing Line Loans on any Business 
            Day during the Commitment Period in an aggregate 
            principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000 (the 
            "Maximum Swing Line Loan Amount").  Each Swing Line 
            Loan shall be in such minimum amount as determined by 
            the Swing Line Bank.  Notwithstanding any other 
            provisions of this Agreement and in addition to the 
            limit set forth above, (a) at no time shall the 
            aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Swing 
            Line Loans exceed the Total Commitment of the Banks 
            then in effect minus the aggregate principal amount of 
            all Revolving Credit Loans outstanding, provided 
            however that, subject to the limitations set forth in 
            this Subsection, from time to time the sum of the 
            aggregate outstanding Swing Line Loans plus all 
            outstanding Revolving Credit Loans made by the Swing 


<PAGE>
            
            Line Bank may exceed the Swing Line Bank's Commitment 
            then in effect.
            
                 3.2.  Notice of Borrowing.  When the Company 
            desires the Swing Line Bank to make a Swing Line Loan, 
            it shall send to the Administrative Agent and the Swing 
            Line Bank a Swing Line Loan request, which shall set 
            forth the principal amount of the proposed Swing Line 
            Loan and the date on which the proposed Swing Line Loan 
            would mature (the "Swing Line Loan Maturity Date") 
            which shall be not earlier than the first day after the 
            Borrowing Date nor later than the third day after the 
            Borrowing Date thereof, and in no event shall be later 
            than the last day of the Commitment Period.  Each such 
            Loan request must be received by the Swing Line Bank 
            not later than 3:00 p.m. (Boston time) on the date of 
            the proposed borrowing.  Each Swing Line Loan request 
            shall be irrevocable and binding on the Company and 
            shall obligate the Company to borrow the Swing Line 
            Loan from the Borrowing Date thereof.  Upon 
            satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in 
            this Agreement, on the proposed Borrowing Date the 
            Swing Line Bank shall make the Swing Line Loan 
            available to the Company by 5:00 p.m. (Boston time) on 
            the proposed Borrowing Date by crediting the amount of 
            the Swing Line Loan to the Company's account maintained 
            with the Administrative Agent at the Head Office; 
            provided that the Swing Line Bank shall not advance 
            any Swing Line Loans after it has received notice that 
            a Default or Event of Default has occurred and has not 
            been cured or waived in accordance with the provisions 
            of this Agreement.  The Swing Line Bank shall not be 
            obligated to make any Swing Line Loans at any time when 
            any Bank is a Delinquent Bank unless the Swing Line 
            Bank has entered into arrangements satisfactory to it 
            to eliminate the Swing Line Bank's risk with respect to 
            such Delinquent Bank, including by cash collateralizing 
            such Delinquent Bank's Commitment Percentage of the 
            outstanding Swing Line Loans and any such additional 
            Swing Line Loans to be made.
            
                 3.3.  Interest on Swing Line Loans.  Each Swing 
            Line Loan shall bear interest from the Borrowing Date 
            thereof until the Swing Line Loan Maturity Date thereof 
            at the rate quoted by the Administrative Agent in its 


<PAGE>
            
            sole discretion (which shall not be greater than the 
            then applicable Base Rate) at the time the request for 
            such Swing Line Loan is made.
            
                 3.4.  Repayment of Swing Line Loans.  The Company 
            shall repay each outstanding Swing Line Loan on the 
            Swing Line Loan Maturity Date.  Upon notice by the 
            Swing Line Bank on any Business Day, the Company shall 
            be deemed irrevocably to have requested, and each of 
            the Banks hereby agrees to make, a Revolving Credit 
            Loan bearing interest at the Base Rate to the Company 
            on the next succeeding Business Day following such 
            notice, in an amount equal to such Bank's Commitment 
            Percentage of the aggregate amount of all Swing Line 
            Loans outstanding.  The proceeds thereof shall be 
            applied directly to repay the Swing Line Bank for such 
            outstanding Swing Line Loans.  In the event that it is 
            impracticable for such Revolving Credit Loan to be made 
            for any reason on the date otherwise required above, 
            then each Bank hereby agrees that it shall forthwith 
            purchase (as of the date such Revolving Credit Loan 
            would have been made, but adjusted for any payments 
            received from the Company on or after such date and 
            prior to such purchase) from the Swing Line Bank, and 
            the Swing Line Bank shall sell to each Bank, such 
            participations in the Swing Line Loans (including all 
            accrued and unpaid interest thereon) outstanding as 
            shall be necessary to cause the Banks to share in such 
            Swing Line Loans pro rata based on their respective 
            Commitment Percentages by making available to the Swing 
            Line Bank an amount equal to such Bank's participation 
            in the Swing Line Loans; provided that all interest 
            payable on the Swing Line Loans shall be for the 
            account of the Swing Line Bank as a funding and 
            administrative fee until the date as of which the 
            respective participation is purchased.  The obligation 
            of each Bank to make such Revolving Credit Loan, or as 
            the case may be to purchase such participation in a 
            Swing Line Loan, upon one Business Day's notice as set 
            forth above, is absolute, unconditional and irrevocable 
            notwithstanding (i) that the amount of such Loan may 
            not comply with the applicable minimums set forth in 
            Subsection 2.3 hereof, (ii) the failure of the Company 
            to meet the conditions set forth in Section 6 hereof, 
            (iii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an 


<PAGE>
            
            Event of Default hereunder, (iv) the date of such 
            Revolving Credit Loan or participation, and (v) the 
            Commitment of the Swing Line Bank in effect at such 
            time. 
            
                 3.5.  The Swing Line Note.  The obligation of the 
            Company to repay the Swing Line Loans made pursuant to 
            this Agreement and to pay interest thereon as set forth 
            in this Agreement shall be evidenced by a promissory 
            note of the Company with appropriate insertions 
            substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto 
            (the "Swing Line Note"), of even date herewith and 
            payable to the order of the Swing Line Bank in a 
            principal amount stated to be the lesser of (i) the 
            Maximum Swing Line Loan Amount, or (ii) the aggregate 
            principal amount of Swing Line Loans at any time 
            advanced by the Swing Line Bank and outstanding 
            thereunder.  The Borrower irrevocably authorizes the 
            Swing Line Bank to make or cause to be made, at or 
            about the time of the Borrowing Date of any Swing Line 
            Loan or at the time of receipt of any payment of 
            principal on the Swing Line Note, an appropriate 
            notation on the Note Record reflecting the making of 
            such Swing Line Loan or (as the case may be) the 
            receipt of such payment.  The outstanding amount of the 
            Swing Line Loans set forth on such Note Record shall be 
            prima facie evidence of the principal amount thereof 
            owing and unpaid to the Swing Line Bank, but the 
            failure to record, or any error in so recording, any 
            such amount on such Note Record shall not limit or 
            otherwise affect the actual amount of the obligations 
            of the Company hereunder or under the Swing Line Note 
            to make payments of principal of or interest on the 
            Swing Line Note when due.
            
                 SECTION 4.  CERTAIN GENERAL PROVISIONS
            
                 4.1.  Use of Proceeds.  The Company shall use the 
            proceeds of the Loans to refinance existing senior 
            revolver and term debt set forth on Schedule 4.1 and 
            for general corporate purposes in the ordinary course 
            of its business. No part of the proceeds of any Loans 
            hereunder will be used (a) for "purchasing" or 
            "carrying" any "margin security" or "margin stock" 
            within the respective meanings of each of the quoted 


<PAGE>
            
            terms under Regulations U and X of the Board of 
            Governors of the Federal Reserve System as now and from 
            time to time hereafter in effect unless (i) the Company 
            shall have theretofore furnished to the Banks a 
            statement on Federal Reserve Form U-1 with respect to 
            such Loans or (ii) not more than 25% of the value of 
            the assets of either the Company or the Company and its 
            Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, respectively, is 
            represented by "margin stock" as so defined, or (b) for 
            any purpose which violates, or which would be 
            inconsistent with, the provisions of the Regulations of 
            the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
            
                 4.2.  Annual/Commitment Fees.  The Company agrees 
            to pay to the Administrative Agent for the accounts of 
            the Banks in accordance with their respective 
            Commitment Percentages:
            
                      (a) an annual fee (the "Annual Fee") computed 
            at the rate of 0.025% per annum on the amount of the 
            Total Commitment, and payable on the date hereof and on 
            each successive anniversary of the date hereof up to 
            but not including the Termination Date or such earlier 
            date as the Commitment shall terminate as provided 
            herein, and
            
                      (b) an unused commitment fee (the "Commitment 
            Fee") from and including the date hereof to the 
            Termination Date, computed at the rate of 0.375% per 
            annum on the average daily amount of the Available 
            Commitment during the period for which payment is made, 
            payable quarterly on the last day of each March, June, 
            September and December and on the Termination Date or 
            such earlier date as the Commitment shall terminate as 
            provided herein, commencing on the first of such dates 
            to occur after the date hereof.
            
                 4.3.  Agents' Fees.  The Company shall pay to each 
            of the Administrative Agent, Syndication Agent, and 
            Documentation Agent on the date hereof an agent's 
            closing fee for each agent's own respective account, 
            and shall pay to the Administrative Agent on the date 
            hereof and on each anniversary of such date, up to but 
            not including the Termination Date or such earlier date 
            as the Commitment shall terminate as provided herein, 


<PAGE>
            
            an administration fee for the Administrative Agent's 
            own account, all as set forth in a certain letter 
            agreement of even date herewith.
            
                 4.4.  Computation of Interest and Fees.  (a)  
            Interest in respect of Base Rate Loans shall be 
            calculated on the basis of a 365-day year for the 
            actual number of days elapsed (including the first day 
            but excluding the last day).  Commitment fees and 
            interest in respect of Eurodollar Loans and Swing Line 
            Loans shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day 
            year for the actual number of days elapsed.  The 
            Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable 
            notify the Company and the Banks of each determination 
            of a Eurodollar Rate.  Any change in the interest rate 
            on a Loan resulting from a change in the Base Rate 
            shall become effective as of the opening of business on 
            the day on which such change in the Base Rate is 
            announced.  The Administrative Agent shall as soon as 
            practicable notify the Company of the effective date 
            and the amount of each such change.  The outstanding 
            amount of the Loans as reflected on the Administrative 
            Agent's records from time to time shall be considered 
            correct and binding on the Company and the Banks unless 
            within five Business Days after receipt of any notice 
            by the Administrative Agent of such outstanding amount, 
            the Company or any of the Banks, as the case may be, 
            shall notify the Administrative Agent to the contrary.
            
                 (b)  Each determination of an interest rate by the 
            Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this 
            Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the 
            Company in the absence of manifest error.  The 
            Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the 
            Company, deliver to the Company a statement showing the 
            quotations used by the Administrative Agent in 
            determining any interest rate pursuant to Subsection 
            2.4(a).
            
                 4.5.  Inability to Determine Interest Rate.  In the 
            event that the Administrative Agent shall have 
            determined (which determination shall be conclusive and 
            binding upon the Company) that, by reason of 
            circumstances affecting the eurodollar interbank 
            markets, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for 

<PAGE>

            ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate applicable pursuant to 
            Subsection 2.4(a) for any requested Interest Period 
            with respect to a proposed Loan that the Company has 
            requested be made as a Eurodollar Loan, the 
            Administrative Agent shall forthwith give telex or 
            telecopy notice of such determination to the Company 
            and the Banks at least one day prior to the proposed 
            Borrowing Date for such Eurodollar Loan.  If such 
            notice is given, any requested Eurodollar Loan shall be 
            made as a Base Rate Loan.  Until such notice has been 
            withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no further 
            Eurodollar Loans may be requested by the Company.
            
                 4.6.  Overdue Amounts; Interest Payments.
            
                      (a)  Overdue principal of any Loan and (to the 
            extent permitted by law) overdue interest on the Loans 
            and all other overdue amounts payable hereunder shall, 
            without limiting any rights of the Administrative Agent 
            under Section 9, bear interest at a rate per annum 
            which is 2% above the Base Rate until paid in full 
            (after as well as before judgment).  
            
                      (b)  Interest on each Loan shall be payable in 
            arrears on each Interest Payment Date with respect 
            thereto and after the occurrence of any Event of 
            Default, shall be payable upon demand.
            
                 4.7.  Payments.  All payments (including 
            prepayments) to be made by the Company on account of 
            principal, interest and fees shall be made without set 
            off or counterclaim and shall be made to the 
            Administrative Agent for the accounts of the Banks at 
            the Administrative Agent's office set forth in 
            Subsection 12.2 in lawful money of the United States of 
            America and in immediately available funds.  If any 
            payment hereunder (other than payments on the 
            Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day 
            other than a Business Day, such payment shall be 
            extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with 
            respect to payments of principal, interest thereon 
            shall be payable at the Base Rate.  If any payment on a 
            Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other 
            than a Eurodollar Business Day, the maturity thereof 
            shall be extended to the next succeeding Eurodollar 


<PAGE>
            
            Business Day unless the result of such extension would 
            be to extend such payment into another calendar month 
            in which event such payment shall be made on the 
            immediately preceding Eurodollar Business Day.
            
                 4.8.  Foreign Taxes.  All payments made by the 
            Company under this Agreement shall be made free and 
            clear of, and without reduction for or on account of, 
            any present or future income, stamp or other taxes, 
            levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or 
            withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, levied, 
            collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental 
            Authority excluding income and franchise taxes of the 
            United States of America or any political subdivision 
            or taxing authority thereof or therein (including 
            Puerto Rico), and the country in which the 
            Administrative Agent's Eurodollar Lending Office is 
            located or any political subdivision or taxing 
            authority thereof or therein (such non-excluded taxes 
            being herein called "Foreign Taxes").  If any Foreign 
            Taxes are required to be withheld from any amounts 
            payable to the Banks hereunder or under the Notes, the 
            amounts so payable to the Banks shall be increased to 
            the extent necessary to yield to the Banks (after 
            payment of all Foreign Taxes) interest or any such 
            other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the 
            amounts specified in this Agreement and the Notes.  
            Whenever any Foreign Tax is payable by the Company, as 
            promptly as possible thereafter, the Company shall send 
            to the Administrative Agent a certified copy of an 
            original official receipt showing payment thereof.  If 
            the Company fails to pay any Foreign Taxes when due to 
            the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to 
            the Administrative Agent the required receipts or other 
            required documentary evidence, the Company shall 
            indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Banks for 
            any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may 
            become payable by the Banks as a result of any such 
            failure.
            
                 4.9.  Illegality.  Notwithstanding any other 
            provisions herein, (i) if any Requirement of Law 
            enacted after the date hereof, or (ii) if any change in 
            the interpretation or application of any Requirement of 
            Law as in effect on the date hereof, shall make it 

<PAGE>
            
            unlawful for the Banks to make or maintain Eurodollar 
            Loans as contemplated by this Agreement, (a) the 
            Commitment to make Eurodollar Loans shall forthwith be 
            cancelled and (b) the Loans then outstanding as 
            Eurodollar Loans, if any, shall be repaid on the last 
            day of the Interest Period therefor, or within such 
            earlier period as required by law, and reborrowed as 
            Base Rate Loans.  If any such prepayment of a 
            Eurodollar Loan is made on a day which is not the last 
            day of the Interest Period therefor, the Company shall 
            pay to the Administrative Agent for the accounts of the 
            Banks such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant 
            to Subsection 4.11.
            
                 4.10.  Additional Costs, Etc.
            
                 (a)  In the event that any Requirement of Law or 
            any change therein or in the interpretation or 
            application thereof or compliance by any Bank with any 
            request or directive (whether or not having the force 
            of law) from any central bank or other Governmental 
            Authority or any agency or instrumentality thereof:
            
                      (i)  does or shall subject any Bank to any tax 
            of any kind whatsoever other than taxes imposed on or 
            measured by the net income or any franchise taxes 
            imposed in lieu of a tax on or measured by net income 
            of such Bank or any Participant (such non-excluded 
            items being hereinafter referred to as "Taxes") with 
            respect to this Agreement, the Notes or any Loans made 
            hereunder, or changes the basis of taxation of payments 
            to such Bank of principal, Annual Fees, Commitment 
            Fees, interest or any other amount payable hereunder 
            (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall 
            net income of such Bank);
            
                      (ii) does or shall impose, modify or hold 
            applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory 
            loan or similar requirement against assets held by, or 
            deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, 
            advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or 
            any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such 
            Bank which are not otherwise included in the 
            determination of the Eurodollar Rate; or
            

<PAGE>
            
                      (iii)     does or shall impose on such Bank any 
            other condition;
            
            and the result of any of the foregoing is, in respect 
            of Eurodollar Loans, to increase the cost to such Bank 
            of making, renewing or maintaining Loans or extensions 
            of credit hereunder or to reduce any amount receivable 
            hereunder, then the Company shall promptly pay to the 
            Administrative Agent, for the account of such Bank, 
            upon demand, any additional amounts necessary to 
            compensate such Bank for such additional cost or 
            reduced amount receivable which such Bank deems to be 
            material as determined by such Bank with respect to 
            such Eurodollar Loans.  If such Bank becomes entitled 
            to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this 
            subsection, it shall promptly notify the Administrative 
            Agent which will promptly notify the Company of the 
            event by reason of which such Bank has become so 
            entitled.  A statement as to any additional amounts 
            payable pursuant to the foregoing sentence submitted by 
            the Administrative Agent to the Company shall be 
            conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  This 
            covenant shall survive the termination of this 
            Agreement and payment of the Notes.
            
                 (b)  If any change in, or the introduction, 
            adoption, effectiveness, interpretation, 
            reinterpretation or phase-in of, any law or regulation, 
            directive, guideline, decision or request (whether or 
            not having the force of law) of any court, central 
            bank, regulator or other Governmental Authority affects 
            or would affect the amount of capital required or 
            expected to be maintained by any Bank or any 
            corporation controlling any Bank, and such Bank 
            determines (in its sole and absolute discretion) that 
            the rate of return on such Bank's or such controlling 
            corporation's capital as a consequence of its 
            obligation hereunder is reduced to a level below that 
            which such Bank or such controlling corporation could 
            have achieved but for the occurrence of any such 
            circumstance, then, in any such case, upon the notice 
            from time to time by the Administrative Agent or such 
            Bank to the Company, the Company shall pay to the 
            Administrative Agent, for the account of such Bank, on 
            demand, any additional amount or amounts as may be 


<PAGE>
            
            sufficient to compensate such Bank or such controlling 
            corporation for such reduction in rate of return.  A 
            statement of the Administrative Agent or such Bank as 
            to any such additional amount or amounts (including 
            calculations thereof in reasonable detail) shall, in 
            the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and 
            binding on the Company.  In determining such amount or 
            amounts, such Bank may use any method of averaging and 
            attribution that it (in its sole and absolute 
            discretion) shall deem applicable.  This covenant shall 
            survive the termination of this Agreement and payment 
            of the Notes.
            
                 (c)  Any Foreign Recipient, no later than the date 
            of the initial Loan (or the date of assignment or 
            transfer, as the case may be) and, subject to clause 
            (e) below, annually (or at such other times as the 
            Company may reasonably request) thereafter, shall 
            timely deliver two accurate and complete signed 
            originals of either of Internal Revenue Forms 1001 or 
            4224 (or any successor of such form) to the Company (or 
            in the case of a Participant which holds a 
            participation interest which it acquired from any Bank, 
            to such Bank which shall provide copies thereof to the 
            Company), in either case, indicating that all payments 
            by the Company of principal of, and interest on, the 
            Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder to such 
            Foreign Recipient may be made free and clear of, and 
            without deduction for, any United States withholding 
            tax.  In addition, if required under statute, treaty, 
            regulation, or administrative practice of the United 
            States, the Foreign Recipient that is claiming 
            exemption from U.S. withholding tax under a treaty 
            agrees to provide the Company with proof of tax 
            residence in the applicable country by providing a 
            certified taxpayer identification number (TIN), a 
            certificate of residence or other documentary evidence.  
            The obligation to deliver forms set forth in the 
            preceding sentence shall not apply for any period 
            during which any change in law or circumstance shall 
            have eliminated any and all obligations imposed on the 
            Company to withhold or deduct United States withholding 
            tax in respect of payments made by the Company 
            hereunder; provided that the Foreign Recipient has 
            complied with all requirements, if any, imposed by 


<PAGE>
            
            statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice 
            of the United States necessary to eliminate such 
            obligation to withhold by the Company.
            
                 (d)  The Company shall not be required to pay any 
            additional amounts to a Foreign Recipient in respect of 
            United States withholding tax pursuant to Subsection 
            4.08 or this Subsection 4.10 if the obligation to pay 
            such additional amounts would not have arisen but for a 
            failure by such Foreign Recipient to comply with the 
            provisions of Subsection 4.10(c) for any reason 
            (including a change in circumstances that renders such 
            Foreign Recipient unable to so comply) other than (x) a 
            change in applicable law, regulation or official 
            interpretation thereof or (y) an amendment, 
            modification or revocation of any applicable tax treaty 
            or a change in official position regarding the 
            application or interpretation thereof, in each case 
            after the date hereof (and in the case of a 
            Participant, after the date of assignment or transfer).  
            In no event, however, will the Company be required to 
            pay additional amounts if any obligation to pay such 
            additional amounts would not have arisen but for the 
            failure of the Foreign Recipient to comply with any 
            requirement under a statute, treaty, regulations, or 
            administrative practice of the United States to 
            establish exemption from all or part of the tax in 
            respect of which the additional amount would otherwise 
            be paid.
            
                 (e)  If, solely as a result of an event described 
            in clause (x) or (y) of Subsection 4.10(d), after the 
            date hereof (or, in the case of a Participant, after 
            the date of assignment or transfer), (i) any Foreign 
            Recipient is unable to furnish the Company with a form 
            otherwise required to be delivered by it pursuant to 
            Subsection 4.10(c), or (ii) any Bank or any Foreign 
            Recipient makes any payment or becomes liable to make 
            any payment on account of any Taxes, other than a 
            United States withholding tax, with respect to payments 
            by the Company hereunder, the Company may, at its 
            option, either (x) prepay the Loans held by such Bank 
            (or such Foreign Recipient) or (y) continue to make 
            payments to the Administrative Agent on behalf of such 
            Bank or such Foreign Recipient under the terms of this 






<PAGE>
            Agreement and the Notes, which payments shall be made 
            in accordance with the provisions hereof if the 
            condition set forth in the next succeeding sentence is 
            satisfied.  If the Company exercises its option under 
            clause (y) of the preceding sentence, the Company's 
            obligation to make payments to the Administrative Agent 
            on behalf of such Bank (or such Foreign Recipient) 
            under the terms of this Agreement and the Notes without 
            deduction for Taxes shall be conditioned on such Bank 
            (or such Foreign Recipient), prior to the time that the 
            next payment under the Notes is due (and thereafter as 
            is required by applicable law), having furnished the 
            Company with such certificate as may be required, and 
            having taken such other steps as reasonably may be 
            available to it, under applicable tax laws and any 
            applicable tax treaty or convention to obtain an 
            exemption from, or reduction (to the lowest applicable 
            rate) of, such Taxes.
            
                 4.11.  Indemnity.  The Company agrees to indemnify 
            each Bank and to hold each Bank harmless from and 
            against any loss, cost or expense or loss of margin 
            that such Bank may sustain or incur as a consequence of 
            (i) default by the Company in payment of the principal 
            amount of or any interest on any Eurodollar Loans as 
            and when due and payable, including any such loss or 
            expense arising from interest or fees payable by such 
            Bank to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to 
            maintain its Eurodollar Loans, (ii) default by the 
            Company in making a borrowing or conversion after the 
            Company has given (or is deemed to have given) a notice 
            of borrowing or conversion in accordance with 
            Subsections 2.3 and 2.5 hereof, (iii) default by the 
            Company in making any prepayment of a Loan after the 
            Company has given a notice in accordance with 
            Subsection 2.7 hereof or (iv) the making of any payment 
            of a Eurodollar Loan (including, without limitation, 
            any prepayment made as a result of action taken under 
            Subsection 4.9 or as a result of the Administrative 
            Agent's exercise of rights under Section 9 hereof) on a 
            day that is not the last day of the applicable Interest 
            Period with respect thereto, or the making of any 
            payment on a Swing Line Loan on a day other than the 
            maturity date thereof, including (in the case of either 
            such Eurodollar Loan or Swing Line Loan payments) 



<PAGE>
            
            interest or fees payable by such Bank to lenders of 
            funds obtained by it in order to maintain any such 
            Loans.  This covenant shall survive termination of this 
            Agreement and payment of the Notes.
            
                 SECTION 5.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
            
                 To induce the Banks to enter into this Agreement 
            and to make the Loans herein provided for, the Company 
            hereby covenants, represents and warrants to the Banks 
            that:
            
                 5.1.  Financial Condition.  The consolidated 
            balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated 
            Subsidiaries as at December 31, 1995, and the related 
            consolidated statements of income, statements of 
            changes in shareholders equity and statements of cash 
            flows for the fiscal year ended on such date, certified 
            by Coopers & Lybrand, copies of which have heretofore 
            been furnished to the Banks, are complete and correct 
            and present fairly in accordance with GAAP the 
            consolidated financial condition of the Company and its 
            consolidated Subsidiaries as at such date, and the 
            consolidated results of their operations and changes in 
            cash flows for the fiscal year then ended.  All such 
            financial statements, including the related schedules 
            and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance 
            with GAAP applied consistently with the preceding year.
            
                 5.2.  No Change.  Except as set forth in the 
            filings of the Company with the Securities and Exchange 
            Commission prior to the date hereof, copies of which 
            have been delivered to the Banks, since December 31, 
            1995 there has been no material adverse change in the 
            business, operations, assets or financial or other 
            condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as 
            a whole.
            
                 5.3.  Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law.  
            Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries (a) is duly 
            organized, validly existing and in good standing under 
            the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, (b) 
            has the corporate power and authority and the legal 
            right to own and operate its property, to lease the 
            property it operates and to conduct the business in 



<PAGE>
            
            which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as 
            a foreign corporation and in good standing under the 
            laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or 
            operation of property or the conduct of its business 
            requires such qualification, except in those 
            jurisdictions in which the failure to be so qualified 
            or in good standing would not be reasonably likely to 
            have a material adverse effect upon the business, 
            operations or condition, financial or otherwise, of the 
            Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, and (d) 
            is in compliance with all Requirements of Law, except 
            (with reference to each of clauses (a), (b), (c) and 
            (d) above) to the extent that the failure to comply 
            therewith would not, in the aggregate, be reasonably 
            likely to have a material adverse effect on the 
            business, operations, property or financial or other 
            condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as 
            a whole, and would not be reasonably likely to have a 
            material adverse affect on the ability of the Company 
            to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the 
            Notes.
            
                 5.4.  Corporate Power; Authorization; Enforceable 
            Obligations.  The Company has the corporate power and 
            authority and the legal right to make, deliver and 
            perform this Agreement and the Notes and to borrow 
            hereunder and has taken all necessary corporate action 
            to authorize the borrowings on the terms and conditions 
            of this Agreement and the Notes and to authorize the 
            execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement 
            and the Notes.  No consent or authorization of, filing 
            with, or other act by or in respect of any Governmental 
            Authority, is required in connection with the 
            borrowings hereunder or with the execution, delivery, 
            performance, validity or enforceability of this 
            Agreement or the Notes.  This Agreement has been, and 
            the Notes will be, duly executed and delivered on 
            behalf of the Company and this Agreement constitutes, 
            and the Notes when executed and delivered will 
            constitute, legal, valid and binding obligations of the 
            Company enforceable against the Company in accordance 
            with their terms, except as enforceability may be 
            limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, 
            reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting 
            the enforcement of creditors' rights generally.



<PAGE>

                 5.5.  No Legal Bar.  The execution, delivery and 
            performance of this Agreement and the Notes, the 
            borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds 
            thereof, (a) will not violate any Requirement of Law, 
            (b) will not violate any Contractual Obligation of the 
            Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and (c) will not 
            result in, or require, the creation or imposition of 
            any Lien on any of its or their respective properties 
            or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law or 
            Contractual Obligation, except in the case of clauses 
            (b) and (c) any contractual violations and/or Liens 
            which in the aggregate would not be reasonably likely 
            to have  a material adverse effect on the business, 
            operations, property or financial or other condition of 
            the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole and 
            would not be reasonably likely to have a material 
            adverse affect on the ability of the Company to perform 
            its obligations under this Agreement and the Notes.
            
                 5.6.  No Material Litigation.  Except as set forth 
            in the filings of the Company with the Securities and 
            Exchange Commission, copies of which have been 
            delivered to the Banks, no litigation, investigation or 
            proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental 
            Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of the 
            Company, threatened by or against the Company or any of 
            its Subsidiaries or against any of its or their 
            respective properties or revenues (a) with respect to 
            this Agreement or the Notes or any of the transactions 
            contemplated hereby, or (b) which would be reasonably 
            likely to result in any material adverse change in the 
            business, operations, property or financial or other 
            condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as 
            a whole.
            
                 5.7.  No Default.  Neither the Company nor any of 
            its Subsidiaries is in default under or with respect to 
            any Contractual Obligation in any respect which would 
            be reasonably likely to be materially adverse to the 
            business, operations, property or financial or other 
            condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as 
            a whole, or which would be reasonably likely to 
            materially adversely affect the ability of the Company 
            to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the 

<PAGE>
            
            Notes.  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and 
            is continuing.
            
                 5.8.  Ownership of Property; Liens.  Each of the 
            Company and its Subsidiaries (a) has good record and 
            marketable title in fee simple to or valid leasehold 
            interests in all its real property, and good title to 
            all its other property (except that such representation 
            is not made for any such property with a book value of 
            $1,000,000 or less provided that the aggregate book 
            value of such property for which such representation is 
            not made shall not exceed $10,000,000), and (b) none of 
            such property is subject to any Lien, except as 
            permitted in Subsection 8.3, except (with reference to 
            clauses (a) and (b)) any defects in title or Liens 
            which in the aggregate would not be reasonably likely 
            to have a material adverse effect on the business, 
            operations, property or financial or other condition of 
            the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole and 
            would not be reasonably likely to have a material 
            adverse affect on the ability of the Company to perform 
            its obligations under this Agreement and the Notes.
            
                 5.9.  No Burdensome Restrictions.  No Contractual 
            Obligation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries 
            and no Requirement of Law materially adversely affects, 
            or insofar as the Company may reasonably foresee may so 
            affect, the business, operations, property or financial 
            or other condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries 
            taken as a whole.
            
                 5.10.  Taxes.  Each of the Company and its 
            Subsidiaries has filed or caused to be filed all tax 
            returns which to the knowledge of the Company are 
            required to be filed, and has paid all taxes shown to 
            be due and payable on said returns or on any 
            assessments made against it or any of its property and 
            all other taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or 
            any of its property by any Governmental Authority 
            (other than (i) those the amount or validity of which 
            is currently being contested in good faith by 
            appropriate proceedings and with respect to which 
            reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on 
            the books of the Company or its Subsidiaries, as the 
            case may be or (ii) those which if not paid would not, 


<PAGE>
            
            either individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably 
            likely to have a material adverse effect upon the 
            business, operations, property or financial or other 
            condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as 
            a whole); and no tax liens have been filed (other than 
            those which, if foreclosed, would not, either 
            individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably likely 
            to have a material adverse effect upon the business, 
            operations, property or financial or other condition of 
            the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole) and, 
            to the knowledge of the Company, no claims are being 
            asserted with respect to any such taxes, fees or other 
            charges.
            
                 5.11.  Federal Regulations.  Neither the Company 
            nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged or will engage, 
            principally or as one of its important activities, in 
            the business of extending credit for the purpose of 
            "purchasing" or "carrying" any "margin stock" within 
            the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms 
            under Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of 
            the Federal Reserve System as now and from time to time 
            hereafter in effect.  No part of the proceeds of any 
            Loans hereunder will be used (a) for "purchasing" or 
            "carrying" "margin stock" as so defined unless (i) the 
            Company shall have theretofore furnished to the Banks a 
            statement on Federal Reserve Form U-1 with respect to 
            such Loans or (ii) not more than 25% of the value of 
            the assets of either the Company or the Company and its 
            Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, respectively is 
            represented by "margin stock" as so defined, or (b) for 
            any purpose which violates, or which would be 
            inconsistent with, the provisions of the Regulations of 
            such Board of Governors.
            
                 5.12.  ERISA.  As of January 1, 1996 the actuarially 
            determined aggregate amount of unfunded vested benefits 
            under the Plans administered by the Company and its 
            Subsidiaries was less than $1,000,000.  The Company and 
            its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable 
            provisions of ERISA except for any noncompliance which, 
            either individually or in the aggregate with all other 
            instances of such noncompliance, would not be 
            reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect 
            upon the business, operations or condition, financial 


<PAGE>
            
            or otherwise, of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken 
            as a whole.
            
                 5.13.  Investment Company Act.  The Company is not 
            an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an 
            "investment company", within the meaning of the 
            Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
            
                 5.14.  Full Disclosure.  Neither this Agreement nor 
            any other certificate, report, statement or other 
            writing furnished to the Administrative Agent or the 
            Banks by the Company in connection with the negotiation 
            of this Agreement, at the time of execution or 
            delivery, contained any untrue fact or omits to state a 
            material fact necessary to make the statements 
            contained herein or therein, in light of the 
            circumstances under which they were made, not 
            misleading.
            
                 5.15.  Certain Contingent Obligations.  As of 
            September 30, 1996, each of Madison, CLIC and WMAC 
            Credit has assets in excess of its liabilities.  The 
            guaranties or indemnification undertakings given by 
            Madison, CLIC and/or WMAC Credit referenced in the 
            definition of Contingent Obligation are obligations of 
            Madison, CLIC or WMAC Credit, as the case may be, 
            without recourse to the Company.  
            
                 5.16.  Environmental Compliance.  With respect to 
            the Real Estate and operations thereon by the Company 
            or its Subsidiaries, and except as set forth on 
            Schedule 5.16, to the knowledge of the Company:
            
                      (a)  none of the Company, its Subsidiaries or 
            any operator of the Real Estate which is a Subsidiary, 
            has received any written notice from any Governmental 
            Authority of any actual or alleged violation of any 
            Environmental Laws which has not heretofore been 
            resolved, which violation would be reasonably likely to 
            have a material adverse effect on the business, assets 
            or financial condition of the Company and its 
            Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
            
                      (b)  neither the Company nor any of its 
            Subsidiaries has received any written notice from any 

<PAGE>
            
            Governmental Authority or other third party (i) that 
            any one of them is currently identified by the United 
            States Environmental Protection Agency as a potentially 
            responsible party under the Comprehensive Environmental 
            Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as 
            amended, with respect to a site listed on the National 
            Priorities List, 40 C.F.R. Part 300 Appendix B, or that 
            any of them is currently identified as a potentially 
            responsible party for environmental damage under any 
            state or local Environmental Laws; (ii) that any 
            Hazardous Substances which any one of them has 
            generated, transported or disposed of has been found at 
            any site at which a federal, state or local 
            governmental agency has conducted or has ordered that 
            the Company or any of its Subsidiaries conduct a 
            remedial investigation, removal or other response 
            action pursuant to any Environmental Law and which has 
            not heretofore been resolved or from which the Company 
            or its Subsidiaries have not heretofore been dismissed; 
            or (iii) that it is currently a named party to any 
            claim, action, cause of action, complaint, or legal or 
            administrative proceeding (in each case, contingent or 
            otherwise) arising out of any third party's incurrence 
            of costs, expenses, losses or damages of any kind 
            whatsoever in connection with the release of Hazardous 
            Substances and which would be reasonably likely to have 
            a material adverse effect on the business, assets or 
            financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries 
            taken as a whole; and
            
                      (c)  in the conduct of its business by the 
            Company and its Subsidiaries, the Company or its 
            Subsidiaries have exercised reasonable diligence in 
            taking appropriate measures so that no Hazardous 
            Substances are generated, stored, used or disposed of 
            except in material compliance with applicable 
            Environmental Laws.
            
                 5.17.  Nonrecourse Indebtedness.  Schedule 5.17 
            sets forth, as of September 30, 1996, the aggregate 
            outstanding amount on a consolidated basis of the 
            Nonrecourse Debt.
            

            
<PAGE>
            SECTION 6. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

                 6.1.  Conditions of Initial Loan.  The obligation 
            of the Banks to make Loans hereunder on the first 
            Borrowing Date is subject to the satisfaction of the 
            following conditions precedent:
            
                      (a)  Loan Documents.  This Agreement shall have 
            been duly executed and delivered to the Administrative 
            Agent by the respective parties and shall be in full 
            force and effect.  The Administrative Agent shall have 
            received each of the Notes, conforming to the 
            requirements hereof and executed by a duly authorized 
            officer of the Company.
            
                      (b)  Legal Opinion.  The Banks shall have 
            received an opinion addressed to the Administrative 
            Agent and the Banks of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, 
            counsel to the Company, dated the first Borrowing Date, 
            substantially in the form of Exhibit C.  Such opinion 
            shall also cover such other matters incident to the 
            transactions contemplated by this Agreement as the 
            Administrative Agent shall reasonably require.
            
                      (c)  Payment of Existing Notes, Etc.  The 
            Administrative Agent shall have received evidence in 
            form and substance satisfactory to it that the 
            principal of and interest on the notes and all other 
            obligations and liabilities of the Company under the 
            credit agreements listed on Schedule 4.1 shall have 
            been paid in full or discharged; and each of the Banks 
            holding notes of the Company evidencing Indebtedness to 
            be paid off listed on Schedule 4.1 shall have returned 
            such notes to the Company or other arrangements 
            satisfactory to the Company have been made with respect 
            thereto.
            
                      (d)  Officer's Certificate.  The Administrative 
            Agent shall have received an Officer's Certificate 
            dated the first Borrowing Date, substantially in the 
            form of Exhibit D, with appropriate insertions and 
            attachments satisfactory to the Administrative Agent 
            and its counsel, executed by the Secretary or Assistant 
            Secretary of the Company.
            
                      (e)  Additional Matters.  All other documents 
            and legal matters in connection with the transactions 

<PAGE>
            
            contemplated by this Agreement shall be satisfactory in 
            form and substance to the Administrative Agent and its 
            counsel.
            
                 6.2.  Conditions to All Loans.  The obligation of 
            the Banks to make any Loans to be made by them 
            hereunder (including the initial Loans) is subject to 
            the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent 
            on the relevant Borrowing Date:
            
                      (a)  Representations and Warranties.  The 
            representations and warranties contained in Section 5 
            shall be correct on and as of the Borrowing Date for 
            such Loan with the same effect as if made on and as of 
            such date.
            
                      (b)  No Existing Default.  No Default, Event of 
            Default or Terminating Event shall have occurred and be 
            continuing hereunder on the Borrowing Date with respect 
            to such Loan or after giving effect to the Loans to be 
            made on such Borrowing Date.
            
                 Each borrowing by the Company hereunder shall 
            constitute a representation and warranty by the Company 
            hereunder as of the date of each such borrowing that 
            the conditions in clauses (a) and (b) of this 
            Subsection applicable thereto have been satisfied.
            
                 SECTION 7.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
            
                 The Company hereby agrees that, so long as the 
            Commitment remains in effect, any Note remains 
            outstanding and unpaid or any other amount is owing to 
            any of the Banks hereunder, the Company shall, and in 
            the case of the agreements set forth in Subsections 
            7.3, 7.4, 7.5, and 7.6 shall cause each of its 
            Subsidiaries to:
            
                 7.1.  Financial Statements.  Furnish to each of the 
            Banks:
            
                      (a)  as soon as available, but in any event 
            within one hundred days after the end of each fiscal 
            year of the Company, a copy of (i) the consolidated 
            balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated 



<PAGE>
            
            Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related 
            consolidated statements of income, statements of change 
            in shareholder equity and statements of cash flows for 
            such year, setting forth in each case in comparative 
            form the figures for the previous year, certified, 
            without a going concern or like qualification or 
            exception arising out of the scope of the audit, by 
            independent certified public accountants of nationally 
            recognized standing not unacceptable to the 
            Administrative Agent, (ii) the consolidating balance 
            sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries 
            as at the end of such fiscal year and the related 
            consolidating statements of income for such fiscal 
            year, showing in each case inter-company eliminations, 
            certified by a Responsible Officer as being fairly 
            stated in all material respects when considered in 
            relation to the consolidated financial statements of 
            the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries taken as 
            a whole; and
            
                      (b)  as soon as available, but in any event not 
            later than fifty-five days after the end of each of the 
            first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of 
            the Company, (i) the Company's quarterly report to 
            shareholders on Form 10-Q, as filed with the Securities 
            and Exchange Commission, certified by a Responsible 
            Officer as being fairly stated in all material respects 
            (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments) and (ii) 
            the consolidating balance sheet of the Company and its 
            Subsidiaries as at the end of each such quarter, 
            showing inter-company eliminations, and the related 
            consolidating statements of income, showing 
            inter-company eliminations, certified by a Responsible 
            Officer as being fairly stated in all material 
            respects;
            
            all such financial statements to be prepared in 
            accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout 
            the periods reflected therein except as approved by 
            such accountants or Responsible Officer, as the case 
            may be, and disclosed therein.
            
                 7.2.  Certificates; Other Information.  Furnish to 
            each of the Banks:
            

<PAGE>
            
                      (a)  concurrently with the delivery of the 
            financial statements referred to in Subsection 7.1(a) 
            above, a certificate of the independent certified 
            public accountants certifying such financial statements 
            stating that in making the examination necessary 
            therefor no knowledge was obtained of any Default or 
            Event of Default, except as specified in such 
            certificate;
            
                      (b)  concurrently with the delivery of the 
            financial statements referred to in Subsections 7.1(a) 
            and (b) above, a certificate of a Responsible Officer 
            (i) stating that, to the best of such officer's 
            knowledge, the Company during such period has observed 
            or performed all of its covenants and other agreements, 
            and satisfied every condition contained in this 
            Agreement and in the Notes to be observed, performed or 
            satisfied by it, and that such officer has obtained no 
            knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as 
            specified in such certificate, and (ii) showing in 
            detail the calculations supporting such statement in 
            respect of Subsections 8.1, 8.2, 8.6, and 8.7;
            
                      (c)  within ten days after the same are sent, 
            copies of all financial statements and reports which 
            the Company sends to its stockholders, and within ten 
            days after the same are filed, copies of all financial 
            statements and reports which the Company may make to, 
            or file with, the Securities and Exchange Commission or 
            any successor or analogous Governmental Authority;
            
                      (d)  as soon as available, but in any event 
            within thirty days after filing with the appropriate 
            insurance department, the annual statements for each 
            Insurance Subsidiary as filed with the insurance 
            department in its state of domicile, provided that the 
            Company shall deliver one copy thereof to the 
            Administrative Agent who shall make such copy available 
            upon request to the Banks, and upon request by any Bank 
            the Company shall deliver additional copies thereof to 
            such Bank; and
            
                      (e)  promptly, any such additional financial 
            and other information as the Administrative Agent or 
            any Bank may from time to time reasonably request.

<PAGE>
            
                 7.3.  Payment of Obligations.  Pay, discharge or 
            otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they 
            become delinquent, as the case may be, all its 
            Indebtedness and other obligations of whatever nature, 
            except (a) when the amount or validity thereof is 
            currently being contested in good faith by appropriate 
            proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with 
            respect thereto have been provided on the books of the 
            Company or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, or (b) 
            where the failure so to pay, discharge or satisfy would 
            not be reasonably likely to have a material adverse 
            effect on the business, operations, property or 
            financial or other condition of the Company and its 
            Subsidiaries taken as a whole; provided that for 
            purposes of this Subsection 7.3, the term 
            "Indebtedness" shall not include any Nonrecourse Debt.
            
                 7.4.  Conduct of Business, and Maintenance of 
            Existence.  (a) Continue to engage in business of the 
            same general type as now conducted by it, and preserve, 
            renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate 
            existence and take all reasonable action to maintain 
            all rights, privileges and franchises necessary or 
            desirable in the normal conduct of its business, 
            provided, however, that a Permitted Distribution 
            shall not be prohibited or limited by this Subsection 
            7.4 and further provided that, subject to Section 8 
            hereof, this Subsection 7.4 shall not prohibit the 
            Company or any Subsidiary from taking any action if 
            such action would not reasonably be likely to have a 
            material adverse effect upon the business, operations, 
            property or financial or other condition of the Company 
            and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and (b) comply 
            with all Contractual Obligations and Requirements of 
            Law except to the extent that the failure to comply 
            therewith would not be reasonably likely to, in the 
            aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the 
            business, operations, property or financial or other 
            condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as 
            a whole.


<PAGE>
            
                 7.5.  Maintenance of Property, Insurance.  Keep all 
            property useful and necessary in its business in good 
            working order and condition, except where the failure 
            to comply herewith would not be reasonably likely to 
            have a material adverse effect on the business, 
            operations, property, or financial or other condition 
            of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; 
            to the extent obtainable on terms which its management 
            deems reasonable, maintain with financially sound and 
            reputable insurance companies insurance on all its 
            property against such casualties and contingencies and 
            in such types and amounts as, in the judgment of its 
            executive officers, is deemed adequate; and furnish to 
            the Administrative Agent, upon written request, full 
            information as to the insurance carried.
            
                 7.6.  Inspection of Property; Books and Records; 
            Discussions.  Keep proper books of record and account 
            in which entries, which are accurate and complete in 
            all material respects, in conformity with GAAP and 
            Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and 
            transactions in relation to its business and 
            activities; and permit the Banks, through the 
            Administrative Agent or any of their designated 
            representatives, to visit and inspect any of its 
            properties and examine and make abstracts from any of 
            its books and records at any reasonable time and as 
            often as may reasonably be desired, and to discuss the 
            business, investments, operations, properties and 
            financial and other condition of the Company and its 
            Subsidiaries with officers and employees of the Company 
            and its Subsidiaries and with its independent certified 
            public accountants.
            
                 7.7.  Notices.  Promptly give notice in writing to 
            each of the Banks:
            
                      (a)  of the occurrence of any Default, 
            Terminating Event or Event of Default;
            
                      (b)  of any (i) default or event of default 
            under any Contractual Obligation of the Company or any 
            of its Subsidiaries or (ii) litigation, investigation 
            or proceeding which may exist at any time between the 
            Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any Governmental 
            Authority, which in either case would be reasonably 
            likely to have a material adverse effect on the 
            business, operations, property or financial or other 




<PAGE>
            
            condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as 
            a whole;
            
                      (c)  of any litigation or proceeding affecting 
            the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which the 
            relief sought is $30,000,000 or more and not covered by 
            insurance, or in which injunctive or similar relief is 
            sought and, if granted, would be reasonably likely to 
            have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, 
            operations, financial or other condition of the Company 
            and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
            
                      (d)  of the following events, as soon as 
            possible and in any event within 30 days after the 
            Company knows or has reason to know thereof:  (i)  the 
            occurrence or expected occurrence of any Reportable 
            Event with respect to any Plan, or (ii) the institution 
            of proceedings or the taking or expected taking of any 
            other action by PBGC or the Company or any Commonly 
            Controlled Entity to terminate, withdraw or partially 
            withdraw from any Plan and with respect to a 
            Multiemployer Plan, the reorganization or insolvency of 
            the Plan, and in addition to such notice, deliver to 
            each of the Banks whichever of the following may be 
            applicable:  (A) a certificate of a Responsible Officer 
            of the Company setting forth details as to such 
            Reportable Event and the action that the Company or 
            Commonly Controlled Entity proposes to take with 
            respect thereto, together with a copy of any notice of 
            such Reportable Event that may be required to be filed 
            with PBGC, or (B) any notice delivered by PBGC 
            evidencing its intent to institute such proceedings or 
            any notice to PBGC that such Plan is to be terminated, 
            as the case may be; and 
            
                      (e)  of a material adverse change in the 
            business, operations, property or financial or other 
            condition of the Company, or the Company and its 
            Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
            
            Each notice pursuant to this subsection shall be 
            accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of 
            the Company setting forth details of the occurrence 
            referred to therein and stating what action the Company 
            proposes to take with respect thereto.  For all 




<PAGE>

            purposes of clause (d) of this subsection, the Company 
            shall be deemed to have all knowledge of all facts 
            attributable to the administrator of such Plan.
            
                 SECTION 8. NEGATIVE COVENANTS
            
                 The Company hereby agrees that, so long as the 
            Commitment of any Bank remains in effect, any Note 
            remains outstanding and unpaid or any other amount is 
            owing to any Bank hereunder:
            
                 8.1.  Maintenance of Consolidated Tangible Net 
            Worth.  At any time during each fiscal year 
            commencing after December 31, 1995 the Company will not 
            permit Consolidated Tangible Net Worth to be less than 
            an amount equal to the sum of (i) $700,000,000 (the 
            "Baseline Amount"), minus (ii) the sum of (x) an 
            amount equal to the aggregate amount by which the 
            capital stock account of the Company shall have been 
            reduced as a result of purchases by the Company of 
            shares of its capital stock during the period from 
            January 1, 1996 to and including the date of computation 
            of Consolidated Tangible Net Worth and (y) the 
            aggregate amount by which the assets of the Company 
            constituting costs in excess of the net asset value of 
            acquired companies and deferred taxes, as determined in 
            accordance with GAAP, shall have increased by reason of 
            acquisitions made by the Company during the period from 
            January 1, 1996 to and including the date of computation 
            of Consolidated Tangible Net Worth (provided that, for 
            purposes of this Subsection 8.1 only, any amount by 
            which the aggregate cumulative decrease in Consolidated 
            Tangible Net Worth computed pursuant to clauses (x) and 
            (y) exceeds $50,000,000 shall not be counted as a 
            reduction of the Baseline Amount), minus (iii) in the 
            event of any Permitted Distribution, an amount equal to 
            the amount by which Consolidated Tangible Net Worth is 
            reduced as a result of such Permitted Distribution, 
            plus (iv) an amount equal to the sum of 40% of the 
            Consolidated Net Income of the Company and its 
            Subsidiaries (as determined in accordance with GAAP) 
            for each prior full calendar year commencing after 
            December 31, 1996 (provided (A) that the amount 
            determined pursuant to clause (iv) shall be equal to 
            zero for any calendar year for which there is a net 


<PAGE>
            
            loss and (B) that the amounts included in net income 
            (determined in accordance with GAAP) resulting from 
            changes in accounting principles to the extent that 
            such changes increase intangibles shall not be included 
            in net income for purposes of this Subsection).
            
                 8.2.  Debt Leverage Ratio.  The Company will not at 
            any time permit the ratio of (a) Funded Debt to (b) the 
            sum of (x) Shareholders' Equity and (y) Funded Debt to 
            exceed 0.6 to 1.0.
            
                 8.3.  Limitations on Liens.  The Company will not, 
            nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, at any time 
            directly or indirectly create, incur, assume or suffer 
            to exist, any Lien upon any of its property, assets or 
            revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, 
            other than the following ("Permitted Liens"):
            
                      (a)  Liens for taxes not yet due or which are 
            being contested in good faith and by appropriate 
            proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto 
            are maintained on the books of the Company or its 
            Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in accordance with 
            GAAP;
            
                      (b)  carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', 
            materialmen's, repairmen's or other like Liens arising 
            in the ordinary course of business which are not 
            overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are 
            being contested in good faith and by appropriate 
            proceedings;
            
                      (c)  pledges or deposits in connection with 
            workmen's compensation, unemployment insurance and 
            other social security legislation;
            
                      (d)  pledges or deposits to secure the 
            performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for 
            borrowed money), option agreements (other than for 
            borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety 
            and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other 
            obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary 
            course of business;
            
                      (e)  easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and 


<PAGE>
            
            other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary 
            course of business which, in the aggregate, are not 
            substantial in amount, and which do not in any case 
            materially detract from the value of the property 
            subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct 
            of the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries;
            
                      (f)  Liens described in Schedule 8.3;
            
                      (g)  Liens on assets owned by the Company or 
            any Subsidiary securing an amount not to exceed (i) 
            $315,000,000 in the aggregate for all such assets or 
            (ii) $200,000,000 in the aggregate for Liens imposed in 
            connection with any single transaction or related 
            series of transactions, provided that the aggregate 
            book value of all assets securing such Liens shall not 
            exceed 200% of the aggregate amounts secured thereby;
            
                      (h)  pledges or deposits effected by the 
            Company or any Insurance Subsidiary as a condition to 
            obtaining or maintaining any license, permit or 
            authorization to transact insurance or reinsurance 
            business;
            
                      (i)  deposits with insurance regulatory 
            authorities; and
            
                      (j)  Liens arising under ceding reinsurance 
            agreements entered into by any Insurance Subsidiary.
            
                 8.4.  Prohibition of Fundamental Changes.  The 
            Company will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, 
            at any time enter into any transaction of merger or 
            consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or 
            dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or 
            dissolution), or convey, sell, lease, transfer or 
            otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of 
            transactions, all or substantially all of its business 
            or assets, except that:
            
                      (a)  any Subsidiary of the Company may be 
            merged or consolidated with or into the Company 
            (provided, that, the Company shall be the continuing 
            or surviving corporation) or with any one or more 
            Subsidiaries of the Company;



<PAGE>
            
                      (b)  the Company or any Subsidiary may sell, 
            lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of 
            its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to 
            the Company or any Subsidiary;
            
                      (c)  the Company may, or may permit a 
            Subsidiary to, liquidate, sell or dispose of all or 
            substantially all of a Subsidiary's business or assets 
            at any time, provided that (i) the book value of the 
            Subsidiary business or assets being liquidated, sold or 
            disposed of shall not exceed 10% of the then 
            Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of the Company, and 
            (ii) no Default or Event of Default then exists or 
            shall exist after giving effect to such liquidation, 
            sale or disposition;
            
                      (d)  for purposes of this Subsection, a 
            Permitted Distribution shall not constitute a transfer 
            or disposition of all or substantially all of the 
            Company's business or assets; and
            
                      (e)  a Permitted Voluntary Proceeding shall not 
            be prohibited by this Subsection.
            
                 8.5.  Investments.  The Company will not nor will 
            it permit any Subsidiary to make or commit to make any 
            Investment in a single Person, other than an Investment 
            in any Governmental Authority of the United States of 
            America, in an aggregate amount exceeding the then 
            Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of the Company.
            
                 8.6.  Limitation on Contingent Obligations.  The 
            Company will not, nor will it permit any Subsidiary to, 
            create, incur, assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise 
            in any way be or become responsible or liable for, 
            directly or indirectly, or suffer to exist Contingent 
            Obligations in an aggregate amount for the Company and 
            its Subsidiaries in excess of $200,000,000; provided, 
            that such amount shall not include the F&H Guaranty 
            and provided, further, that, as of any time of 
            determination under this Subsection 8.6, if the 
            aggregate amount of any then outstanding Contingent 
            Obligations of the Company and/or any Subsidiary would 
            be permitted under Subsection 8.2 hereof had the amount 


<PAGE>
            
            of such Contingent Obligations been incurred as Funded 
            Debt, then for the purposes of this Subsection 8.6, 
            only 50% of the amount of such Contingent Obligations 
            shall be counted towards the $200,000,000 limitation.
            
                 8.7.  Limitation on Subsidiary Indebtedness.  At 
            the end of any calendar quarter commencing after 
            December 31, 1996, the Company will not permit the 
            aggregate Indebtedness of all of the Company's 
            consolidated Subsidiaries to be greater than 25% of 
            Consolidated Tangible Net Worth at such date; provided 
            that, for purpose of this Subsection, Indebtedness of a 
            Subsidiary shall not include:
            
                           (i)  any Indebtedness outstanding at 
            December 31, 1996;
            
                           (ii)  any Indebtedness secured by 
            Permitted Liens ;
            
                           (iii)  any Indebtedness of the Company's 
            Banking Subsidiaries;
            
                           (iv)  Indebtedness of any Subsidiary the 
            ownership of which is acquired by the Company, directly 
            or indirectly, after the date hereof, or which is 
            established by the Company after the date hereof for 
            the purpose of acquiring assets or equity of any Person 
            not owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company on 
            the date hereof; provided, that, such Indebtedness is 
            not guarantied by, is not secured by assets (other than 
            assets of such Subsidiary) of, and does not otherwise 
            have recourse to the Company or its assets (other than 
            the assets of such Subsidiary); and
            
                           (v)  Any Indebtedness of a Subsidiary to 
            another Subsidiary or to the Company.
            
                 SECTION 9.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT
            
                 Upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
            
                      (a)  The Company shall fail to pay any 
            principal of the Notes when due in accordance with the 
            terms thereof or hereof; or

<PAGE>
            
                      (b)  The Company shall fail to pay any interest 
            on the Notes, any Commitment Fees, agents' fees or 
            other sums due hereunder or under the Notes, when the 
            same become due in accordance with the terms thereof or 
            hereof, and such default shall continue unremedied for 
            a period of five Business Days; or
            
                      (c)  Any representation or warranty made or 
            deemed made by the Company herein or which is contained 
            in any certificate, document or financial or other 
            statement furnished at any time under or in connection 
            with this Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect 
            in any material respect on or as of the date made or 
            deemed made; or
            
                      (d)  The Company shall default in the 
            observance or performance of any agreement contained in 
            Sections 7.4, 7.7 or 8; or
            
                      (e)  The Company shall default in the 
            observance or performance of any other agreement 
            contained in this Agreement, and such default shall 
            continue unremedied for a period of 30 days; or
            
                      (f)  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries 
            shall (i) default in any payment of principal of or 
            interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Notes and 
            other than any Nonrecourse Debt) or in the payment of 
            any Contingent Obligation, in any case having a 
            principal amount exceeding $30,000,000 or in the 
            aggregate having a principal amount exceeding 
            $50,000,000, in either case beyond the period of grace 
            (not to exceed 30 days), if any, provided in the 
            instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness 
            or Contingent Obligation was created; or (ii) default 
            in the observance or performance of any other agreement 
            or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or 
            Contingent Obligation or contained in any instrument or 
            agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or 
            any other event shall occur or condition exist, the 
            effect of which default or other event or condition is 
            to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such 
            Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such 
            Contingent Obligation (or a trustee or Administrative 

<PAGE>
            Agent on behalf of such holder or holders or 
            beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving 
            of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due 
            prior to its stated maturity or such Contingent 
            Obligation to become payable; or
            
                      (g)  (i)  The Company or any Subsidiary shall 
            commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under 
            any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, 
            domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, 
            insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, 
            seeking to have an order for relief entered with 
            respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt 
            or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, 
            adjustment, rehabilitation, winding-up, liquidation, 
            dissolution, composition or other relief with respect 
            to it or its debts (and except for the commencement of 
            a Permitted Voluntary Proceeding), or (B) seeking 
            appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other 
            similar official for it or for all or any substantial 
            part of its assets, or the Company or any Subsidiary 
            shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its 
            creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against the 
            Company or any Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other 
            action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above 
            which (A) results in the entry of an order for relief 
            or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains 
            undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 
            60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against the 
            Company or any Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other 
            action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, 
            execution, distraint or similar process against all or 
            any substantial part of its assets which results in the 
            entry of an order for any such relief which shall not 
            have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded 
            pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; 
            or (iv) the Company or any Subsidiary shall have taken 
            any action indicating its consent to, approval of, or 
            acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause 
            (i), (ii) or (iii) above; or (v) the Company or any 
            Subsidiary shall generally not, or shall be unable to, 
            or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its 
            debts as they become due; or
            
                      (h)  (i)  Any Person shall engage in any 

<PAGE>

            "prohibited transaction" (as defined in Section 406 of 
            ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan, 
            (ii) any "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined 
            in Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, shall 
            exist with respect to any Plan, (iii) a Reportable 
            Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall 
            commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee 
            shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any 
            Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or 
            institution of proceedings is, in the reasonable 
            opinion of the Administrative Agent, likely to result 
            in the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title 
            IV of ERISA, and, in the case of a Reportable Event, 
            the continuance of such Reportable Event unremedied for 
            ten days after notice of such Reportable Event pursuant 
            to Section 4043(a), (c) or (d) of ERISA is given or the 
            continuance of such proceedings for ten days after 
            commencement thereof, as the case may be, (iv) any 
            Single Employer Plan shall terminate for purposes of 
            Title V of ERISA, or (v) any other event or condition 
            shall occur or exist with respect to a Single Employer 
            Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (v) 
            above, such event or condition, together with all other 
            such events or conditions, if any, could subject the 
            Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any tax, penalty 
            or other liabilities which are, in the aggregate, 
            material in relation to the business, operations, 
            property or financial or other conditions of the 
            Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; or
            
                      (i)  One or more judgments or decrees shall be 
            entered against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries 
            involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or 
            fully covered by insurance) of $30,000,000 or more and 
            all such judgments or decrees shall not have been 
            vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal 
            within 60 days from the entry thereof; 
            
            then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an 
            Event of Default specified in clauses (i), (ii) or (iv) 
            of paragraph (g) above, automatically the Commitment 
            shall immediately terminate and the Loan or Loans 
            hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other 
            amounts owing under this Agreement and the Notes shall 
            immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such 



<PAGE>
            
            event is any other Event of Default, either or both of 
            the following actions may be taken:  (I) the 
            Administrative Agent may, and upon the request of the 
            Majority Banks shall, by notice of default to the 
            Company, declare the Commitment to be terminated 
            forthwith whereupon the Commitment shall immediately 
            terminate; and (II) the Administrative Agent may, and 
            upon the request of the Majority Banks shall, by notice 
            of default to the Company, declare the Loan or Loans 
            hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other 
            amounts owing under this Agreement and the Notes to be 
            due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall 
            immediately become due and payable.  Except as 
            expressly provided above in this Section, presentment, 
            demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are 
            hereby expressly waived.
            
                 SECTION 10.  THE AGENTS
            
                 10.1.  Authorization.  
            
                      (a) Each Bank hereby irrevocably designates 
            and appoints The First National Bank of Boston as the 
            Administrative Agent, Bank of America National Trust 
            and Savings Association as the Documentation Agent, and 
            The Chase Manhattan Bank as the Syndication Agent under 
            this Agreement and irrevocably authorizes said agents 
            for such Bank to take such action on its behalf under 
            the provisions of this Agreement and to exercise such 
            powers and perform such duties as are expressly 
            delegated to said agents by the terms of this Agreement 
            together with such other powers as are reasonably 
            incident thereto, provided that no duties or 
            responsibilities not expressly assumed herein or 
            therein shall be implied to have been assumed by said 
            agents. 
            
                      (b) The relationship between the 
            Administrative Agent, the Documentation Agent and the 
            Syndication Agent and each of the Banks is that of an 
            independent contractor.  The use of the term "Agent" is 
            for convenience only and is used to describe, as a form 
            of convention, the independent contractual relationship 
            between the respective party and each of the Banks.  
            Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed 



<PAGE>
            
            to create an agency (except to the extent of the 
            specific contractual obligations of the Administrative 
            Agent hereunder), trust or other fiduciary relationship 
            between any of the Administrative Agent, the 
            Documentation Agent or the Syndication Agent and any of 
            the Banks.
            
                 10.2. Employees and Agents. The Administrative Agent may
            exercise its powers and execute its duties by or through employees
            or agents and shall be entitled to take, and to rely on, advice of
            counsel concerning all matters pertaining to its rights and duties
            under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent may utilize the
            services of such Persons as the Administrative Agent in its sole
            discretion may reasonably determine, and all reasonable fees and
            expenses of any such Persons shall be paid by the Company.
            
                 10.3. No Liability. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of
            its shareholders, directors, officers or employees nor any other
            Person assisting them in their duties nor any Administrative Agent
            or employee thereof, shall be liable for any waiver, consent or
            approval given or any action taken, or omitted to be taken, in good
            faith by it or them hereunder, or in connection herewith, or be
            responsible for the consequences of any oversight or error of
            judgment whatsoever, except that the Administrative Agent or such
            other Person, as the case may be, may be liable for losses due to
            its willful misconduct or gross negligence.
            
                 10.4. No Representations. The Administrative Agent shall not be
            responsible for the execution or validity or enforceability of this
            Agreement, the Notes, or for any recitals or statements, warranties
            or representations made herein or in any certificate or instrument
            hereafter furnished to it by or on behalf of the Company or any of
            its Subsidiaries, or be bound to ascertain or inquire as to the
            performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, covenants
            or agreements herein or in any books or records of the Company or
            any of its Subsidiaries. The Administrative Agent shall not be

<PAGE>
            
            bound to ascertain whether any notice, consent, waiver or request
            delivered to it by the Company or any holder of any of the Notes
            shall have been duly authorized or is true, accurate and
            complete. The Administrative Agent has not made nor does it now
            make any representations or warranties, express or implied, nor
            does it assume any liability to the Banks, with respect to the
            credit worthiness or financial conditions of the Company or any
            of its Subsidiaries. Each Bank acknowledges that it has,
            independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent
            or any other Bank, and based upon such information and documents
            as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and
            decision to enter into this Agreement.
            
                 10.5.  Payments.
            
                 (a) Payments to Administrative Agent. A payment by the Company
            to the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of any Bank
            shall constitute a payment to such Bank. The Administrative Agent
            agrees promptly to distribute to each Bank such Bank's pro rata
            share of payments received by the Administrative Agent for the
            account of the Banks except as otherwise expressly provided herein.
            
                 (b) Distribution by Administrative Agent. If in the opinion of
            the Administrative Agent the distribution of any amount received by
            it in such capacity hereunder or under the Notes might involve it in
            liability, it may refrain from making distribution until its right
            to make distribution shall have been adjudicated by a court of
            competent jurisdiction. If a court of competent jurisdiction shall
            adjudge that any amount received and distributed by the
            Administrative Agent is to be repaid, each Person to whom any such
            distribution shall have been made shall either repay to the
            Administrative Agent its proportionate share of the amount so
            adjudged to be repaid or shall pay over the same in such manner and
            to such Persons as shall be determined by such court.
            
                 (c) Delinquent Banks. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
            contained in this Agreement, any Bank that fails to make available


<PAGE>
            
            to the Administrative Agent its pro rata share of any Loan, or
            fails to make available to the Swing Line Bank its pro rata share
            of any Swing Line Loan, when and to the full extent required by
            the provisions of this Agreement, shall be deemed a Delinquent
            Bank and shall be deemed a Delinquent Bank until such time as
            such delinquency is satisfied. A Delinquent Bank shall be deemed
            to have assigned any and all payments due to it from the Company
            to the remaining nondelinquent Banks for application to, and
            reduction of, their respective pro rata shares of all outstanding
            Loans. The Delinquent Bank hereby authorizes the Administrative
            Agent to distribute such payments to the nondelinquent Banks in
            proportion to their respective pro rata shares of all outstanding
            Loans. A Delinquent Bank shall be deemed to have satisfied in
            full a delinquency when and if, as a result of application of the
            assigned payments to all outstanding Loans of the nondelinquent
            Banks, the Banks' respective pro rata shares of all outstanding
            Loans have returned to those in effect immediately prior to such
            delinquency and without giving effect to the nonpayment causing
            such delinquency.
            
              10.6. Holders of Notes. The Administrative Agent may deem and
            treat the payee of any Note as the absolute owner or purchaser
            thereof for all purposes hereof until it shall have been furnished
            in writing with a different name by such payee or by a subsequent
            holder, assignee or transferee.
            
                 10.7. Indemnity. The Banks ratably agree hereby to indemnify
            and hold harmless the Administrative Agent from and against any and
            all claims, actions and suits (whether groundless or otherwise),
            losses, damages, costs, expenses (including without limitation, any
            expenses for which the Administrative Agent has not been reimbursed
            by the Company as required by Subsection 10.5 hereof), and
            liabilities of every nature and character arising out of or related
            to this Agreement, the Notes, or the transactions contemplated or
            evidenced hereby, or the Administrative Agent's actions taken
            hereunder, except to the extent that any of the same shall be caused
            by



<PAGE>
            
            the Administrative Agent's willful misconduct or gross 
            negligence.
            
                 10.8. Administrative Agent as Bank. In its individual capacity,
            The First National Bank of Boston shall have the same obligations
            and the same rights, powers and privileges in respect to its
            Commitment and the Loans made by it, and as the holder of any of the
            Notes, as it would have were it not also the Administrative Agent.
            
                 10.9. Resignation. The Administrative Agent may resign at any
            time by giving sixty (60) days prior written notice thereof to the
            Banks and the Company. Upon any such resignation, the Majority Banks
            shall have the right to appoint a successor Administrative Agent.
            Unless a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
            continuing, such successor Administrative Agent shall be reasonably
            acceptable to the Company. If no successor Administrative Agent
            shall have been so appointed by the Majority Banks and shall have
            accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring
            Administrative Agent's giving of notice of resignation, then the
            retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Banks, appoint a
            successor Administrative Agent, which shall be a financial
            institution having a rating of not less than A or its equivalent by
            Standard & Poor's Corporation. Upon the acceptance of any
            appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor
            Administrative Agent, such successor Administrative Agent shall
            thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers,
            privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the
            retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties
            and obligations hereunder. After any retiring Administrative Agent's
            resignation, the provisions of this Agreement shall continue in
            effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to
            be taken by it while it was acting as Administrative Agent.
            
                 10.10. Notification of Defaults and Events of Default. Each
            Bank hereby agrees that, upon learning of the



<PAGE>
            
            existence of a Default or an Event of Default, it shall promptly
            notify the Administrative Agent thereof. The Administrative Agent
            hereby agrees that upon receipt of any notice under this
            Subsection it shall promptly notify the other Banks of the
            existence of such Default or Event of Default.
            
                 SECTION 11.  ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATION
            
                 11.1. Conditions to Assignment by Banks. Except as provided
            herein, each Bank may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all
            or a portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this
            Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment Percentage
            and Commitment and the same portion of the Loans at the time owing
            to it and the Notes held by it); provided that (i) each of the
            Administrative Agent and, unless (x) a Default or Event of Default
            shall have occurred and be continuing or (y) the Assignee is an
            Affiliate of the assigning Bank, the Company shall have given its
            prior written consent to such assignment, which consent will not be
            unreasonably withheld, (ii) each such assignment shall be of a
            constant, and not a varying, percentage of all the assigning Bank's
            rights and obligations under this Agreement, (iii) each assignment
            shall be in an amount that is a whole multiple of $10,000,000, (iv)
            the parties to such assignment shall execute and deliver to the
            Administrative Agent, for recording in the Register, an Assignment
            and Acceptance, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto (an
            "Assignment and Acceptance"), together with any Notes subject to
            such assignment, and (v) the Company shall not, at the time of such
            assignment, incur any additional expenses solely as a result of such
            assignment other than as contemplated under Subsection 11.4 hereof.
            Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and
            after the effective date specified in each Assignment and
            Acceptance, which effective date shall be at least five (5) Business
            Days after the execution thereof, (i) the assignee thereunder shall
            be a party hereto and, to the extent provided in such Assignment and
            Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Bank hereunder, and
            (ii) the assigning Bank shall, to the extent provided in such
            assignment and upon payment to the


<PAGE>

            Administrative Agent of the registration fee referred 
            to in Subsection 11.3, be released from its obligations 
            under this Agreement.
            
                 11.2. Certain Representations and Warranties; Limitations;
            Covenants. By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance,
            the parties to the assignment thereunder confirm to and agree with
            each other and the other parties hereto as follows:
            
                      (a)  other than the representation and warranty 
            that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the 
            interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any 
            adverse claim, the assigning Bank makes no 
            representation or warranty, express or implied, and 
            assumes no responsibility with respect to any 
            statements, warranties or representations made in or in 
            connection with this Agreement or the execution, 
            legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, 
            sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other 
            instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto;
            
                      (b)  the assigning Bank makes no representation 
            or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect 
            to the financial condition of the Company and its 
            Subsidiaries, or the performance or observance by the 
            Company and its Subsidiaries of any of their 
            obligations under this Agreement or any other 
            instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or 
            thereto;
            
                      (c)  such assignee confirms that it has received 
            a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the 
            most recent financial statements referred to herein and 
            such other documents and information as it has deemed 
            appropriate to make its own credit analysis and 
            decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance;
            
                      (d)  such assignee will, independently and 
            without reliance upon the assigning Bank, the 
            Administrative Agent or any other Bank and based on 
            such documents and information as it shall deem 
            appropriate at the time, continue to make its own 
            credit decisions in taking or not taking action under 


<PAGE>
            
            this Agreement;
            
                      (e)  such assignee represents and warrants that 
            it is an Eligible Assignee;
            
                      (f)  such assignee appoints and authorizes the 
            Administrative Agent to take such action as 
            Administrative Agent on its behalf and to exercise such 
            powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the 
            Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with 
            such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto;
            
                      (g)  such assignee agrees that it will perform 
            all of the obligations that by the terms of this 
            Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Bank;
            
                      (h)  such assignee represents and warrants that 
            it is legally authorized to enter into such Assignment 
            and Acceptance.
            
                 11.3. Register. The Administrative Agent shall maintain a copy
            of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register or
            similar list (the "Register") for the recordation of the names and
            addresses of the Banks and the Commitment Percentage of, and
            principal amount of the Loans owing to the Banks from time to time.
            The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, in the absence of
            manifest error, and the Company, the Administrative Agent and the
            Banks may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register
            as a Bank hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register
            shall be available for inspection by the Company and the Banks at
            any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior
            notice. Upon each such recordation, the assigning Bank agrees to pay
            to the Administrative Agent a registration fee in the sum of $2,500.
            
                 11.4. New Notes. Upon its receipt of an Assignment and
            Acceptance executed by the parties to such assignment, together with
            each Note subject to such assignment, the Administrative Agent shall
            (i) record the information contained therein in the Register, and
            (ii) give prompt

<PAGE>
            
            notice thereof to the Company and the Banks (other than the
            assigning Bank). Within five (5) Business Days after receipt of
            such notice, the Company, at its own expense, shall execute and
            deliver to the Administrative Agent, in exchange for each
            surrendered Note, a new Note to the order of such Eligible
            Assignee in an amount equal to the amount assumed by such
            Eligible Assignee pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance and,
            if the assigning Bank has retained some portion of its
            obligations hereunder, a new Note to the order of the assigning
            Bank in an amount equal to the amount retained by it hereunder.
            Such new Notes shall provide that they are replacements for the
            surrendered Notes, shall be in an aggregate principal amount
            equal to the aggregate principal amount of the surrendered Notes,
            shall be dated the effective date of such in Assignment and
            Acceptance and shall otherwise be substantially the form of the
            assigned Notes. The surrendered Notes shall be cancelled and
            returned to the Company.
            
              11.5. Participations. Each Bank may sell participations to one
            or more banks or other entities (any such entity, a "Participant" in
            all or a portion of such Bank's rights and obligations under this
            Agreement; provided that (i) each such participation shall be in an
            amount of not less than $10,000,000, (ii) any such sale or
            participation shall not affect the rights and duties of the selling
            Bank hereunder to the Company, (iii) the only rights granted to the
            Participant pursuant to such participation arrangements with respect
            to waivers, amendments or modifications of this Agreement shall be
            the rights to approve waivers, amendments or modifications that
            would reduce the principal of or the interest rate on any Loans,
            extend the term or increase the amount of the Commitment of such
            Bank as it relates to such Participant, reduce the amount of any
            Annual Fees or Commitment Fees to which such Participant is entitled
            or extend any regularly scheduled payment date for principal or
            interest and (iv) the Company shall not, at the time of such
            transfer of a participation interest, incur any additional expenses
            solely as a result of such transfer. The Company agrees that each
            Participant may, subject to the provisions of this


<PAGE>
            Agreement, exercise all rights of payment with respect to the
            portion of such Loans held by it as fully as if such Participant
            were the direct holder thereof, and that each Participant shall
            be entitled to the benefits of Subsections 4.7, 4.9 and 4.10
            (including without limitation, with respect to Subsection 4.10,
            that the covenants therein shall survive termination of this
            Agreement and payment of the Notes) with respect to its
            participation in any Eurodollar Loans; provided that such
            Participant complies with the provisions of such Subsections, and
            provided further that the Company shall not be obligated to pay
            to a Bank and its Participants collectively, in respect of such
            Subsections, any greater amount than the Company would be
            obligated to pay to such Bank had it not entered into any
            participations.
            
              11.6. Disclosure. The Company agrees that in addition to
            disclosures made in accordance with standard and customary banking
            practices any Bank may disclose information obtained by such Bank
            pursuant to this Agreement to Eligible Assignees or Participants and
            potential Eligible Assignees or Participants hereunder; provided
            that such Eligible Assignees or Participants or potential Eligible
            Assignees or Participants shall agree (i) to treat in confidence
            such information unless such information otherwise becomes public
            knowledge, (ii) not to disclose such information to a third party,
            except as required by law or legal process and (iii) not to make use
            of such information for purposes of transactions unrelated to such
            contemplated assignment or participation.
            
                 11.7. Assignee or Participant Affiliated with the Company. If
            any assignee Bank is an Affiliate of the Company, then any such
            assignee Bank shall have no right to vote as a Bank hereunder for
            purposes of granting consents or waivers or for purposes of agreeing
            to amendments or other modifications to this Agreement, and the
            determination of the Majority Banks shall for all purposes of this
            Agreement be made without regard to such assignee Bank's interest in
            any of the Loans. If any Bank sells a participating interest in any
            of the


<PAGE>
            
            Loans to a Participant, and such Participant is the Company or an
            Affiliate of the Company, then such transferor Bank shall
            promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the sale of such
            participation. A transferor Bank shall have no right to vote as a
            Bank hereunder for purposes of granting consents or waivers or
            for purposes of agreeing to amendments or modifications to this
            Agreement to the extent that such participation is beneficially
            owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, and the
            determination of the Majority Banks shall for all purposes of
            this Agreement be made without regard to the interest of such
            transferor Bank in the Loans to the extent of such participation.
            
                11.8. Miscellaneous Assignment Provisions. Any assigning Bank
            shall retain its rights to be indemnified pursuant to Subsection
            12.6 with respect to any claims or actions arising prior to the date
            of such assignment. If any assignee Bank is not incorporated under
            the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, it
            shall, prior to the date on which any interest or fees are payable
            hereunder for its account, deliver to the Company and the
            Administrative Agent certification as to its exemption from
            deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes.
            Anything contained in this Subsection to the contrary
            notwithstanding, any Bank may at any time pledge all or any portion
            of its interest and rights under this Agreement (including all or
            any portion of its Notes) to any of the twelve Federal Reserve Banks
            organized under ss.4 of the Federal Reserve Act, 12 U.S.C. ss.341. 
            No such pledge or the enforcement thereof shall release the pledgor
            Bank from its obligations hereunder.
            
                 11.9. Assignment by the Company. The Company shall not assign
            or transfer any of its rights or obligations under any of this
            Agreement without the prior written consent of each of the Banks.
            
                 SECTION 12.  MISCELLANEOUS
            
                 12.1.  Consents, Amendments and Waivers.  Any 
            consent or approval required or permitted by this 
            Agreement to be given by all of the Banks may be given, 

<PAGE>
            
            and any term of this Agreement or any instrument 
            related hereto may be amended, and the performance or 
            observance by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of 
            any terms of this Agreement or the continuance of any 
            Default or Event of Default may be waived (either 
            generally or in a particular instance and either 
            retroactively or prospectively) with, but only with, 
            the written consent of the Company and the written 
            consent of the Majority Banks.  Notwithstanding the 
            foregoing, the rate of interest on the Notes, the term 
            of the Notes, the Total Commitment, the Commitment 
            Percentage of any Bank, and the amount of the Annual 
            Fee and Commitment Fee hereunder may not be changed 
            without the written consent of the Company and the 
            written consent of each Bank affected thereby; the 
            definition of Majority Banks may not be amended without 
            the written consent of all of the Banks; and the amount 
            of the agents' fees and Section 10 may not be amended 
            without the written consent of the Administrative Agent 
            and, if affected thereby, the Syndication Agent and/or 
            Documentation Agent.  No waiver shall extend to or 
            affect any obligation not expressly waived or impair 
            any right consequent thereon.  No course of dealing or 
            delay or omission on the part of the Administrative 
            Agent or any Bank in exercising any right shall operate 
            as a waiver thereof or otherwise be prejudicial 
            thereto.  No notice to or demand upon the Company shall 
            entitle the Company to other or further notice or 
            demand in similar or other circumstances.
            
                 12.2.  Notices.  All notices, requests and demands 
            to or upon the respective parties hereto to be 
            effective shall be in writing and, unless otherwise 
            expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been 
            duly given or made when delivered by hand, or when 
            deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, if sent by 
            telecopy, when received, addressed as follows or to 
            such other address as may be hereafter notified by the 
            respective parties hereto and any future holders of the 
            Notes:
            
                 The Company:             Leucadia National Corporation
                                          315 Park Avenue South
                                          New York, New York  10010
<PAGE>
                                          Attention:  President
                                          Telecopy:  212-598-4869
            
                 with a copy to:          Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
                                          767 Fifth Avenue
                                          New York, New York  10153
                                          Attention:  Stephen E. Jacobs, Esq.
                                          Telecopy:  212-310-8007
            
                 The Banks:               The First National Bank of Boston
                                          100 Federal Street
                                          Boston, Massachusetts  02110
                                          Attention:  Maura C. Wadlinger
                                          Telecopy:  617-434-6685
                                          
                                          
                              
<PAGE>
            
                                          The Chase Manhattan Bank
                                          380 Madison Avenue, 14th Floor
                                          New York, New York  10017-2591
                                          Attention:  Leonard D. Noll
                                          Telecopy:  212-622-4407
                                          
                                          
                                          Bank of America Illinois or 
                                          Bank of America National Trust
                                            and Savings Association
                                          231 South LaSalle Street
                                          Chicago, Illinois  60697
                                          Attention:  Elizabeth W.F. 
                                          Bishop
                                          Telecopy:  312-987-0889
                                          
                                          
                                          Republic National Bank of New York
                                          452 Fifth Avenue
                                          New York, New York  10018
                                          Attention:  Thomas DeGeorge
                                          Telecopy:  212-525-5676
                                          
                                          
                                          First Union National Bank of 
                                          North Carolina
                                          c/o First Union Capital 
                                          Markets Group
                                          550 Broad Street, NJ1535
                                          Newark, NJ  07102
                                          Attention:  Joseph DiFrancesco
                                          Telecopy:  201-565-6681
                                          
                                          
                                          First Bank National 
                                          Association
                                          First Bank Place, MPFP 0704
                                          601 Second Avenue, South
                                          Minneapolis, Minnesota  
                                          55402-5302
                                          Attention:  Jose A. Peris
                                          Telecopy:  612-973-0832
                                          
                                          
                                          Fleet National Bank
                                          777 Main Street, MS CT MO 0367
                                          Hartford, Connecticut  06115
                                          Attention:  Howard Carpenter
                                          Telecopy:  860-986-1264
                                          
                                          
                              
<PAGE>
            
                                         - 77-
            
                                          National Bank of Canada
                                          125 55th Street, 23rd Floor
                                          New York, New York  10019
                                          Attention:  Teresa Carrasco
                                          Telecopy:  212-632-8545
            
            The Administrative Agent:     The First National Bank of Boston
                                          100 Federal Street
                                          Boston, Massachusetts  02110
                                          Attention:  Maura C. Wadlinger
                                          Telecopy:  617-434-6685
            
            provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the 
            Administrative Agent pursuant to Subsections 2.3 or 3.2 
            shall be subject to the time restrictions stated in those 
            Subsections.
            
                 12.3.  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.  No failure 
            to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of 
            the Administrative Agent or the Banks, any right, 
            remedy, power or privilege hereunder, shall operate as 
            a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial 
            exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege 
            hereunder preclude any other or further exercise 
            thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, 
            power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and 
            privileges herein provided are cumulative and not 
            exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and 
            privileges provided by law.
            
                 12.4.  Survival of Representations and Warranties.  
            All representations and warranties made hereunder and 
            in any document, certificate or statement delivered 
            pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive 
            the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the 
            Notes.
            
                 12.5.  Payment of Expenses.  Subject to a Bank's 
            compliance with Subsection 4.10 hereof, the Company 
            agrees to pay (a) the reasonable costs of producing and 
            reproducing this Agreement, (b) any taxes (including 
            any interest and penalties in respect thereto) payable 
            by the Administrative Agent or any of the Banks (other 
            than taxes based upon the Administrative Agent's or any 
            Bank's net income) on or with respect to the 
            transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the 
            Company hereby agreeing to indemnify the Administrative 
            Agent and each Bank with respect thereto), (c) the 
            reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of the 
            Administrative Agent's counsel incurred in connection 
            with the preparation, administration or interpretation 
            of this Agreement, each closing hereunder, and 
            amendments, modifications, approvals, consents or 
            waivers hereto or hereunder, (d) the fees, expenses and 
            disbursements of the Administrative Agent incurred by 
            the Administrative Agent in connection with the 
            preparation, administration or interpretation of this 
            Agreement, and (e) all reasonable out-of-pocket 
            expenses (including without limitation reasonable 
            attorneys' fees and costs, which attorneys may be 

            
<PAGE>
            
            employees of any Bank or the Administrative Agent, and 
            reasonable consulting, accounting, appraisal, 
            investment banking and similar professional fees and 
            charges) incurred by any Bank or the Administrative 
            Agent in connection with (i) the enforcement of or 
            preservation of rights under this Agreement against the 
            Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the 
            administration thereof after the occurrence of a 
            Default or Event of Default and (ii) any litigation, 
            proceeding or dispute whether arising hereunder or 
            otherwise, in any way related to any Bank's or the 
            Administrative Agent's relationship with the Company or 
            any of its Subsidiaries.  The agreements in this 
            subsection shall survive repayment of the Notes and all 
            other amounts payable hereunder.
            
                 12.6.  Indemnification.  The Company agrees to 
            indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent 
            and the Banks from and against any and all claims, 
            actions and suits whether groundless or otherwise, and 
            from and against any and all liabilities, losses, 
            damages and expenses of every nature and character 
            arising out of this Agreement or the transactions 
            contemplated hereby including, without limitation, (i) 
            any actual or proposed use by the Company or any of its 
            Subsidiaries of the proceeds of any of the Loans, (ii) 
            the Company or any of its Subsidiaries entering into or 
            performing this Agreement or any of the other Loan 
            Documents or (iii) with respect to the Company and its 
            Subsidiaries and their respective properties and 
            assets, the violation of any Environmental Law, the 
            presence, disposal, escape, seepage, leakage, spillage, 
            discharge, emission, release or threatened release of 
            any Hazardous Substances or any action, suit, 
            proceeding or investigation brought or threatened with 
            respect to any Hazardous Substances (including, but not 
            limited to, claims with respect to wrongful death, 
            personal injury or damage to property), in each case 
            including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and 
            disbursements of counsel and allocated costs of 
            internal counsel incurred in connection with any such 
            investigation, litigation or other proceeding.  The 
            Company shall have control of any such litigation and 
            the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses 
            of one counsel to be selected jointly by the 
            Administrative Agent and the Banks, which counsel shall 
            be reasonably acceptable to the Company.  If, and to 
            the extent that the obligations of the Company under 
            this subsection are unenforceable for any reason, the 



<PAGE>
            
            Company hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution 
            to the payment in satisfaction of such obligations 
            which is permissible under applicable law.  The 
            agreements in this subsection shall survive repayment 
            of the Notes and all other amounts payable hereunder.
            
                 12.7.  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement 
            shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the 
            Company, the Administrative Agent, the Banks, all 
            future holders of the Notes and their respective 
            successors and assigns, except that the Company may not 
            assign or transfer any of its rights under this 
            Agreement without the prior written consent of each of 
            the Banks.
            
                 12.8.  Set-off.  In addition to any rights or 
            remedies of the Banks provided by law, each Bank shall 
            have the right, without prior notice to the Company, 
            any such notice being expressly waived by the Company 
            to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon the 
            acceleration of obligations under and in respect of 
            this Agreement and the Notes pursuant to Section 9, the 
            filing of a petition under any of the provisions of the 
            federal bankruptcy act or amendments thereto, by or 
            against the Company, the making of an assignment for 
            the benefit of creditors by the Company, the 
            application for the appointment, or the actual 
            appointment, of any receiver of the Company, or of any 
            of the property of the Company, the issuance of any 
            execution against any of the property of the Company, 
            the issuance of a subpoena or order, in supplementary 
            proceedings, against or with respect to any of the 
            property of the Company, or the issuance of a warrant 
            of attachment against any of the property of the 
            Company, to set-off and apply against any indebtedness, 
            whether matured or unmatured of the Company to such 
            Bank, any amount owing from such Bank to the Company 
            at, or at any time after, the happening of any of the 
            above mentioned events, and the aforesaid right of 
            set-off may be exercised by such Bank against the 
            Company or against any trustee in bankruptcy, debtor in 
            possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, 
            receiver or execution, judgment or attachment creditor 
            of the Company, the Company or such trustee in 
            bankruptcy, debtor in possession, assignee for the 

<PAGE>
            
            benefit of creditors, receiver or execution, judgment 
            or attachment creditor, notwithstanding the fact that 
            such right of set-off shall not have been exercised by 
            such Bank prior to the making, filing or issuance, or 
            service upon such Bank (either directly or through the 
            Administrative Agent) of, or of notice of, any such 
            petition; assignment for the benefit of creditors; 
            appointment or application for the appointment of a 
            receiver; or issuance of execution, subpoena, order or 
            warrant.  Such Bank agrees promptly to notify the 
            Company and the Administrative Agent after any such 
            set-off and application made by the Bank, provided, 
            that, the failure to give such notice shall not 
            affect the validity of such set-off and application.  
            Each Bank agrees with the other Banks that (i) if an 
            amount to be set off is to be applied to Indebtedness 
            of the Company to a Bank, other than Indebtedness 
            evidenced by the then outstanding Notes held by all of 
            the Banks, such amount shall be applied ratably to such 
            other Indebtedness and to the Indebtedness evidenced by 
            all such Notes, and (ii) if a Bank shall receive from 
            the Company, whether by voluntary payment, exercise of 
            the right of set-off, counterclaim, cross action, 
            enforcement of the claim evidenced by the Notes held by 
            a Bank by proceeding against the Company at law or in 
            equity or by proof thereof in bankruptcy, 
            reorganization, liquidation, receivership or similar 
            proceedings, or otherwise, and shall retain and apply 
            to the payment of the Note or Notes held by a Bank any 
            amount in excess of its ratable portion of the payments 
            received by all of the Banks, such Bank will make such 
            disposition and arrangements with the other Banks with 
            respect to such excess, either by way of distribution, 
            pro tanto assignment of claims, subrogation or 
            otherwise as shall result in each Bank receiving in 
            respect of the Notes held by it its proportionate 
            payment as contemplated by this Agreement; provided, 
            however, that if all or any part of such excess 
            payment is thereafter recovered from such Bank, such 
            disposition and arrangements shall be rescinded and the 
            amount restored to the extent of such recovery, but 
            without interest.
            
                 12.9.  Termination.  This Agreement shall terminate 
            in the event (I) Ian Cumming and Joseph Steinberg cease 

<PAGE>
            
            to own, directly or indirectly, 32% or more of the 
            Voting Stock of the Company, provided, that Messrs. 
            Cumming and/or Steinberg may cease to own, directly or 
            indirectly, 32% or more of the Voting Stock of the 
            Company if:  (a) in the aggregate, they own, directly 
            or indirectly, at least 23% of the outstanding Voting 
            Stock, and (b)(i) if during the lifetime of Mr. Cumming 
            or Mr. Steinberg, the aggregate Market Value of the 
            Voting Stock owned by them, directly or indirectly, is 
            at least $200,000,000 or (ii) if upon the death of 
            either Mr. Cumming or Mr. Steinberg, the aggregate 
            Market Value of the Voting Stock owned, directly or 
            indirectly, by the survivor would be at least 
            $100,000,000 or (II) either Mr. Cumming or Mr. 
            Steinberg ceases to be a principal executive officer 
            (which shall include the office of Chairman of the 
            Board of Directors) of the Company.  For purposes 
            hereof, the term "owned, directly or indirectly" shall 
            be deemed to include all Voting Stock received from Mr. 
            Cumming or Mr. Steinberg by any member of their 
            respective immediate families or by any trust for the 
            benefit of either of them or any member of their 
            respective immediate families (a "Recipient"), which 
            Voting Stock is held by a Recipient during the lifetime 
            of Mr. Cumming or Mr. Steinberg.  In determining the 
            number of outstanding Common Shares then held by 
            Messrs. Cumming and Steinberg and the total number of 
            outstanding Common Shares, there shall be excluded 
            Common Shares issued by the Company after December 31, 
            1991, or the conversion into or exchange for, after 
            December 31, 1991, Common Shares or securities 
            convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares.  
            Such termination shall be immediate if it arises from 
            any event other than the death or incapacity of either 
            or both of Ian Cumming and Joseph Steinberg.  If such 
            termination shall arise from the death or incapacity of 
            either or both of Ian Cumming and Joseph Steinberg such 
            termination shall take effect 120 days after such 
            event.  Upon any such termination, the Company shall 
            pay to the Administrative Agent for the accounts of the 
            Banks all amounts owing under this Agreement and the 
            Notes.  No such termination shall affect any rights 
            acquired by the Banks under this Agreement prior to or 
            as a result of such termination.  
            



<PAGE>
            
                 12.10.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be 
            executed by one or more of the parties to this 
            Agreement in any number of separate counterparts and 
            all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed 
            to constitute one and the same instrument.
            
                 12.11.  Governing Law.  This Agreement and the 
            Notes and the rights and obligations of the parties 
            under this Agreement and the Notes shall be governed 
            by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, 
            the laws (excluding the laws applicable to conflicts or 
            choice of law) of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
            

























<PAGE>
                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused 
            this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by 
            their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day 
            and year first above written.
            
                                     LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION
                                     
                                     
                                     By: /s/  Barbara L. Lowenthal      
                                     Name:  Barbara L. Lowenthal
                                     Title: 
                                     
                                     
                                     THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF 
                                     BOSTON, 
                                     as Administrative Agent
                                     
                                     
                                     By: /s/  Maura C. Wadlinger        
                                     Name:  Maura C. Wadlinger
                                     Title: 
                                     
                                     
                                     THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, 
                                     as Syndication Agent
                                     
                                     
                                     By: /s/  Leonard D. Noll           
                                     Name:  Leonard D. Noll
                                     Title: 
                                     
                                     

<PAGE>
            
                                     BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST 
                                     AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
                                     as Documentation Agent
                                     
                                     
                                     By: /s/  Gary R. Peet              
                                     Name:  Gary R. Peet
                                     Title: 
                                     
                                     
                                     THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF 
                                     BOSTON
                                     
                                     
                                     By: /s/  Maura C. Wadlinger        
                                     Name:  Maura C. Wadlinger
                                     Title: 
                                     
                         
<PAGE>
                                     THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK
                                     
                                     
                                     By: /s/  Leonard D. Noll           
                                     Name:  Leonard D. Noll
                                     Title: 
                                     
                                     
                                     BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS 
                                     
                                     
                                     By: /s/  Elizabeth W.F. Bishop     
                                     Name:  Elizabeth W.F. Bishop
                                     Title: 
                                     
                                     
                                     REPUBLIC NATIONAL BANK OF NEW 
                                     YORK
                                     
                                     
                                     By: /s/  Thomas DeGeorge           
                                     Name:  Thomas DeGeorge
                                     Title: 
                                     
                                     
                                     FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF 
                                     NORTH CAROLINA
                                     
                                     
                                     By: /s/  Gail M. Golightly         
                                     Name:  Gail M. Golightly
                                     Title: 
                                     
                                     
                                     FIRST BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                     
                                     
                                     By: /s/  Jose A. Peris             
                                     Name:  Jose A. Peris
                                     Title: 
                                     
                                     
                                     FLEET NATIONAL BANK
                                     
                                     
                                     By: /s/  Howard G. Carpenter       
                                     Name:  Howard G. Carpenter
                                     Title: 
                                     
                                     
                                     NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA
                                     
                                     
                                     By: /s/  Teresa Carrasco           
                                     Name:  Teresa Carrasco
                                     Title: 
                                     
                                     
                                     By: /s/  Theresa White             
                                     Name:  Theresa White
                                     Title: 

            

LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION                                EXHIBIT 21
SUBSIDIARIES AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996

                                                              STATE OF
NAME                                                        INCORPORATION
- ----                                                        -------------

Providential Life Insurance Company                            Arkansas
Andrus Vineyard Co., LLC                                       California
Bay Colony Insurance Company                                   California
CDS Devco, Inc.                                                California
HSD Venture                                                    California
San Elijo Ranch, Inc.                                          California
Baldwin Enterprises, Inc.                                      Colorado
NSAC, Inc.                                                     Colorado
RRP, Inc.                                                      Colorado
330 Mad. Parent Corp.                                          Delaware
AIC Financial Corporation                                      Delaware
American Investment Company                                    Delaware
Baldwin-CIS L.L.C.                                             Delaware
Baldwin Forest Products L.L.C.                                 Delaware
Bellpet, Inc.                                                  Delaware
CDS Holding Corporation                                        Delaware
Colonial Penn Administrative Services, Inc.                    Delaware
Colonial Penn Group, Inc.                                      Delaware
Colonial Penn Holdings, Inc.                                   Delaware
Conwed Corporation                                             Delaware
CPAX, Inc.                                                     Delaware
CPI Investment, Inc.                                           Delaware
International Bottlers L.L.C.                                  Delaware
Leucadia Aviation, Inc.                                        Delaware
Leucadia Cellars, Ltd.                                         Delaware
LNC Investments, Inc.                                          Delaware
Neward Corporation                                             Delaware
Pepsi International Bottlers L.L.C.                            Delaware
Rastin Investing Corp.                                         Delaware
RERCO, Inc.                                                    Delaware
Wedgewood Investments L.L.C.                                   Delaware
The Village at Inlet Beach, Inc.                               Florida
Pennpark Investors, L.L.C.                                     Illinois
College Life Development Corporation                           Indiana
Professional Data Management, Inc.                             Indiana
Charter National Life Insurance Company                        Missouri
Bayside Casualty Insurance Company                             New Jersey
The Sperry and Hutchinson Company, Inc.                        New Jersey
Allcity Insurance Company                                      New York
Empire Insurance Company                                       New York
Centurion Insurance Company                                    New York



                                     1


<PAGE>




LEUCADIA NATIONAL CORPORATION
SUBSIDIARIES AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996

                                                              STATE OF
NAME                                                        INCORPORATION
- ----                                                        -------------
Intramerica Life Insurance Company                             New York
Leucadia, Inc.                                                 New York
Leucadia Investors, Inc.                                       New York
LUK-REN, Inc.                                                  New York
Colonial Penn Franklin Insurance Company                       Pennsylvania
Colonial Penn Insurance Company                                Pennsylvania
Colonial Penn Life Insurance Company                           Pennsylvania
Phlcorp, Inc.                                                  Pennsylvania
Pine Ridge Associates, L.P.                                    Texas
American Investment Bank, N.A.                                 United States
American Investment Financial                                  Utah
Leucadia Bottling L.L.C.                                       Utah
Leucadia Film Corporation                                      Utah
Leucadia Financial Corporation                                 Utah
Leucadia Power Holdings, Inc.                                  Utah
Leucadia Properties, Inc.                                      Utah
Silver Mountain Industries, Inc.                               Utah
Solana Corporation                                             Utah
Telluride Properties Acquisition, Inc.                         Utah
Terracor II                                                    Utah
Colonial Penn Madison Insurance Company                        Wisconsin
Commercial Loan Insurance Corporation                          Wisconsin
WMAC Credit Insurance Corporation                              Wisconsin
WMAC Investment Corporation                                    Wisconsin
Colonial Penn De Mexico, Inc.                                  Mexico


- ------------------------------------                            
Subsidiaries not included on this list, considered in the aggregate as a single
subsidiary, would not constitute a significant subsidiary as of December 31,
1996.



                                     2


NYFS04...:\30\76830\0146\1197\EXH3197V.150





                                                                    Exhibit 23


                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements of
Leucadia National Corporation on (i) Form S-8 (File No. 2-84303), (ii) Form S-8
and S-3 (File No. 33-6054), (iii) Form S-8 and S-3 (File No. 33-26434), (iv)
Form S-8 and Form S-3 (File No. 33-30277), (v) Form S-8 (File No. 33-61682) and
(vi) Form S-8 (File No. 33-61718) of our report dated March 21, 1997, on our
audits of the consolidated financial statements and financial statement
schedules of Leucadia National Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31,
1996 and 1995, and for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, which
report is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.




                                          COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.


New York, New York
March 24, 1997




                                  1


NYFS04...:\30\76830\0146\1197\EXH3037P.340


<TABLE> <S> <C>

 <ARTICLE> 5
 <LEGEND>
 This Schedule contains summary financial
 information extracted from the financial
 statements contained in the body of the
 accompanying Form 10-K and is qualified in its
 entirety by reference to such financial
 statements.
 </LEGEND>
 <MULTIPLIER>                  1,000
        
 <S>                           <C>
 <PERIOD-TYPE>                 YEAR
 <FISCAL-YEAR-END>             DEC-31-1996
 <PERIOD-END>                  DEC-31-1996
 <CASH>                        386,807
 <SECURITIES>                  2,790,120
 <RECEIVABLES>                 727,489
 <ALLOWANCES>                  22,846
 <INVENTORY>                   21,281
 <CURRENT-ASSETS>              0
 <PP&E>                        99,919
 <DEPRECIATION>                99,214
 <TOTAL-ASSETS>                5,193,936
 <CURRENT-LIABILITIES>         0
 <BONDS>                       525,719
          0
                    0
 <COMMON>                      60,418
 <OTHER-SE>                    1,057,689
 <TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>  5,193,936
 <SALES>                       148,284
 <TOTAL-REVENUES>              1,506,557
 <CGS>                         107,667
 <TOTAL-COSTS>                 1,070,656
 <OTHER-EXPENSES>              285,969
 <LOSS-PROVISION>              17,424
 <INTEREST-EXPENSE>            53,996
 <INCOME-PRETAX>               78,512
 <INCOME-TAX>                  22,997
 <INCOME-CONTINUING>           55,515
 <DISCONTINUED>                0
 <EXTRAORDINARY>               (6,838)
 <CHANGES>                     0
 <NET-INCOME>                  48,677
 <EPS-PRIMARY>                 .80
 <EPS-DILUTED>                 .80
         


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission